REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENECE PVT.LTDenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/27032020... ·...

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENECE

PVT.LTD. FOR

MANUFACTURING OF

BLUK DRUG & INTERMEDIATES

EXPANSION PROJECT

Plot No.:5178,

GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar

Taluka: Ankleshwar-393002

DIST: BHARUCH

PREPARED BY

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH

CENTRE PRIVATE LIMITED

Shed No. K-1, 7705/2,3,4 GIDC ESTATE,

Ankleshwar-393002

Phone: (02646)220293; Fax:(02646)239454

Website:www.jyotiom.com

Email:[email protected]

REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT. LTD. GIDC ESTATE,ANKLESHWAR

eeeeeeeeeeee

ADDITIONAL TOR

Sr. No.

Terms of Reference Compliance

As per TOR received vide as SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/826/2019 dated: - 24th May 2019

1. Justification of quantity of ETP sludge and MEE

Salt against treatment of industrial effluent.

Details are covered in Chapter No.2, Point No.

2.6.1.2, Page No, 154

2. Adequacy assessment report of ETP, RO & MEE

and feasibility of report of treated industrial

effluent for industrial purpose within premises.

Details are covered in Chapter No.2, Point No.

2.6.1.1, Page No, 151

3. Safety precautions for chlorine, Ammonia,

Hydrogen storage, handling and transportation as

per the prevailing law/rules & regulations.

Covered in Section: 7.5.5,Page No. 343

&7.5.2, Page No. 340

4. Safety precautions in hydrogenation as per the

prevailing law/rules & regulations.

Covered in Section 7.5.5,Page No. 343

5. To address management of each spent catalyst as

per the HWM Rules, 2016.

Details are given in Table No. 2.24,Page No.

162

6. Details with respect to justification for propose

expansion (1) To address proportionate

availability of space for production plant.(2) To

address proportionate availability of storage area

for raw materials finished goods, utilities and

goods carrier movement within the premises.(3)

To address proportionate captive/Common

infrastructure available to accommodate

additional load due to proposed expansion.(4)

Environment impact and its mitigation measures

for common/captive infrastructure due to

proposed production.

Plant Layout is attached as Annexure – II.

7 Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM dated 01/05/2018

regarding “Corporate Environment

Responsibility” (CER). Fund allocation for

Corporate Environment Responsibilities (CER)

shall be made as per MoEFCC’s O.M No.22-

65/2017-IA.III date 01/05/2018 for various

activities therein. The details of fund allocation

and activities for CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

By referring the new notification for critically

polluted area dated on 31st October-2019, unit

has decided to spend 2% on CER activity of

total proposed project cost.

Detail is cover under Chapter No. 8, Table 8.1,

Page No. 375

8 Explore the use of renewable energy to the

maximum extent possible. Details of provisions to

make the project energy efficient through energy

efficient devices and adoption of modes of

alternative eco-friendly sources of energy like

solar water heater, solar lightning etc. Measures Proposed for energy conservation.

Unit will try to use renewable energy sources.

Though unit will install steps toward Energy

conservation, details are given in Chapter 4,

Topic No.:4.4.3, Page No.:264.

Offer for solar panel is attached as Annexure

– XVIII, Page No. 462

9 PP shall famish status of all the applicable rules, acts, regulation, clearance in a tabular form.

Details are given in Chapter No.1, Topic No. 1.7, Page No. 11

TOR ComplianceTOR ComplianceTOR ComplianceTOR Compliance


10 PP shall address spent solvent with details of storage, handling and re-use under the hazardous and other waste Rules-2016.

Spent solvent will be Re-distilled and Re-used within the premises. Details are given in Table No. 2.24,Page No. 162.

11 Leak detection and repairing program (LDAR) for

all the volatile organic solvent proposed for usein-

house with detailed chemical properties including

vapor pressure. LDAR shall endeavor prevention

of losses of solvents to the best Minimum extent.

Details given in Chapter No.7, Topic No.:7.5.7

Page No.347

12 Safety precautions including flameproof electric

fitting to be taken to avoid fire hazard during

unloading, storage, transportation, handling and

processing of solvent.

Details given in Chapter No.7, Topic No.:7.5.1

Page No.339

13 Quantitative and quantitative analysis of

hazardous waste streams generation from the

manufacturing process (Product wise). Explore

the possibility to reuse such waste within premises

as raw materials for other products or to convert it into

valuable Products instead of selling outside. Sound management of such waste streams as per the HW waste rules 2016 as amended time to time. Feasibility report for utilization shall be incorporated in EIA repot.

Details are given in Chapter No.2, Topic

No.:2.6.4.3, Page No.: 168


Sr. No.


As per TOR received vide as SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/826/2019 dated: - 24thMay 2019

STANDARD TOR

Sr. No.


1. A tabular chart with index for point-wise

compliance of above mentioned TORs.

Compliance is given at starting of EIA report

as Terms of reference and its compliance.

2. Executive Summary of the project - giving a

prima facie idea of the proposal, use of the

resources, justification, etc. In addition, it should

provide a compilation of EIA report, including

EMP and the Post-project monitoring plan in

brief.

It is cover under whole Chapter No.11, from

page No. 384

3. Justification for selecting the proposed product and

unit size.

Justification for selecting the proposed product

and unit size covered under chapter 2, Topic 2.2 page no. 15

4. Land requirement for the project including its Break up for various purposes, its availability and

Optimization.

Cover chapter 2, Point No.:2.5, from page

No.142

5. Land possession documents. Copy of NA order

showing permission to use the project land for

Industrial purpose. If located in GIDC, copy of

plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC

Authority.

GIDC plot allotment letter is attached as an

Annexure-IV, Page No. 410

6. Location of the project site and nearest habitats

with distances from the project site to be Demarcated on a top sheet (1: 50000 scale).

Toposheet is attached as an Annexure-III, Page

No.409

7. Topography details of the project area. Not applicable as project located in GIDC Ankleshwar.

8. Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area.

Not applicable as project located in GIDC Ankleshwar.

9. In case of project located outside notified area:

Legal Undertaking stating that unit is complying

the three conditions [i.e. water consumption less

than 25 M3/day; Fuel consumption less than 25

TPD; and not covered in the category of MAH

units as per the Management, Storage, Import of

Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC Rules),1989]

aspertheamendmenttoEIANotification,2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated25/06/2014.

Unit will be established in GIDC Ankleshwar.

So it is not applicable

10. Present land use pattern of the study area shall be Given based on satellite imagery.

Details are covered under chapter-3, Topic No. 3.8, from page No.218

11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly

demarcating various units within the plant.

Provision of separate entry& exit and adequate

margin all-round the periphery for unobstructed

easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire

tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the plant layout.

Plant layout marking the same is attached as

an Annexure-II, page No.408.


Sr. No.


As per TOR received vide as SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/452/2019 dated: - 25thMarch 2019

12. Technical details of the plant/s along with details on

best available technologies (BAT), proposed Technology and reasons for selecting the same.

Details are cover chapter-2, Topic No.: 2.4,

from page no.50

13. Product spectrum (Proposed products along with

production Capacity) and processes.

Details of spectrum is given in chapter-1,

table no.1.1 and page no.2.

Manufacturing process of the same in cover

under chapter - 2, point no. 2.4.1 and page

no.50

14. Chemical name of each proposed product to be

manufactured. Details on end use of each

product.(Provide CAS number of all the products & raw materials. In case of Dyes, CI number).

Details of spectrum is given in chapter-1,

table no.1.1 and page no.2.

CAS no. of raw mater is given in chapter-2,

table no.2.1, page no. 16

15. Details on raw materials, source and storage within the premises.

Details are covered in chapter-2, point no.2.3 and page no.33

16. Details of complete manufacturing process /

operations of each product along with chemical

reactions, process flow diagram describing each

unit processes and unit operations along with

material balance, consumption of raw materials etc.

Manufacturing process of the same in cover

under chapter -2, point no. 2.4.1 and page

no.52

17. Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner

production activities.

Details are covered in Chapter-4 Under topic

4.4 and its sub topic 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3, 4.4.4,

4.4.5, Page No. 266 and in Chapter-10 under

topic no. 10.5.1 on page no. 378

18. Assessment of source of the water supply with

adequacy of the same to meet with the requirements

for the project. Permission obtained From the concern authority for supply of raw water.

GIDC will be supplying freshwater and

letter from GIDC confirming the supply of

fresh water in its plot allotment letter. Given

as an Annexure-IV, Page No. 410

19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug

within the premises (If project is located within the Industrial estate).

Undertaking stating no borewell to be dug is

attached as an Annexure-XIV, page no. 445.

20. Details on water balance including quantity of

effluent generated, recycled & reused. Details of

methods to be adopted for the water conservation.

Water balance diagram is given in Chapter-2

under figure no. 2.1 on page no. 145.

Details are covered in Chapter-10 under topic

no. 10.5.2 on page no. 379.

21. Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to

maintain quality of receiving water body.

Unit will be maintain Zero Liquid discharge

& Unit will 97 KLD Recycle from the MEE

Condensate.

22. Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD)

Unit will maintain Zero Liquid Discharge.


Sr. No.



23. Segregation of waste streams, characterization and

quality with specific treatment and disposal of

each stream including action plan for maximum

recycle of treated waste water and minimum

discharge for Effluent.

Details of segregation are covered in Chapter

No.2, Topic No. 2.6.1.1, Page No.152

24. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP

including dimensions of each unit along with

schematic flow diagram. Inlet, transitional and

treatedeffluentqualitieswithspecificefficiencyof

each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all

concerned/regulated environmental parameters.

Inleteffluentqualityshouldbebasedonworstcase

scenario considering production of mostpolluting

products that can be manufactured in the plant

concurrently.

Details are under cover Chapter No.2, Topic

No. 2.6.1.1, Page No.151, Table No. 2.14,

Page No. 151 & Figure No. 2.2,Page No. 155

25. In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / pipeline. I. Copy of permission letter with quantity (KLD)

from the concern authority od drainagenetwork

/ pipeline with confirmation for spare capacity

available to take additional effluent.

II. Characteristic of the combined effluent and

treated water to be sent to Common pipeline

with reference to the MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB

dischargenorms.

II. Provision from continuous monitoring system

for waste water discharge.

Not Applicable

26. In case of waste water sent to Common Facilities

(CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Dryer etc.

a. Details of Common facilities including

(1)Total capacity of the CF (2) Copy of CC &

A of the CF.

(3) Actual load at present (Qualitativeand

Quantitative – KL per day) (4) Booked

quantity & Spare capacity of CF (5) Copies of

XGN generated Inspection reports with

analysis reports of the water/Air/Hazardous

samples collected by GPCB (Last 2 year).

Copies of instructions issued by GPCB in last 2

year and point wise compliance thereof. (6)

Copies of Show- cause notices, closure notices

etc.served by the GPCB and its compliance (6)

Recommendations and suggestions of the last

two Environment Audit reports of CETP andits

compliance report. (7) Common Facility Up

gradation scheme, ifany.

b. Status of compliance to the 18(1) (b) direction

issued by the CPCB with respect to CETP

Compliance& CEPI area action plan along

with relevant supportive document.

c. Give status of compliance of Environmental

a. Not Applicable


Sr. No.



norms of existing Common Infrastructure i.e.

CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer (Whichever is

applicable) in which you are amember.

d. Submit adequacy of Common Infrastructure i.e.

CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer for additional load

(Whichever is applicable) along with written

confirmation/membership certificate

mentioning the same (Total consentedquantity,

e. totalquantitybookedsofar,quantitybookedfor the

unit, spare quantityavailable).

27. In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) : I. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of effluent

shall be included. Notarized undertaking for

assuring that underground drainage connection

will not be taken in the unit. And there shall be

effluent discharge outside of the plant

premises.

II. Economical and technical viability of the

effluent treatment system to achieve Zero

Liquid Discharge(ZLD).

II. Certification of adequacy of proposed ZLD

scheme through credible institutes of National

repute.

V. To estimate & monitor ground water quality &

its contamination status, piezometer wells, one

on up gradient of the groundwater flow and

other three on the down gradient side of the

ground water flow of the proposed project at

different depth based on available ground water

depthshallbeestablishedandalltheparameters

mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable water

standard shall be monitored.

Details are covered in 2.6.1.3, Page No. 156

28. In case of in-house MEE/Spray drier for waste

water treatment: Capacity of MEE/Spray drier in

KL/hr. Technical details of MEE including

evaporation capacity, steam required for

evaporation, adequacy of the proposed boiler to

supply steam for evaporation in addition to the

steam required for the process etc. Techno-

economic viability of the evaporation system.

Control measures proposed for the evaporation

system in order to avoid/reduce gaseous

emission/VOC from evaporation of industrial

effluent containing solvents & other chemicals.

Technical details for the same is attached as

Annexure – XVII, Page No. 449

29. Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/Dryer, RO/NF system etc. (If any).

Not Applicable

30. Details for treatability and feasibility of waste

water to be disposed of by means of spray dryer

and its impact on environment and human health.

Not Applicable


Sr. No.



31. Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter

will be provided for the waste water treatment

system viz.ETP, RO, MEE, Spray dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable)

Undertaking is attached as an Annexure-XIV,

page no. 445

32. Economical and technical viability of the effluent

treatment system.

Economical and technical viability is covered in Chapter-2 under topic no. 2.6.1.2 on page

no. 161

33. Plans for management, collection and disposal of

waste streams to be generated from spillage,

leakages, vessel washing, used container washing

etc. Measures proposed for preventing effluent Discharge during unforeseen circumstances.


no. 2.6.4.1 on page no.165


no. 2.6 on page no.150.

34. Action plan for reuse of liquid waste streams like

Spent acids, Poly Aluminum Chloride etc. within

premises to convert into valuable products instead of sending outside to actual end-users.

Unit is/will sell its spent acid to those units

who are having permission of rule-9 or who

have applied under rule-9.

35. Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect to

the pollution load envisaged in terms of Air,

Water and Hazardous waste.

Adequacy of EMS is covered in Chapter-2

under topic no. 2.13 on page no.180.

36. One season Site-specific micro-meteorological

data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly

Wind speed and direction and rainfall should be

incorporated.

Details covered in Chapter-3 under topic no. 3.2 From page no. 190.

37. Anticipated environmental impacts due to the

proposed project/production may be evaluated for

Significance and based on corresponding likely

impacts VECs may be identified.


no. 4.2 from page no. 249.

38. One complete season base line ambient air quality

data (except monsoon season) to be given along

with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be

covered shall be in accordance with the revised

National Ambient Air Quality

Standards(NAAQS) as well as project specific

parameters like NH3, HCl, CL2, HBr,VOC etc.

Locations of the monitoring stations should be so

decided so as to takeintoconsiderationthere-

dominantdownwind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors. There should be at least

one monitoring station in the upwind direction.

There should be at least one monitoring station in

the predominant downwind direction at a location

where maximum ground level concentration is

likely to occur.

Details of Air environment are covered in

chapter-3 under topic no.3.2, on page No.185.

Baseline monitoring dates are attached as

Annexure – IX on page no. 416.


Sr. No.



39. Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient

airqualityduetoproposedactivities.Thedetailsof

model usedandinputparametersusedformodeling

should be provided. The air quality contours may

be shown on location map clearly indicating the

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind rose showing pre-dominant

winddirectionshouldalsobeindicatedonthemap.

Impact due to vehicular movement shall also be

included into the prediction using suitable model.

Results of Air dispersion modeling should be

superimposed on satellite Image /geographicalarea

map.


no. 4.2.2 from page no. 243

40. Base line status of the noise environment, impact

of noise on present environment due to the project

and proposed measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

Details of noise environment are covered in

chapter 3 under topic no. 3.6 form page

no.210.

41. Specific details of

a) Process gas emission from each unit process

with its quantification.

b) Air pollution Control Measures (APCM)

proposedforprocessgasemission.Adequacyof

the airpollution control measures (APCM) for

process gas emission measures to achieve the

GPCBnorms.

c) Details of the utilities required.

d) Type and quantity (MT/hr. & MT/Day) of fuel

to be used for eachutility.

e) Flue gas emission rate emission from each

utility.

f) Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM)

proposed to each of the utility along with its

adequacy

g) List the project specific sources of fugitive

emission along with its quantification and

proposed measures to controlit. h) Details on tail gas treatment.(Ifany)

Details are covered in Chapter-2 as mentioned

below:

a) Process gas emission details are coveredin

Table no. 2.19 on page no.157.

b) APCM for process gas emission iscovered

under topic no. 2.6.2.2 on page no.157.

c) Details are covered in chapter-2, Topic

No. 2.5.4, Table No. 2.11, Page No. 146

d) Details are covered in chapter-2, Topic

No. 2.6.2.1, Table No. 2.18, Page No.157.

e) Details are covered in chapter-2, Topic

No. 2.6.2.1, Table No. 2.18, Page No. 157

f) Details are covered in chapter-2, Topic

No. 2.6.2.1, Table No. 2.20, Page No.

158.

g) Details are covered in chapter-2, , Table

No. 2.20, Page No. 158

h) Not Applicable

42. Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission Monitoring system).

CEMS will be provided as per guidelines, if applicable.

43. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Action plan for odour control is covered in

Chapter-2 under topic no. 2.10 from page no. 178.

44. Management plan for hazardous/Solid waste including storage, handling, utilization andsafe

Details are covered in Chapter-2 under topic no. 2.6.4.1 from page no. 165


Sr. No.



Disposal as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary Movement)

Rules2016.CPCBguidelinesinrespectofspecific

treatment, such as solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed.

45. How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes

will be minimized? Methodology of de-

contamination and disposal of discarded

containers and its record keeping.

Details are covered in Chapter-2 under topic no.

2.6.4.1 from page no. 165

Methodology of de-contamination and

disposal of discarded containers and its record

keeping is covered in chapter 2, point

No.2.6.4.2 page no.166.

46. Management of by-products which fall under

thepurview of the Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary Movement)

Rules 2016 as per the said rules and necessary Permissions from the concern authority.

Not applicable as there is no by-product

47. Membership of Common Environmental

Infrastructure like TSDF, CommonIncineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray dryer etc.

BEIL Membership copy is attached as an

Annexure- VII, page no.413

48. Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be

used for proposed production. Details of in-house

solvent recovery system including mass balance,

solvent loss, recovery efficiency (% recovery),

feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc.

for Each type of solvent.

Chapter-2 in table no. 2.3 on page no. 15. Solvent

recovery, mass balance, % recovery, feasibility of

reusing the recovered solvents is covered in

Chapter-2 in topic no.2.9 from page no.176

49. Appropriate monitoring network has to be Designed and proposed, to assess the possible

residual impacts on VECs.

Details are covered in Chapter-6 under table no.

6.2 from page no. 271.

50. A detailed EMP including the protection and

mitigation measures for impact on human health

and environment as well as detailed monitoring

plan and environmental management cell

proposed for implementation and monitoring of

EMP. The EMP should also include the concept

of waste- minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation. Total capital cost and

recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment

pollution control measures.



51. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and

the recognized agencies if proposed for

Conducting monitoring.



52. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of Solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.

Peso licence is attached as a Annexure – XIX,Page

No. 463

53. Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human

Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic No. 7.7 from page no. 361.


Sr. No.



health hazards along with the personal protective

equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial

hygienistandmonitoringoftheoccupationalinjury to

workers as well as impact on the workers.

Plan for periodic medical checkup of the workers

exposed. Details of work place ambient airquality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

54. Details of Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)

from the plant operations and occupational safety

health protection measures. Proposal for leak

detection and Repair (LDAR) program as per the

CPCB guidelines.

• Details covered in Chapter-7 under table

no.7.5.7 on page no.347

• Details covered in Chapter-10 under Topic

no.10.7 on pageno.382

55. Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-

case scenario and maximum credible accident

scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case

scenario should take into account the maximum

inventory of storage at site at any point of time.

The risk contours should be plotted on the plant

layout map clearly showing which of the facilities

would be affected in case of an accident taking

place. Based on the same, proposed

7safeguardmeasures

Including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan

should be provided.

• Details of Risk Assessment are covered in

Chapter-7 under topic no.7.3 from page

no. 282

• On-site and Off-site emergency plan is

provided in Chapter-7 under topic no. 7.6

from page no.350

56. MSDS of all the products and raw materials. MSDS will be given in soft copy.

57. Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of

raw materials and products to be handled and the

control measures proposed to ensure safety and

avoid the human health impacts. This shall

include the details of Antidotes also.

• Details are covered in Chapter-7 under table

no. 7.1 on page no. 279

• Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic

no.7.5.6 on page no.346

58. Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical

(including solvents) to be stored, Material of

Construction (MoC) of major hazardous chemical

storage tanks, dyke details, threshold storage

quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture,

Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules

of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest

storage tank to be provided for each raw material

& product etc. How the manual handling of the Hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

• Details are covered in Chapter-7 under table


• Details about handling are covered in

Chapter-7 under Section 7.5.2 & 7.5.3 on

page no. 340

59. Details of the separate isolated storage area for

flammable chemicals. Details of flame proof

electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other

safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control

plan for flammable

• Details are covered in Chapter-7 under

topicno.7.2.2 from page no. 278

• Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic

no. 7.5.2 from page no.340


Sr. No.



substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline

network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockeypump, toxic gas detectors etc.

60. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of

preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE,

manufacturing utility staff for safety related Measures.


no. 7.5.4 from page no. 341

61. Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical Storage, process, and handling & transportation hazard.

Details are covered in Chapter-7 under Topic

No. 7.5.1, Page No.1336 & Table No. 7.28,

Page No. 338

62. Details on workers training before engaging work, periodical, in-house, outside etc.

Details are covered in Chapter-7 under Topic no. 7.7.8 from page no. 363

63. Details on various SOP to be prepared. Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic no. 7.5.3 from page no. 340

64. Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.

Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic no. 7.4 from page no.333

65. Specific safety measures to be taken for general Public living in the vicinity.

Details are covered in Chapter-7 under topic no. 7.6.4, from page no. 359

66. Details on hazard identification i.e. HAZOP,

HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event tree analysis,

Checklist, Audit etc. to be adopted for the safety Operation of the plant.


no. 7.4 from page no. 333

67. Details and monitoring of VOC gases. Details are covered in Chapter-2 under table no. 2.6.2 from page no. 156.

68. Detailed five year greenbelt development program

including annual budget, planning schedule,

species, width of plantations, number of trees to

be planted, area under green belt development

[with map],budgetary outlay etc. along with

commitment of the management to carry out the

tree plantation activities outside the premises at

appropriate places in the nearby areas and

elsewhere.


no. 10.4.7 from page no. 374.

69. Action plan for the greenbelt development – species, width of plantations, planning schedule,

etc., in accordance to CPCB published guidelines


no. 10.4.7 from page no. 374.

70. Detailed socio-economic development measures

including community welfare program most

useful in the project area for the overall

improvement of the environment. Submit a

detailed plan for social corporate Responsibilities,

with appropriate budgetary provisions for the next

five years and Activities proposed to be carried

out; specification the current demographic status

of the area.



71. (a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

Environment, Health and safety policy is

attached as Annexure-XVI page No. 448




Sr. No.



Report. (b). Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process/procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

72. What is the hierarchical system or administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance

with the EC conditions. Details of this system may

be given.


no. 6.7 from page no. 270 and figure no. 6.1

from page no.271

73. Does the company have a system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This

Reporting mechanism should be detailed in the

EIA Report



74. Phase wise project implementation schedule with

bar chart and time frame, in terms of site

development, infrastructure provision, EMS

implementation etc.



75. Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the environmental consultant should be

incorporated in the EIA Report.

The organization had Honorable High Court

of Gujarat. Now applied for NABET and it is

in process. Copy of the same is attached as

Annexure- XXIII, Page No.479

76. An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the

ownership of the EIA report as per the MoEF&CC

OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking by the

Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have

been complied with and the data submitted is

factually correct as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

Undertaking by client is attached asan

Annexure-XIV, pageno.445

• Undertaking by consultant is attached asan

Annexure-XV, pageno.446

77. All documents to be properly referenced within dex and continuous page numbering.

Complied

78. Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the data were

collected and the sources should be indicated.

Complied

79. Project Proponent shall enclose all the

analysis/testingreportsofwater,air,soil,noiseetc.

using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited

laboratories. All the originalanalysis/testing

Reports should be available during appraisal of

the Project.

All the analysis have been carried out in: M/s. Jyoti Om Chemical Research Centre Pvt.

Ltd.

(NABL accredited laboratory).

All the original analysis/testing reports will be

available during appraisal of project

80. In case of Expansion of the project a. Need for the proposed expansion should be

justified in detail.

b. Records of any legal breach of Environmental

laws i.e. details of show- cause notices,

closurenotices etc. served by the GPCB to

theexisting

a. Detail are covered in chapter-2 ,Topic No.

2.1, Page No.15

b. Unit had not received any show cause notice.


Sr. No.



Unit in last five years and actions taken then

after for prevention of pollution.

c. Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained

for the existing plant, its point wise compliance

report.

d. Environmental audit reports for last 3 years and

compliance of its

recommendations/Suggestions.

e. (Include latest audit report and its compliance.)

f. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) obtained

along with point wise compliance status of all

the conditions stipulated therein.

g. Compliance of MoEF&CC circulars vide No:J-

11011/618/2010-IAII(I) dated 30/05/2012 and

J-11013/41/2006-IA-II(I) dated20/10/2009.

h. Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports

with analysis reports of the

water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by

GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions

issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise

compliancethereof.

c. Not Applicable

d. Not Applicable.

e. Not Applicable

f. Copy of Consent to operate with its

compliance attached as Annexure –XII,

Page No. 428

g. Not Applicable.

h. Not Applicable

81. In case of project is located in Ankleshwar -

Ankleshwar, Vatva –Narol &Vapi GIDC.

A) Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J-

11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016

regarding lifting of moratorium on the

consideration of projects for environmental

clearance.

B) Complianceofdirectionundersection18(1)(b) of

the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

act, 1974 issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016

regarding compliance ofCETP.

a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against

proposed unit regarding non-complianceof

prescribed standards under the various

environmentallaws.

b) Performance of CETP with respect to

current hydraulic load & prescribed

standards with No Objection Certificate of

CETP regarding incorporation of

theproposed unit for acceptance of

wastewater.

c) Performance of TSDF site with respect to

current load & prescribed standards with

No Objection Certificate of TSDF site

regarding incorporation of the proposed

A. The unit is located at GIDC, Ankleshwar. The Moratorium Period was lifted on 25.11.2016 due to CEPI figure reduced less than 70.

The unit will comply with CETP outlet norms. So, there will be no effect on CEPI due to water environment. Unit has proposed to use Natural Gas & Agro

Briquette as fuel. It does not contribute to CEPI index. Thus, Air Environment will also not be deteriorated due to this unit. In view of above it can be said that CEPI

figures will remain unaltered due to proposed project.

B. Not Applicable


Sr. No.



unit for acceptance of hazardous waste to

the common infrastructure.

d) Copies of quarterly action report taken for

the above points submitted to the CPCB.

e) Report of GPCB which have conducted

monitoring as per the said direction by

CPCB dated31/03/2016.

EIA REPORT OF M/s. SUBHASRI PIGMENTS PVT LTD. J/1207,GIDC ESTATE,ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SR.

NO.

CONTENT PAGE

NO.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER -1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1

1.1.1 INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 1

1.1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 5

1.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT 5

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE,SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE

PROJECT

5

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE,SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE

PROJECT

5

1.3.2 LOCATION MAP 7

1.3.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 9

1.3.4 SITE SELECTION 9

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 10

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 10

1.5.1 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT 10

1.6 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 11

1.7 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY 11

1.8 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 12

CHAPTER – 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT 15

2.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR SELECTING PRODUCT 15

2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS 16

2.3.1 DETAILS OF PRODUCT 16

2.3.2 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL 16

2.3.2.1 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE & HANDLING 33

2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED

PRODUCTS

33

2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 50

2.4.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 50

2.5 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 142

2.5.1 LAND 142

2.5.2 WATER 143

2.5.3 ENERGY REQUIREMENT 145

2.5.3.1 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILIZATION 146

2.5.4 UTILITIES 146



2.5.5 EQUIPMENTS/ MACHINERIES 147

2.5.6 MANPOWER 149

2.6 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO 150

2.6.1 EFFLUENT AND SEWAGE GENERATION 150

2.6.1.1 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 151

2.6.1.2 ETP SLUDGE AND MEE SALT CALCULATION. 154

2.6.1.3 ECONOMICAL AND TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF THE EFFLUENT

TREATMENT SYSTEM

156

2.6.1.4 EXPLORING POSSIBILITY FOR ZLD 156

2.6.2 GASEOUS EMISSIONS & CONTROL 156

2.6.2.1 FLUE GAS EMISSIONS 156

2.6.2.2 PROCESS EMISSIONS 157

2.6.3 DETAILS OF SCRUBBER 160

2.6.4 SOLID & HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 162

2.6.4.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 165

2.6.4.2 METHODOLOGY FOR DECONTAMINATION 167

2.6.4.3 QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF HAZARDOUS

WASTE STEAM

169

2.7 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE 174

2.8 PROJECT COST ESTIMATES 175

2.9 SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 176

2.10 ODOUR MANAGEMENT PLANT 178

2.11 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT PLAN 179

2.12 DETAILS OF NON HAZARDOUS WASTE 180

2.13 ADEQUACY OF THE PROPOSED EMS 180

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION 183

3.2 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 185

3.3-A GEOHYDROLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA 189

3.3-B TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE 192

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 192

3.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) 192

3.4.1.1 LOCATION OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS 192

3.4.1.2 BASE LINE DATA 195

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 197

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 210

3.6.1 RECONNAISSANCE 211

3.6.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 211

3.6.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS 211

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 213

3.7.1 BASELINE DATA 213

3.8 LAND USE PATTERN 218



3.9 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT

219

3.9.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 219

3.9.2 FOREST 219

3.9.3 FLORA 219

3.9.4 FAUNA 223

3.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 224

3.11 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN 224

3.11.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST 224

3.11.2 LITERACY RATE 226

3.11.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 228

3.12 TRAFFIC SURVEY 233

3.12.1 RECONNAISSANCE 233

3.12.2 TRAFFIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA 233

3.12.3 MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO 235

4. IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT 236

4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT 242

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 242

4.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS 242

4.2.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS 242

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 243


4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 243

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 255



4.2.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 255


4.2.4.1.1 LAND USE 255

4.2.4.1.2 TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND SOILS 255

4.2.4.1.3 POPULATION DISPLACEMENT AND REHABILITATION 256

4.2.4.1.4 LAND POLLUTION 256


4.2.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 258



4.2.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 259

4.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS & OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 259

4.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 259


4.2.7.1.1 POPULATION 259

4.2.7.1.2 EMPLOYMENT 259



4.2.7.1.3 TRANSPORTATION 259

4.2.7.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 260

4.2.7.2.1 POPULATION 260

4.2.7.2.2 EMPLOYMENT 260

4.2.7.2.3 TRANSPORTATION 260

4.2.7.2.4 IMPACT DUE TO FIRE ACCIDENT 260

4.2.7.2.5 IMPACT ON PUBLIC HEALTH 260

4.2.7.2.6 ACCIDENT HAZARD AND SAFETY 261

4.3 IMPACT MATRIX 261

4.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION 264

4.4.1 POLLUTION PREVENTION-CLEANER PRODUCTION 264

4.4.2 WATER CONSERVATION-CLEANER PRODUCTION 264

4.4.3 ENERGY CONSERVATION-CLEANER PRODUCTION 265

4.4.4 REUSE / RECYCLE-CLEANER PRODUCTION

265

4.4.5 GOOD HOUSEKEEPING-CLEANER PRODUCTION 265

5. ANALYSIS OF ALERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)


6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 269

6.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES 269

6.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 270

6.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 271

6.4.2 STACK MONITORING 271

6.4.3 NOISE MONITORING 271

6.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING 271

6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES 273

6.6 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMEBLES 273

6.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 273

7. RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY 275

7.2 METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT 277

7.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT 277

7.2.2 PLANT LAYOUT 278

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT 282

7.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 283

7.3.1.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICALS 285

7.3.1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CAUSTIC LYE 286

7.3.1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ACIDS 287

7.3.1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF DRUM HANDLING 289



7.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 291

7.3.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 291

7.3.2.2 DAMAGE CRITERIA 291

7.3.2.2.1 DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES 293

7.3.2.3 ASSUMPTIONS FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 293

7.3.2.4 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS 294

7.3.2.5 SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 294

7.3.2.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY 294

7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 333

7.4.1 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS

337

7.5 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH & SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

338

7.5.1 FIRE CONTROL PLAN 339

7.5.2 WAYS TO MINIMIZE THE MANUAL HANDLING OF THE

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

340

7.5.3 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURE 340

7.5.4 DO’S & DON’TS 341

7.5.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR AMMONIA & HYDROGENTAION

PRODUCT

343

7.5.6 ANTIDOTES DETAILS: 346

7.5.7 LEAK DETECTION & REPAIR PROGRAM 347

7.6 ON SITE AND OFFSITE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN 349

7.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY 350

7.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 351

7.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 352

7.6.3.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER 352

7.6.3.2 ROLE OF INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

353

7.6.3.3 KEY PERSONNELS 354

7.6.3.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS 354

7.6.3.5 ASSEMBLY POINT 355

7.6.3.6 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER 356

7.6.3.7 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS 356

7.6.3.8 MEDICAL SERVICES 357

7.6.3.9 ROLE OF SECURITY IN-CHARGE (SECURITY OFFICER) 357

7.6.3.10 ROLE OF MUTUAL-AID MEMBERS 358

7.6.3.11 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS 358

7.6.4 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM 359

7.6.4..1 RAISING THE ALARM 359

7.6.4.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY 359

7.6.4.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES 360

7.6.4.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION 360



COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY

7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 361

7.7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 361

7.7.2 HOSPITAL FACILITIES 361

7.7.3 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER/OHC 361

7.7.4 PLAN FOR PERIODIC MEDICAL CHECKUP 361

7.7.5. DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND SAFETY

HAZARDS

362

7.7.6 WORKZONE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS FOR HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS

362

7.7.7 HEALTH STATUS EVALUATION OF WORKERS (EXPOSURE

SPECIFIC)

363

7.7.8 SAFETY TRAINING AND MOCK DRILLS 363

8. PROJECT BENEFITS


8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES 365

8.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 365

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 366

9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE 368

10.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS) 369

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 369

10.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 370

10.4.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE 371





10.4.6.1 RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT STORAGE AREA 373

10.4.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 374

10.4.8 VEHICULAR POLLUTION CONTROL 375

10.4.9 SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

HAZARDS

375

10.4.10 RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME 376

10.4.11 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT 377

10.5 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES 377

10.5.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME 378

10.5.2 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME 379

10.5.3 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC 380




HAZARDS

380

10.5.5 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING 381

10.6 FINDINGS 381

10.7 LEAK DETECTION AND REPAIR (LDAR) PROGRAM 382

10.8 CONCLUSION 383

11. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


11.1.1 LOCATION 384

11.1.2 INVESTMENT 384

11.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 384

11.1.4 PRODUCT DETAILS 384

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 384

11.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 384

11.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL 384

11.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 384

11.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO 385

11.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 386

11.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 386

11.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA 386

11.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 387

11.3.4 WATER QUALITY 387


11.3.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 387

11.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA 387

11.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 388

11.4 IDENTIFICATION &ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT 388





11.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 389

11.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 389

11.4.7 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES 389

11.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM 389

11.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 389

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS 390

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 390

11.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 390

11.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR UNIT 390

11.8.2.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE 390

11.8.2..2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE 390



11.9 HEALTH & SAFETY 392

11.10 CONCLUSION 392

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED


12.2 SALIENT FEATURES 394

12.3 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE 394

12.4 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS 395

12.5 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION 396

12.6 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT 396

LIST OF TABLES

TABL

E NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.


1.1 LIST OF PRODUCTS 2

1.2 DETAILS OF DIRECTOR 5

1.3 BRIF DISCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND

LOCATION OF PROJECT

6

1.4 NEAR BY INDUSTRY DETAILS 6

1.5 CAPITAL COST OF PROJECTION 10

1.6 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 12

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 LIST OF RAW MATERIALS CONSUMPTION 16

2.2 DETAILS OF SOLVENTS STORED FOR PROJECT 32

2.3 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL AND FINISHED

PRODUCTS

33

2.4 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND

METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

41

2.5 LIST OF ETP CHEMICALS 49

2.6 LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA 142

2.7 CATEGORY-WISE WATER REQUIREMENT 144

2.8 FUEL CONSUMPTION REQUIREMENT 145

2.9 ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION REQUIREMENT 146

2.10 ENERGY DISTRIBUTION 146

2.11 DETAILS OF UTILITIES 146

2.12 DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES 147

2.13 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT 149



2.14 CATEGORY-WISE WASTEWATER GENERATION 151

2.15 EQUIPMENT LIST OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT

TRETMENT PLANT WITH DIMENSION

153

2.16 WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT

STREAMS

153

2.17 DETAILS OF COST OF ETP PER YEAR 156

2.18 FLUE GAS EMISSIONS 157

2.19 PROCESS EMISSIONS AND CONTROL MEASURES 157

2.20 DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES 158

2.21 DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY

ALKALI SCRUBBER

160

2.22 DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY

ACID SCRUBBER

162

2.23 SPECIFICATIONS OF WATER SCRUBBER , ALKALI

SCRUBBER & ACID SCRUBER

162

2.24 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE 162

2.25 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BROMIDE

SOLUTION

169

2.26 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BROMIDE

SOLUTION

169

2.27 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM CHLORIDDE

SOLUTION

170

2.28 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM CHLORIDDE

SOLUTION

170

2.29 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BISULPHITE

SOLUTION

171

2.30 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BISULPHITE

SOLUTION

171

2.31 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF AMMONIUM

SULPHATE SOLUTION

171

2.32 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF AMMONIUM

SULPHATE SOLUTION

172

2.33 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF HYDROCHLORIC

ACID SOLUTION

172

2.34 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF HYDROCHLORIC

ACID SOLUTION

173

2.35 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SULPHURIC ACID

SOLUTION

173

2.36 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SULPHURIC ACID

SOLUTION

174

2.37 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 174

2.38 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT

175

2.39 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY 177

2.40 MACHINERY FOR SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 178



2.41 PROPOSED FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL

MEASURES

179

2.42 DETAILS OF NON HAZARDOUS WASTE 180

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1 LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE ANKLESHWAR 184

3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 186

3.3 DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY MONITORING

193

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA 196

3.5 DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING

LOCATIONS

198

3.6 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER

SOURCES)

200

3.7 DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING

LOCATIONS

204

3.8 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER

SOURCES)

206

3.9 METHOD OF ANALYSIS 210

3.10 NOISE LEVEL DATA 211

3.11 CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE

EXPOSURE

213

3.12 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE

PROJECT SITE

214

3.13 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF SOIL SAMPLES 216

3.14 LAND USE STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA 218

3.15 LIST OF FLORA 219

3.16 LIST OF FAUNA 223

3.17 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 224

3.18 POPULATION DENSITY & SEX RATIO 226

3.19 LITERACY RATE 227

3.20 LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE

OF STUDY AREA

227

3.21 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 229

3.22 DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS 231

3.23 MUMBAI TO AHMEDABADROAD TRAFFIC 233

3.24 LEVEL OF SERVICE 234

3.25 AHMEDABAD TO MUMBAIROAD 234

4. IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

4.1 EMISSION DETAILS 244

4.2 CONCENTRATION OF PM, SO2&NO2 245

4.3 CONCENTRATION OF SO2 246

4.4 CONCENTRATION OF NH3, Cl2& Br2 246

4.5 CONCENTRATION OF HCl 247

4.6 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION

MEASURES)

262



4.7 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 263

5. ANALYSIS OF ALERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES 267

CHAPTER -6 RISK ASSESSMENT

6.1 IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL

MEASURES

270

6.2 ENVIORNMENT MONITORING PLAN 271

6.3 LIST OF LAB EQUIPMENTS 273

CHAPTER- 7 PROJECT BENEFIT

7.1 STORAGE DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS 279

7.2 PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 280

7.3 RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK

ASSESSMENT

284

7.4 RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA 284

7.5 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOLID

CHEMICALS

285

7.6 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CAUSTIC LYE

HANDLING

286

7.7 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ACID

HANDLING

287

7.8 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DRUM

HANDLING

289

7.9 EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY 292

7.10 EFFECTS DUE TO PEAK OVER PRESSURE 293

7.11 WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUD 294

7.12 SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS

295

7.13 SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF BENZENE 297

7.14 SCENARIO # 2 – RELEASE OF CARBON DISULPHIDE 301

7.15 SCENARIO # 3 – RELEASE OF ETHYL ACETATE 305

7.16 SCENARIO # 4 – RELEASE OF HEXANE 309

7.17 SCENARIO # 5 – RELEASE OF METHANOL 313

7.18 SCENARIO # 6 – RELEASE OF XYLENE 316

7.19 SCENARIO # 7 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYL SULPHIDE 319

7.20 SCENARIO # 8 – RELEASE OF TOULUENE 323

7.21 SCENARIO # 9 – RELEASE OF AMMONIA 327

7.22 SCENARIO # 10 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYL SULPHATE 329

7.23 SCENARIO # 11 – RELEASE OF THIONYL CHLORIDE 331

7.24 FLASH FIRE SCENARIOS 333

7.25 EXPLOSION OVERPRESSURE SCENARIOS 334



7.26 LATE POOL FIRE 335

7.27 TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS 336

7.28 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 338

CHAPTER- 8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY 365

CHAPTER- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 CONTROL MEASURES FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE 370

10.2 DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE

POLLUTION

373

10.3 BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 374

10.4 LDAR PROGRAM 382

CHAPTER- 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.1 EIA TEAM MEMBERS 407

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

FIGURE NAME PAGE NO.


1.1 PROJECT LOCATION MAP 7

1.2 ARIAL VIEW OF PROJECT SITE 8

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM IN KLD 145

2.2 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ETP 155

2.3 WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ALKALI

SCRUBBER

159

2.4 WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ACID

SCRUBBER

161

2.5 METHODOLOGY OF DECONTAMINATION 167

2.6 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROPOSED SITE. 168

2.7 BAR CHART 175

2.8 DIAGRAM OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 177



CHAPTER - 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1(A) WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH-2018

TO MAY-2018

186

3.1(B) WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH-

2018 TO MAY-2018

187

3.2 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION 188

3.3(A) EARTHQUAKE ZONING MAP OF GUJARAT 190

3.3(B) HYDROGEOLOGICAL OF THE BHARUCH 191

3.4 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

MONITORING STATIONS

194

3.5 LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY

MONITORING STATIONS

199

3.6 LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY

MONITORING STATIONS

205

3.7 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 212

3.8 LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS 215

3.9 LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION 218

CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

4.1 IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIROENMENT 236

4.2 IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT 237

4.3 IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT 238

4.4 IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER

ENVIRONMENT

239

4.5 IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-AND CULTURAL

ENVIRONMENT

240

4.6 IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 241

4.7 ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 248

4.8 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 249

4.9 ISOPLETHS OF NOx (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 250

4.10 ISOPLETHS OF HCl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 251

4.11 ISOPLETHS OF Cl2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 252

4.12 ISOPLETHS OF Br2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 253

4.13 ISOPLETHS OF NH3 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 254

CHAPTER -6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGREM

6.1 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT

MANAGEMENT CELL

274

6.2 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT VIOLATION

REPORTING SYSTEM

274

CHAPTER -7 RISK ASSESSMENT



LIST OF ANNEXURE

ANNEXURE

NO.

ANNEXURE NAME PAGE

NO.

I COPY OF TOR LETTER 397

II PLANT LAYOUT 408

III SURVEY OF TOPOSHEET 409

7.1 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL LOCATION IN COMPANY

LAYOUT

278

7.2 RISK CONTOURS FOR FLASH FIRE 298

7.3 RISK CONTOUR FOR VCE 299

7.4 RISK CONTOURS FOR LATE POOL FIRE 300





7.9 RISK CONTOUR FOR OVERPRESSURE 307



7.12 RISK CONTOUR FOR VCE FIRE 311


7.14 RISK CONTOUR FOR FLASH FIRE 314

7.15 RISK CONTOUR FOR LATE POOL FIRE 315









7.24 RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION 328

7.25 RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH & LC50

CONCENTRATION

330

7.26 RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH & LC50

CONCENTRATION

332



ANNEXURE

NO.

ANNEXURE NAME PAGE

NO.

IV LAND PASSESSION DOCUMENT 410

V GIDC FRESH WATER PERMISSION LETTER 411

VI ADDITIONAL GREEN BELT LETTER 412

VII BEIL MEMBERSHIP CIRTY 413

VIII MOU FOR ODIUM BROMIDE 414

IX MONITORING DATES 416

X CER LETTER 417

XI CCA COPY 420

XII CCA COMPLIANCE REPORT 428

XIII HEALTH CHECKUP CIRTY 443

XIV CLIENT UNDERTAKING 445

XV CONSULTANT UNERTAKING 446

XVI EHS POLICY 448

XVII MEE OFFER 449

XVIII SOLAR ENERGY QUOTATION 462

XIX PESO LICENCE 463

XX ON SITE – OFF SITE EMERGENCY PLAN DETAIL 464

XXI OLD CTE COPY 471

XXII OLD EC COPY 477

XXIII NABET LETER 479

XXIV COMPLIANCE OF 31st OCT 2019 509

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

APCM Air Pollution Control Measures

API Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient



AMSL Above Mean Sea Level

BEIL Bharuch Environ Technology Limited

BGL Below Ground Level

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant

CGWA Central Ground Water Authority

CGWB Central Ground Water Board

CH BASE Chlorohexadine Base

CH & S Community Health & Safety

CO Carbon Monooxide

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CTE Consent to Establish

CTO Consent to Operate

Db Decibels

DCM/MDC Dichloro Methane/Methylene Dichloride

DCP Dry Carbon Powder

DEM Dimethyl ether

DFO Deputy Forest Officer

DG Diesel Generator

DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited

DMP Disaster Management Plan

DMS Dimethyl Sulfide

DO Dissolve Oxygen

EHS Environmental Health and Safety

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EOT Electric Overhead Travel

EPA Environmental protection Act

ESP Exchangeable Sodium Percentage

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

ETL Enviro Technology limited

FAE Functional Area Expert

FETP Final Effluent Treatment Plant

GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GLC Ground Level Concentration

GPS Global Positioning System

Ha Hectare

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study

HBr Hydrobromic Acid

HC Hydrocarbon



HCl Hydrochloric acid

HDPE High Density Polyethylene

HP Horse Power

HSD High Speed Diesel

H2S Hydrogen sulfide

H2SO4 Sulphuric Acid

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

IPA Isopropyl alcohol

IPE Isopropyl Ether

INR Indian Rupees

ISCST-3 Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3

KG Kilo Gram

KLD Kilo Liter per Day

KVA Kilo Volt Ampere

kW Kilowatt

MCLS Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator

MIBK Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest& Climate Change

MoU Memorandum of Undertaking

MS Mild Steel

MSI HC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

MSW Municipal Solid Waste

MT Metric Tone

NA Not Applicable

NABET National Accreditation Board of Education and Training

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NaOH Sodium Hydroxide

NCTL Narmada Clean Tech Limited

NH National Highway

NH3 Ammonia

NOC No Objection Certificate

NOX Nitrogen Oxides

ODPA 4,4''-Oxydiphthalic acid

OHS Occupational Health& Safety

OSHAS Occupation Health and Safety Assessment Series

PCU Passenger Car Unit

PEL Permissible Exposure Level

PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization

PHC Public Health Center

PM Particulate Matter



PP Project Proponent

PPE Personal Protective Equipments

PPMV Parts per Million by Volume

PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate

QCI Quality Council of India

R&R Resettlement & Rehabilitation

RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete

RO Reverse Osmosis

SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee

SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

SS Stainless Steel

STP Sewage Treatment Plant

SH State Highway

SO2 Sulfur Dioxide

TBA Tertiary Butanol

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TEBA Benzyltriethylammonium chloride

THF Tetra Hydro furan

TOC Total Organic Compound

ToR Terms of Reference

TPD Tone Per Day

TSDF Transportation Storage and Disposal Facility

TSS Total Suspended Solid

USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency

VECs Valued Environmental Components

VOC Volatile Organic Compound

ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

EIA REPORT OF M/S. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. 1

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

As per the EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, as amended from time to time; it is mandatory

to have Environmental Clearance for any new industry or the expansion/modernization of the

existing industry from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, Government of India,

New Delhi / SEIAA, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. For this, Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) is to

be conducted as per guidelines given by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

The purpose of the EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of the potential impacts of the

proposed project and the measures that should be taken to eliminate, reduce and remedy them. It

contains essential information for:

• The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and socially responsible way;

• The responsible authority to make an informed decision on the proposal, including the terms

and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization; and

• The public to understand the proposal and its likely impacts on people and the environment.

1.1.1 INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT

(A) PROJECT PROPOSAL

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar is an existing small scale unit located at Plot

No. 5178, GIDC Ankleshwar, District: Bharuch-393002, Gujarat for manufacturing Distillation

Solvent Unit having installed capacity 4000 MT/Month. Unit has valid CCA- H- 90445 date of

issue 11/01/2018 for manufacturing of Distillation Solvent and it is valid up to 15/12/2021.

Now, to meet the market demand, the unit has proposed the production capacity of Bulk Drug &

Intermediates products with the additional capacity of 170 MT/Month. The total overall production

capacity after proposed extension will be 4170 MT/Month. The details of product are given in table

no.1.1. The product proposed by the unit fall in the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification, i.e.

Project No. 5(f).

The purpose of this report is to:

• Establish a pre-project baseline with respect to environmental indicators.

• Identify environment related impacts.

• Evaluate safety related risk factors associated with project.

• Propose appropriate mitigation measures for minimizing the adverse impacts to the extent

possible.



• Suggest Environment Management Plan.

• Recommend Risk Management Plan.

This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Notification dated 14thSeptember2006 (and subsequent amendments to the same) issued by the

Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), by providing required information with regards to

the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference issued by the State Level Environment Impact

Assessment Committee.

TABLE: 1.1

LIST OF PRODUCTS

Sr.

No

.

Name Of Product Qua

ntity

CAS No. End Use

API (SYNTHETIC APIs) : 20 MT/Month

1 Venlafaxine Either / or 20 93413-69-5 Depression & Anxiety

disorder

2 Amlodipine Either / or 88150-42-9 Antihypertensive

3 Atorvastatin Either / or 134523-00-5 Cardiovascular

Disease

4 Citalopram hydrobromide Either / or 59729-32-7 Depression, Anxiety

disorder, Phobia

5 Quetiapin Fumarate Either / or 111974-72-2 Atypical anti-

psychotic

6 Escitalopram Oxalate Either / or 219861-08-2 Treatment of

Depression

7 Dothiepine Hydrochloride Either / or 897-15-4 Major Depressive Disorder

8 Rosiglitazone Maleate Either / or 155141-29-0 Diabetes

9 Clomipramine Hydrochloride Either / or 17321-77-6 Depression and

obsessive-compulsive

disorder

10 Carbamazepine Either / or 298-46-4 Ant epilepsy

11 MetoprololTartarate Either / or 37350-58-6 Chest Pain, Heart

failure & High Blood

Pressure

12 MebendazoleEither / or 31431-39-7 Antifungal

13 Phenylephrine HCL Either / or 61-76-7 Allergic

14 Sucralfate USP Either / or 54182-58-0 Intestinal Ulcers &

Stomach ulcers

15 Theobromine Either / or 83-67-0 lung diseases

16 Metoprolol Succinate Either / or 98418-47-4 Antihypertensive

17 Fluconazole Either / or 86386-73-4 Antifungal

INTERMEDIATES :- 40 MT/Month

18 2, 5 Dichloro Para PhenyleneDiamine Either

/ or

40 20103-09-7 Pharma Intermediates

19 2,5 Dimethyl Para PhenyleneDiamine Either

/ or

86386-73-4

20 2-{2[2-[ 2,6 Dichlorophenyl)Amino]

Phenyl]Acetyl]Oxyacetic Acid] Either / or

1216495-92-

9



Sr.

No

.

Name Of Product Qua

ntity

CAS No. End Use

21 2-Mercapto 5-Methoxy Benzimidazole

Either / or

37052-78-1

22 2 Nitro 4 Methoxy Aniline Either / or 96-96-8

23 3-[4-Chloro-5-(Cyclopentyloxy)-2-

Fluorophenyl]-5-(Propan-2-Ylidene)-1,3-

Oxazolidin-4-One. (PIK) Either / or

2886-65-9

24 Sodium/Potassium { 2-[ (2,6 Dichloro

Phenyl)Amino] Phenyl} Acetate Either / or

15307-77-4

25 2 Chloro Para PhenyleneDiamine Either / or 615-66-7

26 2-Chloro 1-Phenoxy Benzene

Either / or

10304-81-1

27 2,3 XylylAnthranilic Acid Either / or 28022-11-9

28 2 Chloro 5 Methyl PPD Either / or 5307-03-9

29 5 Amino Ortho Toluedene Either / or 99-55-8

30 4-Bromo Anisole Either / or 104-92-7

31 3 Amino 4 Methoxy Acetanilide Either / or 6375-47-9

32 Para Anisidine Either / or 104-94-9

33 2 Chlor 4 Fluoro 5NBC Either / or 86393-34-2

34 Para Amino Salicylic Acid Either / or 65-49-6

DERIVATIVES TO CHLORINATION USING THIONYL

CHLORIDE-30 MT/M

35 Bis-(2 Chloro Ethyl) Amine Hcl Either / or 30 821-48-7 Aripriprazole,Trazodo

ne

36 4(2-Chlore Ethyl) Morpholine HCL (CEM

HCL) Either / or

3647-69-6 Floredil,Morclofone

37 2 Chloro Ethyl Amine Hcl Either / or 821-48-7 Ifosfamide

38 Di Methyl Amino Isopropyl Chloride

(DMIPC)-HCL Either / or

4584-49-0 Methadone,Isothipend

yl

39 4CBC (4 Chloro – Butyryl Chloride) Either /

or

4635-59-0 Mitomycin

40 M4CB(4-Methoxy Butyryl Chloride) Either

/ or

824-94-2 Pharma Intermediates

41 Cyclo Propyl Carbonyl Chloride Either / or 4023-34-1 Prazepam

42 Cyclohexane Carbonyl Chloride Either / or 2719-27-9 Praziquantel

43 2-Furoyl Chloride Either / or 527-69-5 Diloxanide

44 Acetyl Salicyl Chloride Either / or 5538-51-2 Pharma Intermediates

45 O P Dichloro Benzoic Acid Either / or 50-84-0 Lamotrigine

46 Para Nitro Benzoic Acid Either / or 62-23-7 Pharma Intermediates

NITRO TO AMINO CONVERSION BY CATALYTIC

HYDROGENATION :- 40MT/Month

47

Nitro to Amino Conversion by catalytic

Hydrogenation

40

Pharma Industries P-(Nitromethyl)BenzoateEither / or 619-50-1

5-Amino Salicylic AcidEither / or 89-57-6



Sr.

No

.

Name Of Product Qua

ntity

CAS No. End Use

4-Amino 2-Chloro AnilineEither / or 3964-52-1

2,5 Di Amino TolueneEither / or 95-70-5

ALDEHYDE TO ALCOHOL CONVERSION BY CATALYTIC

HYDROGENATION :- 40 MT/Month

48 Aldehyde to Alcohol Conversion by catalytic

Hydrogenation

40

Pharma Industries Benzyl AlcoholEither / or 100-51-6

P-Hydroxy Benzyl AlcoholEither / or 623-05-2

P-Chloro Benzyl AlcoholEither / or 873-76-7

P-Nitro Benzyl AlcoholEither / or 619-73-8

2,4-Di Nitro Benzyl AlcoholEither / or 4836-66-2

A TOTAL PROPOSEDQUANTITY 170

MT/

M

49 DISTILLATION OF MIXED/SPENT

SOLVENT : (A) ETHYLENE DI CHLORIDE

(B) TOLUENE(C) XYLENE (D) HEXANE€ BUTANOL(F) ETHANOL(G)

METHANOL(H)AMINES(I) GLYCOL(J)

ETHERS(K) TRI CHLORO PROPANE(L)

IPA(M)ACETONR(N) NITROBNZENE(O)

CYCLOBENZENE

(Q)TETRAHYDROFURAN(R)ACETONITRIL

E(S) METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE/METHYL ETHYL KETONE(T)

ETHYL ACETATE (U) METHYL CHLORO

BENZENE(V) CYCLOHEXANE(W) PHENOL

500 -- --

50 AROMATIC SOLVENTS OF DIFFERENT

RANGE 500 -- --

51 ALPHABATIC SOLVENT OF DIFFERENT

RANGE 500 -- --

52 PRINTING OIL/RUBBER PROCESS OIL 500 -- --

53 TURPENTINE OIL 500 -- --

54 WIRE ENAMELS & VARNISHES FOR

PRIMARY & SECONDARY ELECTRICAL

INSULATIONS

500 -- --

55 WHITE SPRAY OIL 500 -- --

56 THINNERS 500 -- --

B TOTAL EXISTING QUANTITY 4000 -- --

A+

B

TOTAL QUANTITY AFTER EXPANSION 4170

(B) SCREENING CATEGORY

As per EIA Notification dated 14thSeptember, 2006, as amended from time to time; this project falls

under Category “B”, Project or Activity-5 (f) but Ankleshwar is declared as critically polluted area,

the project considered in category-A project and requires Environmental Clearance from MoEF &

CC,Delhi.



1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. is a new unit which will manufacture Bulk Drug &

Intermediates after having valid environment clearance in category 5(f).

Unit had applied for Environment Clearance vide letter no. J-11011/174/2009-IA II (I), dated 05 feb

2009.However, due to critically polluted area EC was not granted. So, Unit was applied for CTE of

solvent distillation. The unit was established on 2009. The CTE no. GPCB/BRCH/CTE-

3806/20987, dated – 17 Sep 2009.

1.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. will involve in the manufacturing of Bulk Drug &

Intermediates. The promoters have well experienced in this field. They are conscious of

environment protection measures and from the conception stage itself necessary care has been

taken.

Proponents believe in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation

and pollution control. The unit will provide adequate Environment Management System to meet

desired norms of effluent discharge as per the statutory requirement.

A vision, a mission and a will to succeed are the basic ingredients in the foundation of the company.

A team of well-qualified engineers and financial experts supports the company. Main promoters as

well as staff of the company have very good industrial as well as business experience.

Details regarding director is given in Table 1.2.

TABLE: 1.2

LIST OF DIRECTOR

Sr.

No.

Name of the Director Address Contact No.

1. Mr. Kalpesh Patel A/4/101, Amrakunj Society, Plot No. 1111

Near Jaldhra Chokadi, GIDC Ankleshwar

9824173390

2. Mrs. Manisha Patel A/4/101, Amrakunj Society, Plot No. 1111

Near Jaldhra Chokadi, GIDC Ankleshwar

9377418472



1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTIONOFNATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF THEPROJECT

1.3.1 BRIEFDESCRIPTIONOFNATURE, SIZE AND LOCATIONOFPROJECT

Brief description of project in terms of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to

the country, region is given in the Table1.3. And list of nearby Industries is given below in table no.

1.4.

TABLE: 1.3

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF PROJECT

Sr.

No.

Particulars Details

A. Nature & Size of the

Project

Bulk Drug & Intermediates

(170 MT/Month)

B. Location Details

1. Plot No. Plot No. 5178

2. Village Ankleshwar

3. Tehsil Ankleshwar

4. District Bharuch

5. State Gujarat

6. Co-ordinate Extends Latitude: 21°36'40.56"N and Longitude: 73° 2'19.16"E

Location map of the project site has been shown in Figure – 1.1.

C. Area Details

1. Total Project Area 2040 sq. m.

2. Greenbelt/ Plantation area 306 sq. m. (15 % of total plot area) 500 sq.m. ( 24.51)

D. Environmental Setting Details (with approximate aerial distance and direction from

proposed project site)

1. Nearest Village Ankleshwar about 3.00 KM

2. Nearest Town / City and

DistrictHeadquarter

Ankleshwar about 1 KM

3. Nearest Railway station Ankleshwar Railway Station about 5 KM

4. National Highway • SH-8 (1 km)

5. Nearest Airport Surat Airport (75 km in N direction)

6. Water bodies within 10 km

radius

Amaravati river is about Narmada 5.69 KM in E direction

7. National Park, Wild Life

Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Reserve / Protected

Forests, Tiger Reserves,

Wildlife Corridors, etc.)

Within 10 Km. radius

(boundary to boundary

distance

No National Park/Wild Life Sanctuary/Biosphere

Reserve/Reserve Forest/Protected Forest/Tiger

Reserve/Wildlife Corridor etc. Falls within 10 Km. radius

of the project site.



TABLE: 1.4

NEARBY INDUSTRY DETAILS

Sr.

No.

Name of Industry Address Directions

1. M/s. Crop Science Pvt Ltd Plot no. 5165, GIDC Ankleshwar

District : Bharuch

S

2. M/s. Geeta Chemical Plot no. 4906/B, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat

N

3. M/s. Oza Industries Plot No:5179, GIDC Estate, GIDC,

Ankleshwar - 393001

E

4. M/s. S K Finechem Plot No:5177, GIDC Estate, GIDC,

Ankleshwar - 393001

W

1.3.2 LOCATIONMAP

FIGURE: 1.1

PROJECTLOCATION MAP

GUJARAT MAP

INDIA MAP N

ANKLESHVAR GIDC, DISTRICT-BHARUCH MAP



FIGURE: 1.2

AERIAL VIEW OF THE PROJECT SITE

M/s. ReeAtharva Life Science Pvt.Ltd.



1.3.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The project site is located at Plot No. 5178, GIDC Ankleshwar, Dist.:-Bharuch, Gujarat, in the state of

Gujarat which is one of the fastest growing industrial estate and having all the essential facilities &

infrastructure for the management & disposal of effluent discharge. It is approximately 16 km

distance from Dist.: Bharuch. The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at

Latitude: Latitude: 21°36'40.56"N and Longitude: 73° 2'19.16"E. The location of the project site can

be identified from the location map shown in Figure-1.1.

1.3.4 SITE SELECTION

Ankleshwar GIDC Location

• Ankleshwar GIDC is in Ankleshwar Taluka of central part of Bharuch District, Gujarat, India.

It is well connected with National Highway (NH-8). Road and Railway both are having the

connectivity to New Delhi, the National Capital and Mumbai, the commercial Capital of India.

Connectivity

• Road: Ankleshwar GIDC is on 6 lane State Highway connecting of Bharuch (15Kms) with

National Highway No. 8

• Rail: 5 km from Ankleshwar, Main Rail Head connecting Mumbai - Delhi.

• Airport: Baroda-80kms and Surat-75kms (Daily flights to Mumbai & Delhi).

Area of GIDC Ankleshwar

GIDC Ankleshwar covers the total land area of 1600 Hect. And more than 1500 industries, consisting

of chemicals, pesticides, pharmaceuticals, bulk drugs, petroleum products, engineering, textiles,

plastics, rubber and packaging etc. are located in this industrial estate

Infrastructure and Services in Ankleshwar GIDC

• The Estate is connected with internal road network consist of single lane in GIDC ,Double

lanes 3 KMs & 4 lanes 26.6 KMs to meet the transport requirements of member industries.

GIDC had developed this network and is maintained by them.

• Street lights.

• Strom Water Disposal (SWD) facility alongside road.

Water

• GIDC is co-developer for water supply.

• Water distribution network for 77 MLD water supply.



Drainage / Effluent Disposal

• A common effluent treatment plant (CETP) and Common Hazardous Waste Storage Site are

established and operated by M/s. Enviro Technology Ltd. and M/s. Bharuch Enviro

Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. respectively. The treated effluent from CETP is discharged in to sea.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAME WORK

To keep the environment congenial for better standard of living, the provisions have been made

in the constitution of India and many Enactments have taken place, so that ,Industrialization may

not have adverse . There are many Acts/ Rules/ Notifications issued by MoEF & CC in this regard,

few of them are mentioned below:

• Environment(Protection)Act,1986;

• Environment(Protection)Rules,1986;

• Water(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1974;

• Air(Prevention & Control of Pollution) A c t ,1981;

• Environmental Impact Assessment ( EIA) Notification, dated 14 t h September 2006 as

amended from time to time.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The disciplines covered under the study are pre-requisite information of the proposed site,

process technology, effluent generation, treatment and its proper disposal, hazardous waste

management, impacts a n d management plans. This report contains data of ambient air quality

monitoring as well as the ecological studies noise environment, socio-economic study carried out

during Winter Season (March-2018 to May-2018).

Application (Appendix–I/Form–I/ToR and Pre–Feasibility Report) for obtaining Environmental

Clearance for this proposed project was submitted online proposal no. SIA/GJ/IND2/31285/2019

to SEAC, Gujarat , on 27thMarch, 2019. Technical Presentation (for TOR approval) for the same

was held before SEAC (II) on 16th April 2019.

1.5.1 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT

The expected cost of proposed project is Rs.1828 lacs. New Plant and machinery installations will

also have to be acquired and installed. Environment Protection and safety systems have also been

considered in planning the Cost Projection. The below given table no-5 shows the break-up of the

proposed project cost.



TABLE: 1.5

CAPITAL COST PROJECTION

Sr.

No.

Purpose Proposed

(Rs. In Lacs)

1. Land 408.00

2. Building 250.00

3. Plant and Machinery 700.00

4. Q.A. Lab set up 100.00

5. Environment Protection & Safety

a) Effluent treatment Plant 300.00

b) Fire & Safety Equipment (PPE, fire

extinguishers, Ventilation, etc.)

25.00

c) Green belt development 10.00

d) Air pollution control & Hazardous waste

Management

35.00

Total 1828.00

1.6 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

As per the EIA Notification, September 2006, the proposed project falls under category 5(f) of the

schedule. The unit manufactures Bulk Drug & Intermediates which require prior Environmental

Clearance (EC).They are categorized as Category-B, requiring EC from STATE LEVEL EXPERT

APPRAISAL COMMITTEE. As per the official memorandum we are applying Category – A project

to Delhi. The EIA report is based on the General TOR and Additional TOR as received vide as

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/826/2019 dated: - 24th May, 2019. Letter containing Terms of reference

(TOR) given by the SEIAA, Gandhinagar, Gujarat is attached as Annexure-I.

1.7 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

This EIA Report is prepared to comply with the requirements of the SEAC as per the guideline for

the Clearance. The objectives of this EIA are:

• To describe the Project and associated works together with the requirements for carrying out the

Project.

• To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected

by the Project, and / or likely to cause impacts upon the Project, including both the natural and

man-made environment.



• To identify and quantify emission sources and determine the severity of impacts on sensitive

receivers and potential affected uses.

• To recognize and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the Project and

recommend appropriate mitigation measures.

• To study existing landscape and visual quality in the study area so as to evaluate the landscape

and visual impacts of the project.

• To propose mitigation measures to minimise pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance

during construction and operation of the project;

• To identify, predict and evaluate the residual (that is, after practicable mitigation) environmental

impacts and cumulative effects expected to arise during the construction and operation phases of

the project in relation to the sensitive receivers and potential affected uses.

• To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the detailed

design, construction and operation of the project which are necessary to mitigate these impacts

and reduce them to allowable levels within established standards / guidelines.

• To investigate the extent of side-effects of proposed mitigation measures that may lead to other

forms of impacts.

• To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this EIA.

• To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives to the requirements of this

EIA Study.

1.8 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the EIA report, as per the guideline provided by MoEF & CC is illustrated

in the following tabulated format.

TABLE: 1.6

STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

Sr.

No.

EIA Structure Contents

1. Introduction • Purpose of the report and regulatory frame work

• Identification of the project and project proponent

• Key Information of project

• Regulatory Frame work

• Scope & Objective of EIA study

• Structure of EIA report

• Terms of reference & Its Compliance



Sr.

No.


2. Project Description • Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based

on project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental

effects. Description contains the details of the following:

• Type of project

• Need for the project

• Location details showing general location, specific location,

project boundary & project site layout)

• Technology and process description

• Project description. Including drawings showing project

layout, components of project etc. Schematic representations of

the feasibility drawings which give information important for

EIA purpose

• Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the

project to meet environmental standards,

3. Description of the

Environment • Study area, period, components & methodology

• Establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components, as identified in the scope

• Base maps of all environmental components

4. Anticipated

Environmental Impacts

&

Mitigation Measures

• Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project

location, possible accidents, project design, project construction,

regular operations, final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a

completed project

• Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts

identified

• Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental

components

• Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for

determining significance, Assigning significance)

• Mitigation measures

5. Analysis of alternatives

(technology & site) • Need for alternatives with respect to technology and site

selection, give details of each alternative, summary of adverse

impact of each alternative and propose mitigation measures

for each alternative.

6. Environmental

Monitoring Program • Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the

effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement

methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting

schedules, emergency procedures, budget & procurement

schedules)

7. Additional Study: Risk

Assessment & Disaster

Management Plan

• Hazard Identification

• Risk Assessment & control/prevention Measures

• Disaster Management

8. Project Benefits • Detail of the Socioeconomic & other tangible benefits of the

project

9. Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis • Environmental cost benefit analysis to be carried out if

required.



Sr.

No.


10. Environment

Management Plan • Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that

mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness

monitored, after approval of the EIA. The Chapter consist of:

• Mitigation measures for impacts

• Pollution Prevention Plan

• Greenbelt Development Plan

• Mangrove Management Plan

• Dredging management Plan

• Waste management plan

• Environment Management Cell

• Budgetary Provisions for EMS

11. Summary & Conclusion • Description of brief of EIA report

12. Disclosure of Consultant

Engaged • Detail of the EIA Consultant

EIA REPORT OF M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT. LTD., GIDC, ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR15

CHAPTER-2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. is located at Plot No. 5178, GIDC Ankleshwar, Dist.:-

Bharuch, Gujarat. As per the EIA Notification, 14th September 2006, the project falls under

Category “B”, Project or Activity-5 (f) of the schedule. However Ankleshwar is declared as

critically polluted area, the project becomes category-A project. As per the official memorandum

we are applying Category – A project to MoEF, Delhi.

Unit has valid CCA- H- 90445 date of issue 11/01/2018 for manufacturing of Distillation Solvent

with quantity 4000 MT/Month and it is valid up to 15/12/2021.

Now, to meet the market demand, the unit has proposed the production capacity of Bulk Drug &

Intermediates products with the additional capacity of 170 MT/Month. The total overall

production capacity after proposed expansion will be 4170 MT/Month. The details of product are

given in table no.1.1. The product proposed by the unit fall in the Schedule attached to the EIA

Notification, i.e. Project No. 5(f).

2.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR SELECTING PRODUCT

The unit is seeking to manufacture Bulk Drug & Intermediates requirement of all these products are

increasing day by day. Due to various applications of pharma, they will always remain in demand.

The Indian pharmaceuticals market is the third largest in terms of volume and thirteenth largest in

terms of value, as per a report by Equity Master. India is the largest provider of generic drugs

globally with the Indian generics accounting for 20 per cent of global exports in terms of volume.

Of late, consolidation has become an important characteristic of the Indian pharmaceutical market

as the industry is highly fragmented. The Indian pharma industry, which is expected to grow over

15 per cent per annum between 2015 and 2020, will outperform the global pharma industry, which

is set to grow at an annual rate of 5 per cent between the same periods. The market is expected to

grow to US$ 55 billion by 2020, thereby emerging as the sixth largest pharmaceutical market

globally by absolute size, as stated by Mr Arun Singh, Indian Ambassador to the US. Branded

generics dominate the pharmaceuticals market, constituting nearly 80 per cent of the market share



(in terms of revenues). The sector is expected to generate 58,000 additional job opportunities by the

year 2025.

Proponent will be having best available technology to make product.

2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS

2.3.1 DETAILS OF PRODUCT

Total production capacities of the unit will be 4170 MT/Month. (Existing Distillation Solvent Unit

4000 MT/Month + Proposed Bulk Drug & Intermediates 170 MT/Month).The unit has proposed

manufacturing of Bulk Drug & Intermediates as a product. The list of the products and their

production capacity with their chemical name are given in table no.1.1.

2.3.2 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL

The list of name of raw materials for each product is provided in table no. 2.1, details of solvent

used is given in table no. 2.2.

TABLE: 2.1

LIST OF RAW MATERIALS CONSUMPTION

Sr

No. Product Raw Material

QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

1. Venlafaxine

Acetic Acid 0.896 17.92 64-19-7

Charcoal 0.04 0.76 7440-44-0

Cyclohexane 0.07 1.40 110-82-7

Ethyl Acetate 17.40 348 141-78-6

Formaldehyde 1.67 33.4 50-00-0

Formic Acid 1.90 38 64-18-6

Iso Propanol 0.04 0.8 67-63-0

Methanol 0.29 5.8 67-56-1

N hexane 0.10 2.11 110-54-3

Sodium Hydroxide 1.46 29.2 1310-73-2

O-xylene 0.141 2.82 95-47-6

Palladium Charcoal 0.11 2.24 7440-05-3

Sodium Methoxide 1.15 22.9 124-41-4



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Tri methyl phosphate 1.15 22.9 512-56-1

2. Amlodipine

Acetic acid 0.06 1.19 64-19-7

Benzene sulphonic acid 0.58 11.61 98-11-3

Chlorobenzaldehyde 1.00 19.96 89-98-5

Ethanol Amine 0.54 10.89 141-43-5

Ethyl ChloroAceto acetate 1.36 27.21 609-15-4

Iso Propanol 0.28 5.66 67-63-0

Methanol 0.09 1.72 67-56-1

Methyl aceto acetate 2.81 56.21 105-45-3

Monomethanolamine 6.42 128.35 141-43-5

Morpholine 0.13 2.66 110-91-8


Ammonia 0.05 0.99 7664-41-7

Pthalic anhydride 1.30 25.95 85-44-9

Toluene 0.15 2.9 108-88-3

Xylene 0.09 1.70 1330-20-7

3. Atorvastatin

Ethyl®-4-cyano-3-hydroxy butanoate 1 20 312745-91-8

Tetrahydrofuran 16.83 336.6 109-99-9

Di isopropyl amine 3.22 64.4 108-18-9

n-Butyl Lithium 13.6 272 109-72-8

Tert-Butylacetate 3.6 73.76 540-88-5

Hydrochloric Acid 8.76 175.2 7647-01-0

Ethyl Acetate 0.26 5.2 141-78-6

20% sodium chloride solution 13 260 7647-14-5

Methanol 0.15 3.00 67-56-1

Diethylmethoxyborane 1.395 27.9 54546-19-9

Sodium Borohydride 0.44 8.8 16940-66-2



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Acetic Acid 0.039 0.79 64-19-7

Acetone 0.064 1.28 67-64-1

2,2-Dimethoxy propane 3.812 76.24 77-76-9

Methane sulphonic acid 0.032 0.64 75-75-2

Sodium Bicarbonate 3.00 60 144-55-8

n-Hexane 0.208 4.16 110-54-3

Methanolic Ammonia. (14-16%) 7.91 158.2 7664-41-7

Pivalic Acid 0.24 4.8 75-98-9

n-Heptane 0.091 1.82 142-82-5

Toluene 0.37 7.50 108-88-3

Isopropanol 0.33 6.78 67-63-0

Sodium Hydroxide 5.4 108 1310-73-2

Activated Carbon 0.1 2 7440-44-0

Calcium Acetate 0.133 2.66 62-54-4

Methyl tert Butyl Ether 7.41 148.2 1634-04-4

4. Citalopram

Toluene 0.64 12.95 108-88-3

N-Benzylethanolamine 1.17 23.35 104-63-2

Ammonia 0.93 18.68 7664-41-7

Isopropanol 0.78 15.56 67-63-0

HBr 0.16 3.23 37348-16-6

Dimethyl formamide 0.06 1.17 68-12-2

Citalopram HBr 0.06 1.12 59729-32-7

Dimethyl formaldehyde 0.12 2.43 68-12-2

Activated carbon 0.05 0.93 7440-44-0

5. QuetiapinFumara

te

Sodium Hydroxide flakes 0.21 4.219 1310-73-2

2-Amino diphenylesulfide 0.71 14.15 1134-94-7

Toluene 0.17 3.40 108-88-3



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Phenyl chloroformate 0.81 16.27 1885-14-9

Hydrochloric acid 0.42 8.35 7647-01-0

Sodium chloride 0.28 5.66 7647-14-5

Polyphosphoric acid 5.66 113.27 8017-16-1

Acetone 0.09 1.82 67-64-1

6. Escitalopram

Oxalate

Escitalopram oxalate-2 1.82 36.36 219861-08-2

Ethyl acetate 0.073 1.45 141-78-6

Sodium hydroxide flakes 0.26 5.27 1310-73-2

Dimethyl Sulfoxide 5.86 117.27 67-68-5

Potassium carbonate 3.03 60.64 584-08-7

2,5-Dichlorobenzene 0.78 15.55 5858-18-4

Toluene 0.031 0.62 108-88-3

Acetic acid 0.531 10.62 64-19-7

Eno Carbon 0.04 0.80 7440-44-0

Isopropyl alcohol 0.002 0.03 67-63-0

Oxalic acid 0.568 11.37 144-62-7

7. Dothiepine

Hydrochloride

Phthalide 0.903 18.056 87-41-2

Thiophenol 0.747 14.931 108-98-5

Toluene 0.29 5.85 108-88-3

Sodium Methoxide solution 1.354 27.083 124-41-4

Hydrochloric acid 4.417 88.333 7647-01-0

Molten Polyphosphoric acid 2.934 58.681 8017-16-1

Sodium Hydroxide lye 2.170 43.403 1310-73-2

Hyflowsupercell 0.039 0.778 68855-54-9


Dimethyl aminopropyl chloride

hydrochloride 2.715 54.306 5407-04-5

Tetrahydrofuran 3.260 65.208 109-99-9



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Magnesium turnings 0.167 3.333 7439-95-4

Iodine crystals 0.0002 0.003 7553-56-2

Hexane 2.521 50.41 110-54-3

Liq. Ammonia 1.122 22.43 1336-21-6

Ethylene dichloride 0.52 10.44 107-06-2

8. Rosiglitazone

Maleate

2-Chlor pyridine 0.914 18.27 109-09-1

Methl amino ethanol 0.692 13.84 109-83-1

Toluene 0.53 10.74 108-88-3

Sodium chloride 0.402 8.049 7647-14-5

Methanol 0.42 8.60 67-56-1

Dimethyl formamide 0.09 1.82 68-12-2

4-fluoro benzaldehyde 0.80 16.09 459-57-4

potassium tertiary butoxide 0.64 12.87 865-47-4

Ethyl acetate 10.62 5.31 141-78-6

Thiourea 0.81 16.22 62-56-6

Mono Chloro Acetic Acid 1.41 28.23 79-11-8

Con. Sulfuric Acid 0.29 5.945 7664-93-9

Hexane 0.035 0.71 110-54-3

Acetic Acid 0.001 0.02 64-19-7

Piperidine 0.012 0.24 110-89-4

Toluene 0.15 3.19 108-88-3

Methanol 0.058 1.17 67-56-1

Ethanol 0.34 6.85 64-17-5

Maleic acid 0.35 7.09 110-16-7

EnoActicromos 0.19 3.94

Hyflosupercel 0.049 0.98 68855-54-9

Rosiglitazone Maleate Anhydrous 0.001 0.039 155141-29-0



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Ethyl Acetate 1.77 35.46 141-78-6

9. Clomipramine

Hydrochloride

Polyethylene Glycol 2.28 45.61 25322-68-3

Toluene 0.866 17.31 108-88-3

3- Chloro 5 - Acetyl Iminodibenzyl 1.14 22.81 25961-11-9

Sodium Hydroxide Flakes 4.24 84.99 1310-73-2

Sulphuric acid 9.30 186.14 7664-93-9

Sodium Chloride Solution 3.01 60.21 7647-14-5

Toluene 0.015 0.29 108-88-3

Eno carbon 0.076 1.52 7440-44-0

Methanol 3.24 64.85 67-56-1

Dimethyl Amino propyl Chloride 1.67 33.58 5407-04-5

Dimethyl Acetamide 0.085 1.71 127-19-5

Solution of Hydrochloric acid 12.10 242.08 7647-01-0

Methylene Chloride 9.41 188.25 75-09-2

Acetone 4.68 93.74 67-64-1

10. Carbamazepine

Acetone 0.260 5.20 67-64-1

Hyflow 0.013 0.25 61790-53-2

activated carbon 0.012 0.23 7440-44-0

methanol 1.014 20.28 67-56-1

Iminostilbene N-Carbonyl Chloride 1.282 25.64 33948-22-0

Ammonia liquor 2.808 56.15 7664-41-7

toluene 0.002 0.032 108-88-3


11. Metoprololtartara

te


Hyflo 0.0058 0.115 68855-54-9

Metoprolol 1.159 23.18 56392-17-7

Activated Carbon 0.136 2.72 7440-44-0



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

12. mebendazole

Benzene 3.614 72.29 71-43-2

Thionyl chloride 0.723 14.46 7719-09-7

Aluminium chloride 0.964 19.28 7446-70-0


Methanol 0.220 4.408 67-56-1

4 – chloro, 3 – nitro benzophenone 0.964 19.28 939-80-0

Liq. ammonia 2.520 50.41 7664-41-7

Sulphur 0.807 16.14 7704-34-9

Caustic flakes 1.988 39.76 1310-73-2

Carbon 0.017 0.34 7440-44-0

Acetic acid 0.016 0.32 64-19-7

Dimethyl Sulphide 0.566 11.33 75-18-3

Thio urea 0.602 12.05 62-56-6

Methyl Chloroformate 1.337 26.75 79-22-1

13. Phenylephrine

HCL

m-HydroxyAcetophenone 1.122 22.44 121-71-1

liq.Bromine 1.4 28 7726-95-6

Ethyl acetate 0.06 1.2 141-78-6

Toluene 0.506 10.12 108-88-3

n-methyl benzoyl amine 1.83 36.6 103-67-3


Methanol 0.254 5.08 67-56-1

Palladium carbon 0.04 0.8 7440-05-3

Liq.Ammonia 4.3 86 7664-41-7

L-Tartric acid 1.13 22.6 87-69-4

Acetic anhydride 1.1 22 108-24-7

Sulfuric acid 0.24 4.8 7664-93-9

Carbon 0.03 0.6 1333-86-4



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

14. SUCRALFATE

USP

Clorosulphonic acid 0.992 19.84 7790-94-5

Succrose 0.3 6 57-50-1

Liq ammonia 2.06 41.2 7664-41-7

Methanol 0.2944 5.888 67-56-1

Carbon 0.04 0.8 1333-86-4

15. THEOBROMIN

E

Cyano acetic acid 0.481 9.62 372-09-8

Mono methyl urea 0.288 5.77 598-50-5

Acetic anhydride 0.02 0.37 108-24-7

16. METOPROLOL

SUCCINATE

Epichlorohydrine 0.54 10.81 106-89-8

4-methoxy ethyl phenol 0.69 13.80 56718-71-9

Sodium hydroxide lye 0.47 9.45 1310-73-2


Mono isopropyl amine 0.62 12.42 75-31-0

Succinic acid 0.54 10.74 110-15-6

Activated carbon 0.03 0.61 64365-11-3

Acetone 0.201 4.013 67-64-1

17. FLUCONAZOL

E

1-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2(1H-1,2,4-

triazole-1yl)ethanoneChloroacetyl

Chloride 1.37 27.438

206050-23-9

1H-1,2,4-Triazole 0.69 13.719 288-88-0

Trimethylsulphonium iodide 1.37 27.438 1774-47-6

Potassium hydroxide 0.97 19.425 1310-58-3

Ethyl acetate 0.25 5.04 141-78-6

Methylen dichloride 0.001 0.02 75-09-2

Sodium chloride 1.37 27.438 7647-14-5

Conc. Hydrochloric Acid 0.41 8.231 7647-01-0


Acetone 0.035 0.70 67-64-1



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Methanol 0.004 0.08 67-56-1

Hyflow 0.03 0.537 68855-54-9

Activated charcoal 0.14 2.744 7440-44-0

18.

2, 5 Dichloro

Para

PhenyleneDiamin

e

Acetic Anhydride 0.0268 1.072 108-24-7

2,5-Dichloroaniline 0.42 16.8 95-82-9

Sulphuric Acid 2.4 96 7664-93-9

Nitric Acid 0.388 15.52 7697-37-2

Caustic Lye 2.08 83.2 1310-73-2

Soda Ash 0.06 2.4 497-19-8

Iron Powder 0.688 27.52 7439-89-6

Hydrochloric Acid 4.5 180 7647-01-0

Ice 0.6 24 124-38-9

19.

2,5 Dimethyl

Para

PhenyleneDiamin

e

2,5xylidine 1.25 50 95-78-3

Sodium Carbonate 0.54 21.9 497-19-8

Toluene 0.1 4 108-88-3

Nitric Acid 0.65 26 7697-37-2


Acetic Acid 0.005 0.2 64-19-7

Iron 0.57 23.1 7439-89-6

20. 2{2[2-[2-6

Dichlorophenyl)

Monochloro Acetic Acid 0.330 13.215 79-11-8

Thiobarbituric Acid 0.258 10.311 504-17-6

sodium {2-

[2,6dichlorophenyl)amino]phenyl}

Acetate 1.111 44.444

15307-79-6

Formic Acid 1.926 77.037 64-18-6

Toluene 0.11 4.74 108-88-3

Carbon 0.037 1.481 7440-44-0

21. 2-Mercapto 5-

4 Methoxy Nitro Aniline 0.95 38 96-96-8



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

Methoxy Sodium Hydrosulphide (30%) 2.1 84 16721-80-5

Carbon Disulphide 0.43 17.2 75-15-0

Caustic Flakes 0.226 9.04 1310-73-2

Carbon 0.025 1 7440-44-0

22. 2 Nitro 4

Methoxy Aniline

Para anisidine 0.83 33.33 104-94-9


Nitric Acid 0.43 17.33 7697-37-2

Dichloro Methane 2.50 100.00 75-09-2

Caustic Lye (48%) 0.67 26.67 1310-73-2

23.

3-[4-chloro-5-

(cyclopentyloxy)-

2-fluorophenyl1]-

5-(propan-2-

ylidene)

( PIK)

Toluene 0.15 6.0816 108-88-3

3-[4-chloro-5-(cyclopentyloxy)-2-

fluorophenyl1]-5-(propan-2-ylidene) 1.28 38.52 2886-65-9

Ethyl chloroformate 0.90 26.92 541-41-3

40% Sosium Hydroxide 2.74 82.12 1310-73-2

Ethanol 5.13 153.76 64-17-5

(-)-Epicatechin 3-(3''-o-

methyl)gallate 1.19 35.56 83104-86-3

Charcoal 0.01 0.36 7440-44-0

Silica gel 0.01 0.36 112926-00-8

24. 3-[4-Chloro-5-

(cyclopentyloxy)

Indolinone 1 40 15362-40-0

Caustic Flake 0.25 10 1310-73-2

25.

2 Chloro Para

PhenelyeneDiami

ne

2 chloro para nitro Aniline 1.273 50.909 121-87-9

Hydrogen 0.045 1.818 1333-74-0

Methanol 0.101 4.07 67-56-1

26. 2-Chloro 1-

Phenoxy Benzene

Phenol 0.648 25.91 108-95-2

Ortho dichloro benzene 2.023 80.93 95-50-1

Pottasium Hydroxide 0.385 15.41 1310-58-3

2,3

2-Chlorobenzaldehyde 0.833 33.333 118-91-2



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

27.

XylylAnthranilic

Acid

2:3 xylidine 0.708 28.333 95-78-3


Sodium bicarbonate 0.533 21.333 497-19-8


Dimethyl Formamide 2.500 100.000 68-12-2

Activated Carbon 0.033 1.333 7440-44-0

28. 2 Chloro 5

Methyl PPD

Benzenesulfonyl chlorides 1.5 60 98-09-9

Soda Ash 0.4 16 497-19-8

2-chloro 5-methyl Aniline 1.2 48 95-81-8

Toluene 1.8 72 108-88-37

Nitric Acid 0.54 21.6 7697-37-2

Sulphuric Acid 1 40 7664-93-9

Hydrogen Gas 0.05 2 1333-74-0

29. 5 Amino Ortho

Toluedene

Ortho Toluene 1.25 50 95-53-4

Soda Ash 0.617 24.7 497-19-8

Benzenesulfonyl chloride 2.06 82.4 98-09-9

Toluene 0.06 2.4 108-88-3

Nitric Acid 0.75 30 7697-37-2


Hydrogen Gas 0.062 2.5 1333-74-0

Methanol 0.05 2.0 67-56-1

30. 4-Bromo Anisole

Phenol 0.538 21.54 108-95-2

Dimethyl Sulphate 0.505 20.22 77-78-1

Caustic Lye 0.953 38.15 1310-73-2

1,2-Dichloroethane 0.06 2.77 107-06-2

Bromine 0.91 36.68 7726-95-6

Sodium Bicarbonate 1.23 49.54 144-55-8



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

31.

3 Amino4

Methoxy

Acetanilide

1-Chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene 1.25 50 97-00-7

Dimethyl Sulphate 0.82 32.85 77-78-1

Caustic Flake 0.31 12.5 1310-73-2

Methanol 0.060 2.42 67-56-1

Hydrogen 0.075 3 1333-74-0


32. Para Anisidine

Para Nitro Chloro Benzene 1.333 53.33 100-00-5

Caustic Flake 0.347 13.87 1310-73-2

Methanol 0.062 2.496 67-56-1

Hydrogen 0.053 2.13 1333-74-0

33. 2 chlor 4 fluoro

5NBC

2 chlro 4 floro 0.613 24.53 452-73-3

chlorine gas 0.905 36.21 7782-50-5

Oleum 23% 1.796 71.84 8014-95-7

Nitric Acidss 0.861 34.43 7697-37-2

Hydrogen Peroxide 0.368 14.72 7722-84-1

Sodium Carbonate 0.087 3.50 497-19-8

Methanol 0.056 2.24 67-56-1

34. Para Amino

Salicylic Acid

Para Amino Salicylic Acid 1.25 50 65-49-6

Methanol 0.06 2.4 67-56-1

Hydrogen Gas 0.042 1.68 1333-74-0

35.

Bis 2 CEA( 2

Chloro Ethyl )

Amine HCL

Ethylene Di Chloride 0.1 2.74 107-06-2

Thionyl Chloride 1.3 38.5 7719-09-7

Di Ethanol amine 0.6 18.85 111-42-2

Hydrochloric Acid 0.2 5.7

7647-01-0

Sulphur Dioxide 0.7 20.74

7446-09-5

Soda Ash 0.6 17.14 497-19-8



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

36.

4(2-Chlore Ethyl)

Morpholine HCL

(CEM HCL)

Toluene 0.1 1.92 108-88-3


2 hydroxy ethyl morpholine 0.7 21.7 7473-98-5

Soda Ash 0.3 10.0 497-19-8

37. 2 Chloro Ethyl

Amine HCl

Toluene 0.1 2.6 108-88-3


Mono Ethanol Amine 0.5 13.7 141-43-5

Sulphur Dioxide Gas 0.80 24.1 7446-09-5

Soda Ash 0.67 20.0 497-19-8

38..

Dimethyl

Ammino

Isopropyl

Chloride

Ethylene dichloride 4 120 107-06-2


Dimethyl Amino 2 Propanol 0.72 21.6 108-16-7


Soda Ash 0.4 13 497-19-8

Mother Liquor 3.9 118

39. 4CBC ( 4-Chloro

Butyryl Chloride)

GBL(Gama butyrolactone) 0.6 19.4 96-48-0

ZnCl2 (Zinc Chloride) 0.0 0.3 7646-85-7



Soda Ash 0.5 14.1 497-19-8

40.

M4CB( 4-

MethoxyButyryl

Chloride)

GBL(Gama butyrolactone) 0.7 21.0 96-48-0

Methanol 0.2 5.9 67-56-1



Soda Ash 0.5 14.1 497-19-8

HCL Gas 0.3 9.8 7647-01-0



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

41.

Cyclo Propyl

Carbonyl

Chloride

Cyclo propane carboxylic acid 0.9 26.2 1759-53-1



Soda Ash 0.5 16.4 497-19-8

HCl Gas 0.4 13.4 7647-01-0

42. Cyclohexane

Carboxylic Acid

Cyclohexane Carboxylic Acid 1.0 28.9 98-89-5


Sulphur Dioxide 0.5 14.9 7446-09-5

Soda Ash 0.4 12.4 497-19-8

HCl gas 0.3 8.3 7647-01-0

43. 2-Furoyl

Chloride

2 Furoic Acid 0.9 26.4 88-14-2


Sulphur Dioxide 0.5 15.9 7446-09-5

Soda Ash 0.4 13.1 497-19-8

HCL –Gas 0.3 8.8 7647-01-0

44. Acetyl Salicyl

Chloride

Acetyl Salicylic Acid 0.9 28.1 50-78-2

Ethylene DiChloride 0.2 6.7 107-06-2



Soda Ash 0.5 15.0 497-19-8

HCl Gas 0.4 12.4 7647-01-0

45. O P D Chloro

Benzoic acid

Nitric acid 0.8 24 7697-37-2

Ortho/para/dichloro toluene 1 30

Caustic Lye 0.4 12 1310-73-2

46. Para Nitro

Benzoic Acid

Para Nitro Toluene 1 30 99-99-0

Caustic lye 1 30 1310-73-2

Spent Nitric acid 0.4 12 7697-37-2



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

47.

NITRO TO AMINO CONVERSION BY CATALYTIC HYDROGENATION :- 40 MT/M

Amino

Derivatives

Nitro Compound 1.20 48.00 --

Solvent 2.72 109.0 --

Catalyst 0.04 1.82 --

Hydrogen 0.05 2.18 1333-74-0

Carbon 0.04 1.82 7440-44-0

48.

ALDEHYDE TO ALCOHOL CONVERSION BY CATALYTIC HYDROGENATION :- 40

MT/M

Alcohol

Derivatives

Aldehyde Compound 1.09 43.63 --

Solvent 2.72 109.0 --

Catalyst 0.04 1.81 --

Hydrogen 0.10 4.36

1333-74-0

Carbon 0.045 1.81 7440-44-0

Existing Product

49.

DISTILLATIO

N OF

MIXED/SPENT

SOLVENT : (A)

ETHYLENE DI

CHLORIDE (B)

TOLUENE(C)

XYLENE (D)

HEXANE (E)

BUTANOL(F)

ETHANOL(G)

METHANOL(H

)AMINES(I)

GLYCOL(J)

ETHERS(K)

TRI CHLORO

PROPANE(L)

IPA(M)ACETO

NR(N)

NITROBNZEN

E(O)

CYCLOBENZE

NE

(Q)TETRAHYD

(A) ETHYLENE DI CHLORIDE

(B) TOLUENE(C) XYLENE (D)

HEXANE(e) BUTANOL(F)

ETHANOL(G)

METHANOL(H)AMINES(I)

GLYCOL(J) ETHERS(K) TRI

CHLORO PROPANE(L)

IPA(M)ACETONR(N)

NITROBNZENE(O)

CYCLOBENZENE

(Q)TETRAHYDROFURAN(R)AC

ETONITRILE(S) METHYL

ISOBUTYL KETONE/METHYL

ETHYL KETONE(T) ETHYL

ACETATE (U) METHYL

CHLORO BENZENE(V)

CYCLOHEXANE(W) PHENOL

1 500

. --



Sr


QTY

MT/MT

QTY

MT/Month

CAS

Number

ROF1URAN(R)

ACETONITRIL

E(S) METHYL

ISOBUTYL

KETONE/MET

HYL ETHYL

KETONE(T)

ETHYL

ACETATE (U)

METHYL

CHLORO

BENZENE(V)

CYCLOHEXAN

E(W) PHENOL

50.

AROMATIC

SOLVENTS OF

DIFFERENT

RANGE

Mix/Spent Aromatic Solvent 1 500 --

51.

ALPHABATIC

SOLVENT OF

DIFFERENT

RANGE

Mix/Spent Alphabetic Solvent 1 500 --

52.

PRINTING

OIL/RUBBER

PROCESS OIL

OIL/RUBBER PROCESS OIL 1 500 --

53. TURPENTINE

OIL TURPENTINE OIL 1 500 --

54.

WIRE

ENAMELS &

VARNISHES

FOR PRIMARY

& SECONDARY

ELECTRICAL

INSULATIONS

WIRE ENAMELS & VARNISHES 1 500 --

55. WHITE SPRAY

OIL WHITE SPRAY OIL

1

500 --

56. THINNERS THINNERS 1 500 --

*The production will be on campaign basis & Unit will not process more than 5 products at the

time.

Plant Layout is attached as ANNEXURE-II.



TABLE: 2.2

DETAILS OF SOLVENTS STORED FOR PROJECT

Sr.

No.

Name of solvents Maximum Quantity stored

(in Lit )

1. Acetic Acid 1000

2. Acetone 2000

3. Cyclohexane 200

4. Di Ethanol Amine 400

5. Di Isopropyl Amine 600

6. Di chloro methane 200

7. Dimethyl formaldehyde 1000

8. Dimethyl Acetamide 600

9. Dimethyl formamide 1000

10. Dimethyl Sulfoxide 400

11. Dimethyl Sulphate 200

12. Ethanol 600

13. Ethyl Acetate 5000

14. Ethyl Chloro Aceto acetate 600

15. Hexane 1000

16. Iso Propanol 5000

17. Methyl aceto acetate 800

18. Methyl tert Butyl Ether 1000

19. Methylene Chloride 1000

20. Methanol 10000

21. n-Heptane 600

22. O-xylene 1000

23. Tetrahydrofuran 600



24. Toluene 10000

25. Xylene 10000

26. Ethylene Di Chloride 20000

27. Butanol 20000

28. Tetra Hydrofuran 20000

29. Acetonitrile 20000

30. Methyl Isobutyl 20000

31. Methyl Ethyl Ketone 20000

* Not more than 20 KL solvent will be stored in the premises.

2.3.2.1 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

The details of storage and handling of product, raw material are given in table no.2.3.

2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED PRODUCTS

The raw materials and finished goods will be transported through tankers and trucks. There is well

developed road structure in Ankleshwar as well as within premises also. The raw material source

will be standard manufacturer or supplier. Indicative list along with mode of transportation is

included in table no. 2.4.

TABLE: 2.3

DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL

Sr.

No. Name of Raw Material State

Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

1. 2-Chlorobenzaldehyde Liquid Drum 200 Lit 200 Lit HDPE

2. (-)-Epicatechin 3-(3''-o-

methyl)gallate Liquid Drum 200 Lit 200 Lit HDPE

3.

1-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-

2(1H-1,2,4-triazole-

1yl)ethanoneChloroacetyl

Chloride

Liquid Drum 200 Lit 200 Lit HDPE

4. 1,2-Dichloroethane Liquid Drum 200 Lit 200 Lit HDPE



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

5. 1-Chloro-2,4-

dinitrobenzene Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

6. 1H-1,2,4-Triazole Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

7. 2 chlro 4 floro Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

8. 2 chlro para nitro Aniline Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

9. 2 hydroxy ethyl

morpholine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

10. 2,2-Dimethoxy propane Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

11. 2,5-Dichloroaniline Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

12. 2,5-Dichlorobenzene Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

13. 2,5 xylidine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

14. 2:3 xylidine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

15. sodium chloride solution Solid Bag 25 kg 500 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

16. 2-Amino diphenylesulfide Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

17. 2-Chlor pyridine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

18. 2-chloro 5-methyl Aniline Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

19. 3- Chloro 5 - Acetyl

Iminodibenzyl Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

20.

3-[4-chloro-5-

(cyclopentyloxy)-2-

fluorophenyl1]-5-(propan-

2-ylidene)

Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

21. 4 – chloro, 3 – nitro

benzophenone Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

22. 4 Methoxy Nitro Aniline Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

23. 40% Sodium Hydroxide Solid Bag 50 kg 250 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

24. 4-fluoro benzaldehyde Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit M.S

25. 4-methoxy ethyl phenol Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

26. Acetic Acid Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE

27. Acetone Liquid Tank 200 lit 2000 lit M.S.

28. Activated Carbon Solid Bag 25 kg 2000 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE Liner

29. Aluminium chloride Solid Bag 50 kg 100 kg HDPE

30. Ammonia Liquid Cylinder 50 Lit 100 lit M.S

31. Benzene Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

32. Benzene sulphonic acid Liquid Bag 25 lit 200 lit HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

33. Benzenesulfonyl chloride Liquid Bag 25 lit 200 lit HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

34. Bromine Liquid Bottle 5 lit 100 lit Glass

35. Calcium Acetate Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

36. Carbon Disulphide Liquid Bottle 25 lit 100 lit MS

37. Caustic Lye Liquid Tanker 25 lit 500 Lit M.S.

38. Charcoal Solid Bag 50 kg 500 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

39. Chlorobenzaldehyde Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

40. Citalopram HBr Liquid Drum 25 lit 50 lit HDPE

41. Clorosulphonic acid Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit MS

42. Cyano acetic acid Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

43. Cyclo propane

carboxylic acid Solid Bag 25 kg 150 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

44. Cyclohexane Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit M.S

45. Cyclohexane Carboxylic

Acid Solid Bag 50 kg 300 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

46. Di Ethanol amine Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

47. Di isopropyl amine Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

48. Dichloro Methane Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

49. Diethylmethoxyborane Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

50. Dimethyl Acetamide Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

51. Dimethyl Amino 2

Propanol Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

52. Dimethyl Amino propyl

Chloride Divide

d Solid Bag 20 kg 100 kg

HDPE with inner

HDPE liner

53. Dimethyl formaldehyde Liquid Drums 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE

54. Dimethyl formamide Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit M.S

55. Dimethyl Sulfoxide Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

56. Dimethyl Sulphate Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit M.S

57. Dimethyl Sulphide Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

58. EnoActicromos Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

59. Epichlorohydrine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit M.S

60. Escitalopram oxalate-2 Solid Drum 25 kg 150 kg Fiber

61. Ethanol Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

62. Ethanol Amine Liquid Drum 200 lit 800 lit HDPE

63. Ethyl Acetate Liquid Drum 200 lit 5000 lit S.S

64. Ethyl Chloro Aceto

acetate Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

65. Ethyl chloroformate Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit M.S.

66. Ethyl®-4-cyano-3-

hydroxy butanoate Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

67. Formaldehyde Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

68. Formic Acid Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

69. GBL(Gama

butyrolactone) Solid Bag 25 kg 50 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

70. Hydrogen Bromide Liquid Bottle 5 lit 5 lit Glass

71. Hexane Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit M.S.

72. Hydrochloric Acid Liquid Drum 50 lit 500 lit HDPE

73. Hydrogen Peroxide Liquid Drum 50 lit 500 lit HDPE

74. Hyflosupercel Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

75. Iminostilbene N-Carbonyl

Chloride Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

76. Indolinone Solid Bag 25 kg 75 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

77. Iodine crystals Solid Bag 25 kg 50 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

78. Iron Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

79. Iso Propanol Liquid Drum 200 lit 5000 HDPE

80. L-Tartric acid Solid Bag 25 kg 150 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

81. Magnessium turnings Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

82. Maleic acid Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

83. Methane sulphonic acid Solid Drum 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

84. Methanol Liquid Tank 200 lit 10000 lit HDPE

85. Methanolic Ammonia Liquid Drum 200 lit 800 lit HDPE

86. Methl amino ethanol Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

87. Methyl aceto acetate Liquid Drum 200 lit 800 lit HDPE



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

88. Methyl Chloroformate Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

89. Methyl tert Butyl Ether Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE

90. Methylene Chloride Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE

91. Metoprolol Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

92. m-HydroxyAcetophenone Solid Bag 25 kg 300 v HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

93. Molten Polyphosphoric

acid Liquid Drum 50 lit 200 lit HDPE

94. Mono isopropyl amine Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

95. Mono methyl urea Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

96. Monochloro Acetic Acid Solid Bag 50 300 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

97. Morpholine Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

98. N-Benzylethanolamine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

99. n-Butyl Lithium Solid Bag 25 kg 100 HDPE

100. n-Heptane Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit MS

101. Nitric Acid Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

102. n-methyl benzoyl amine Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

103. Oleum 23% Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit MS

104. Ortho dichloro benzene Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

105. O-xylene Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit MS

106. Para Amino Salicylic

Acid Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

107. Para anisidine Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

108. Para Nitro Chloro

Benzene Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE

109. Phenol Liquid Drum 200 lit 1000 lit HDPE



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

110. Phenyl chloroformate Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit M.S

111. Piperidine Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

112. Pivalic Acid Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

113. Polyethylene Glycol Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit HDPE

114. Polyphosphoric acid Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

115. Potassium carbonate Solid Bags 25 kg 300 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

116. Potassium hydroxide Solid Bag 50 kg 600 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

117. potassium tertiary

butoxide Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

118. Pthalic anhydride Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

119. Rosiglitazone Maleate

Anhydrous Solid Drum 25 kg 150 kg HDPE

120. Silica gel Solid Bag 50 kg 500 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

121. SODA ASH Solid Bag 50 kg 2000 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

122.

sodium {2-

[2,6dichlorophenyl)amino

]phenyl} Acetate Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg

HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

123. Sodium Bicarbonate Solid Bag 50 kg 1000 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

124. Sodium Borohydride Solid Drum 50 kg 200 kg MS

125. Sodium Carbonate Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

126. Sodium Hydrosulphide

(30%) Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit HDPE

127. Sodium Hydroxide Solid Bag 50 kg 250 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

128. Sodium Methoxide Solid Drum 200 kg 600 kg GI



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

129. Succinic acid Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

130. Succrose Solid Bag 25 kg 100 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

131. Sulphur Solid Bag 25 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

132. Tert-Butylacetate Liquid Drum 200 lit 400 lit HDPE

133. Tetrahydrofuran Liquid Drum 200 lit 600 lit M.S

134. Thio urea Solid Bag 50 kg 450 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

135. Thiobarbituric Acid Solid Bag 50 kg 200 kg HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

136. Thionyl chloride Liquid Drum 200 lit 200 lit G.I

137. Toluene Liquid Tank 200 lit 10000 lit MS

138. Tri methyl phosphate Solid Bag 50 100 HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

139. Trimethylsulphonium

iodide Solid Bag 25 100 HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

140. Xylene Liquid Tank 200 lit 10000 lit MS

141. ZnCl2 Zinc Chloride () Liquid Drum 25 lit 100 lit HDPE with inner

LDPE Liner

142. Ethylene Di Chloride Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS/SS

143. Butanol Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS/SS

144. Glycol Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit HDPE

145. Tri Chloro Propane Liquid Storage

Tank

10000 lit 10000 lit HDPE

146. Ethers Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS

147. Nitrobnzene Liquid Storage

20000 lit 20000 lit MS



Sr.


Storage

Mode

Capacity

(Container

Capacity)

Max.

storage

capacity at

site

MOC

(Container

MOC)

Tank

148. Tetra Hydrofuran Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS

149. Acetonitrile Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS

150. Methyl Isobutyl Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS

151. Methyl Ethyl Ketone Liquid Storage

Tank

20000 lit 20000 lit MS

*At a time not more than 5 products will be process.

TABLE: 2.4

DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

Sr.

No. Name

State Source

(Name of Seller Company)

Mode of

transpor

tation

Dista

nce

from

site

(km)

1. 2-Chlorobenzaldehyde Liquid

Arochem Industries Pvt.

Ltd., Vapi By Road 150

2. (-)-Epicatechin 3-(3''-o-

methyl)gallate Liquid

RXN Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.,

Pune By Road 470

3.

1-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2(1H-1,2,4-

triazole-1yl)ethanoneChloroacetyl

Chloride Liquid

Ratnamani Biochemical &

Pharmaceutical Pvt.

Ltd.,Ankleshwar By Road 2

4. 1,2-Dichloroethane

Liquid Omkar Chemicals,Bharuch By Road 15

5. 1-Chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene

Solid A.B.Enterprise ,Mumbai By Road 315

6. 1H-1,2,4-Triazole

Solid Preeten Health Care

Pvt.Ltd.,Ankleshwar By Road 2

7. 2 chlro 4 floro

Solid SRF, Dahej By Road 55

8. 2 chlro para nitro Aniline

Liquid Benzo Products (India) Pvt.

Ltd.Ahemdbad By Road 200



9. 2 hydroxy ethyl morpholine

Liquid A.B.Enterprise ,Mumbai By Road 315

10. 2,2-Dimethoxy propane

Liquid A.B.Enterprise ,Mumbai By Road 315

11. 2,5-Dichloroaniline

Solid TriveniChemiccals,Vapi By Road 165

12. 2,5-Dichlorobenzene

Solid

Sisco

ResearchLaboratoriesPvt.

Ltd.,Mumbai

By Road 315

13. 2,5xylidine

Liquid Deepak Nitrate

Limited,Dahej By Road 60

14. 2:3 xylidine

Liquid

Shree Sadguru Enterprise,

Ankleshwar By Road 2

15. 20% sodium chloride solution

Solid Arihant Trading

Co.,Ankleshwar By Road 2

16. 2-Amino diphenylesulfide

Solid

Shodhana LaboratoriesLtd,

Hyderabad By Road 1008

17. 2-Chlor pyridine

Liquid

Jubilant Life Sciences

Ltd.,Dahej By Road 90

18. 2-chloro 5-methyl Aniline

Liquid AashiChemicals,Surat By Road 70

19. 3- Chloro 5 - Acetyl Iminodibenzyl

Solid



20.

3-[4-chloro-5-(cyclopentyloxy)-2-

fluorophenyl1]-5-(propan-2-

ylidene) Solid

A.B.Enterprise,Vapi By Road 165

21. 4 – chloro, 3 – nitro benzophenone

Solid S D Intermediates,Vadodara By Road 90

22. 4 Methoxy Nitro Aniline

Solid Neel Pigments Pvt.


23. 40% Sodium Hydroxide

Solid Dasaldhan Chemicals Pvt.

Ltd.Ahemdabad By Road 210

24. 4-fluoro benzaldehyde

Liquid Unisource India,Mumbai By Road 315

25. 4-methoxy ethyl phenol

Solid



26. Acetic Acid

Liquid C.J.Shah& Co,Mumbai By Road 315

27. Acetone




28. Activated Carbon

Solid Arihant Chemicals,Vapi By Road 16

29. Aluminium chloride

Solid Base Metal

Chemicals,Vadodara By Road 125

30. Ammonia (Gas)

Liquid Vadilal Chemicals

Ltd.,Panoli By Road 15

31. Benzene

Liquid

YashPolychem P.

Ltd.,Ahemdabad By Road 215

32. Benzene sulphonic acid

Liquid Sheetal Chemicals,Mumbai By Road 300

33. Benzenesulfonyl chloride

Liquid A.B.Enterprise,Mumbai By Road 315

34. Bromine

Liquid Agrocel Industries Private

Limited,Bhuj By Road 350

35. Calcium Acetate

Solid

Vardhman Sales

Agency.,Ankleshwar By Road 2

36. Carbon Disulphide

Liquid Sigma Inc.,Ankleshwar By Road 2

37. Caustic Flake

Liquid Angle chemicals,Vadodara By Road 90

38. Charcoal

Solid Shree Balaji

Enterprise,Panoli By Road 12

39. Chlorobenzaldehyde


40. Citalopram HBr

Liquid Jai Radhe Sales,Ahemdabad By Road 205

41. Clorosulphonic acid

Liquid Prime Chemicals,Vadodara By Road 90

42. Cyano acetic acid

Solid

Wanksons Chemical

Industries Private

Limited,Mumbai

By Road 315

43. Cyclo propane carboxylic acid

Solid

Shree Ganesh Remedies


44. Cyclohexane

Liquid

DayaramHealtcare,Ankles

hwar By Road 1

45. Cyclohexane Carboxylic Acid

Solid Covestro (India) Private

Limited,Mumbai By Road 320

46. Di Ethanol amine

Liquid YajatEnterprise,Mumbai By Road 315

47. Di isopropyl amine

Liquid Akkshat Pure Chem ,

Mumbai By Road 315



48. Dichloro Methane

Liquid TruptiEnterprise,Vadodara By Road 90

49. Diethylmethoxyborane

Liquid Snap Intermediates,Mumbai By Road 315

50. Dimethyl Acetamide

Liquid Tasc Chemicals Industries

Pvt. Ltd.,Mumbai By Road 330

51. Dimethyl Amino 2 Propanol

Solid TriveniChemicals,Vapi By Road 165

52. Dimethyl Amino propyl Chloride Divided

Solid

Shree Ganesh Remedies


53. Dimethyl formaldehyde


54. Dimethyl formamide

Liquid

Rashtriya Chemicals &

Fertilizers Ltd.,Mumbai By Road 320

55. Dimethyl Sulfoxide

Liquid

MultichemSpecialities Pvt.

Ltd., Baroda By Road 95

56. Dimethyl Sulphate

Liquid

Navin Fluorine

InternationalLimited,Dahe

j

By Road 72

57. Dimethyl Sulphide

Liquid Navin Fluorine

InternationalLtd.,Dahej By Road 72

58. EnoActicromos

Solid

ShodhanaLaboratoriesLtd,


59. Epichlorohydrine

Liquid K.Uttamlal& Co.,Mumbai By Road 345

60. Escitalopram oxalate-2

Solid

Hindustan

Cjemicals&Pharmaceuticals

,Mumbai

By Road 320

61. Ethanol

Liquid

Shree

SayanVibhagSahakariKha

nd Mandli Limited,Vataria

By Road 60

62. Ethanol Amine

Liquid Royal Chemicals,Mumbai By Road 310

63. Ethyl Acetate

Liquid

Tradex

Corporation,Ahemdabad By Road 210

64. Ethyl ChloroAceto acetate

Liquid Rasayan Trading

Co.,Ahemdabad By Road 205

65. Ethyl chloroformate

Liquid

Ankita Chemical

Corporation,Mumbai By Road 325



66. Ethyl®-4-cyano-3-hydroxy

butanoate Solid

ShivamPharma-

Chemicals, Mumbai By Road 315

67. Formaldehyde

Liquid

Ketan Chemical

Coporation,Mumbai By Road 320

68. Formic Acid

Liquid Shiv Acid

&Chemicals,Ahemdabad By Road 210

69. GBL(Gama butyrolactone)

Solid A.B.Enterprise,Mumbai By Road 315

70. HBr

Liquid J R Radhe sales,

Ahemdabad By Road 215

71. Hexane


72. Hydrochloric Acid

Liquid

Geeta

Chemicals,Ankleshwar By Road 1

73. Hydrogen Peroxide

Liquid

Gujarat Alkalies&

chemicals Ltd.,Dahej By Road 65

74. Hyflosupercel

Solid

Silicon Products Pvt.

Associates,Mumbai By Road 350

75. Iminostilbene N-Carbonyl Chloride

Solid Cosmos

International,Mumbai By Road 315

76. Indolinone

Solid TriveniChemicals,Mumbai By Road 315

77. Iodine crystals

Solid Excel International,Mumbai By Road 315

78. Iron

Solid ITO Global Trading

Company,Mumbai By Road 315

79. Iso Propanol


80. L-Tartric acid

Solid Antares Chem Private

Limmited,Mumbai By Road 315

81. Magnessium turnings

Solid

Laxmi Metal Industries,

Ahemdabad By Road 195

82. Maleic acid

Solid ACS Chemicals

,Ahemdabad By Road 205

83. Methane sulphonic acid

Solid

Lok Chemical P. Ltd.,

Mumbai By Road 315



84. Methanol

Liquid Jupiter Dye ChemPvt

Ltd.,Mumbai By Road 346

85. Methanolic Ammonia. (14-16%)

Liquid Shreya Chemicals,Mumbai By Road 315

86. Methl amino ethanol

Liquid MadhuChemicals,Mumbai By Road 315

87. Methyl aceto acetate

Liquid

Sisco Research

Laboratories Pvt.

Ltd.,Mumbai

By Road 315

88. Methyl Chloroformate

Liquid Passion Chemicals

&Polymers,Mumbai By Road 315

89. Methyl tert Butyl Ether

Liquid Antares Chem Private


90. Methylene Chloride

Liquid

Gujarat Fluoro chemicals

Ltd.,Dahej By Road 65

91. Metoprolol

Solid TriveniInterchem India

Pvt.Ltd.,Vapi By Road 160

92. m-HydroxyAcetophenone

Solid ABS Industries, Panoli By Road 20

93. Molten Polyphosphoric acid

Liquid Prasol Chemicals Private


94. Mono isopropyl amine

Liquid HridaanPharmaChem,Mum

bai By Road 315

95. Mono methyl urea

Liquid Anjani Chemicals, Baroda By Road 120

96. Monochloro Acetic Acid

Solid

ShodhanaLaboratoriesLtd,


97. Morpholine

Liquid

Oswal

Chemicals,Ahemdabad By Road 205

98. N-Benzylethanolamine

Liquid Triveni Chemicals,Vapi By Road 160

99. n-Butyl Lithium


100. n-Heptane

Liquid Ami Fine Chem,Surat By Road 60

101. Nitri Acid

Liquid Navin Chemicals, Vapi By Road 165

102. n-methyl benzoyl amine

Liquid Balaji

Amines,Solapur,Maharastra By Road 698



103. Oleum 23%

Liquid Umiya Group of

chemicals,Vapi By Road 165

104. Ortho dichloro benzene

Liquid SolvoChem, Ahmedabad By Road 200

105. O-xylene

Liquid

Dayaram Chemicals P.


106. Para Amino Salicylic Acid Solid Vaikunth Chemicals Pvt.

Ltd.,Ankleshwar By Road

5

107. Para anisidine

Solid

Amarjyot Chemical

Limited,Jhaghadia By Road 26

108. Para Nitro Chloro Benzene

Liquid Shree

nathjiChemicals,Vadodara By Road 90

109. Phenol

Liquid Prasol Chemicals

Pvt.Ltd.,Navi Mumbai By Road 315

110. Phenyl chloroformate


111. Piperidine

Liquid Indo Amines

Limited.,Mumbai By Road 335

112. Pivalic Acid

Solid

Nikunj Chemicals,

Vadodara

By Road 95

113. Polyethylene Glycol

Liquid India Glycols Ltd.,Surat By Road 55

114. Polyphosphoric acid

Liquid

Avra Synthesis Pvt.Ltd,


115. Potassium carbonate

Solid

Ankita Chemical

Corporation,Mumbai By Road 325

116. Potassium hydroxide

Solid

Universal

Chemicals&Indisutries Pvt.

Ltd.,Mumbai

By Road 341

117. potassium tertiary butoxide

Solid

Suparna Chemicals Ltd.,

Mumbai By Road 341

118. Pthalic anhydride

Solid AbhinandanCheicals,Mumb

ai By Road 315

119. Rosiglitazone Maleate Anhydrous

Solid Titan Pharma (India) Pvt.

Ltd.,Mumbai By Road 300



120. Silica gel

Solid Anil Products,Navsari By Road 85

121. SODA ASH

Solid B.M.PharmachemPvt.Ltd.A

nkleshwar By Road 2

122.

sodium {2-

[2,6dichlorophenyl)amino]phenyl}

Acetate Solid

CheminsolPharma

Solutions Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai By Road 350

123. Sodium Bicarbonate

Solid Arihant Trading

Co,Ankleshwar By Road 2

124. Sodium Borohydride

Solid

Jay Chem

Marketing.,Mumbai By Road 310

125. Sodium Carbonate

Solid J.K. Marketing.,Vadodara By Road 95

126. Sodium Hydrosulphide (30%)

Liquid TirupatiTraders,Ankleshwar By Road 2

127. Sodium Hydroxide

Solid

Nasense Labs Private

Limited,Hyderabad By Road 1010

128. Sodium Methoxide

Liquid Vital Chemtech

LLP,Dahej -II By Road 75

129. Succinic acid

Solid Shivam

Enterprises,Ankleshwar By Road 2

130. Succrose

Solid J.M.Corporation,Mumbai By Road 315

131. Sulphur

Solid

Geeta


132. Tert-Butylacetate


133. Tetrahydrofuran

Liquid

Lok Chemical P.

Ltd,Mumbai By Road 316

134. Thio urea

Solid Mayur Chemicals,Mumbai By Road 315

135. Thiobarbituric Acid


136. Thionyl chloride

Liquid

Jigs Chemical

Limited,Ahemdabad By Road 205

137. Toluene


138. Tri methyl phosphate

Solid Arihant


139. Trimethylsulphonium iodide

Solid LakshFinechemPvt By Road 140



Ltd,Anand

140. Xylene

Liquid

Dayaram Chemicals P.


141. ZnCl2 (Zinc Chloride)

Liquid

Ultimate Chem [India]

Pvt.Ltd,Mumbai By Road 316

142. Ethylene Di Chloride Liquid Kamdhenu Chemicals,

Ankleshwar Road 2

143. Butanol Liquid Ridhdhi Sidhdhi Chemicals,

Ankleshwar Road 1

144. Glycol Liquid Trivei Chemicals,Vapi Road 160

145. Tri Chloro Propane Liquid Alpha Chemika Road 315

146. Ethers Liquid Shreeji Chemical

Industries,Ankleshwar Road 5

147. Nitrobnzene Liquid Redox Industries Limited,

Ankleshwar Road 215

148. Tetra Hydrofuran Liquid Kamdhenu

Chemicals,Ankleshwar Road 2

149. Acetonitrile Liquid Standard Reagents Pvt.

Ltd.Hyderabad

Road 1020

150. Methyl Isobutyl Liquid Bhagwati

Chemicals,Vadodara Road 95

151. Methyl Ethyl Ketone Liquid Cetex Petrochemicals

Ltd,Mumbai Road 1008

TABLE: 2.5

LIST OF ETP CHEMICALS

Name of Raw

Material State

Storage

Mode

Capacity

Max. storage

at site

CAS NO MOC

Caustic Lye Solid Bags 0.5MT 1310-73-2 HDPE

HCl Liquid Carboy 1 KL 7647-01-0 HDPE

Poly Electrolyte Solid Bags 0.5 MT 9003-05-8 HDPE

Alum Solid Bags 1 MT 10043-01-3 HDPE



2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The company will use the Best Available Process Technology (BAT) for the production. This

section includes the manufacturing process of the product, chemical reactions and mass balance of

each product.

The products will be manufactured by unit will be establish since last long and increase the reaction

efficiency up to optimum level in our R&D lab. Above all the products are tailor made products

based on literature review and set in our R&D. Hence no proposal of alternate process or

technology and currently it is best technology available with the proponent.

Batch operation has limitation in terms of time cycle, consistency in quality, more uses of raw

material and they are non-energy efficient. Also environmental issues are relatively more in terms

of water uses and air pollution control system.

Other salient feature for selected manufacturing process is the reactants are kept in excess quantity

and recycle back in the next batch. This stage does not allow any air pollutant. Due to this

continuous process and use of excess reactant the by-product formation is negligible.

This indicates the unit has selected best available technologies (BAT).

The manufacturing process is based on “Best Available Technology. It uses chlorobenzeneassolvent

and recovers more than 96% solvent.

2.4.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

1. Venlafaxine

PROCESS DESCRIPTION:

Cyclohexanone is condensed with para Methoxy Phenyl Acetonitrile to give VFI. This VFI is

reduced using palladium charcol as catalyst. Acetic acid is used to get VF2 during this step. This

VF2 is reactedwith formic acid & formaldehyde to Venlaflaxine base. Venlaflaxine Hydrochloride

is obtained of this basewith IPA.HCL.



CHEMICAL REACTION:

+

4-Methyoxy phenylacetonitrile Cyclohexanone

NaoMe

Methanol

VF1

Catalytic Reduction

Pd/C catalyst

CH3COOH

Ethylacetate

o-Xylene

VF2.Acetate

HCOOH

HCHO

NaOH

Ethylacetate

IPA.HCl

VF.HCl ( Venlafaxine.HCl )

CN

H 3 CO

O

C N

H 3 C O

O H

( 1 - h y d r o x y c y c l o h e x y l ) ( 4 - m e t h o x y p h e n y l ) a c e t o n i t r i l e

H 3 C O

O H

NH 2A c .

1 - [ 2 - a m i n o - 1 - ( 4 - m e t h o x y p h e n y l ) e t h y l ] c y c lo h e x a n o l

H 3 C O

O H

M e 2 N

H C l.



Material Balance:

Step 1 VF 1 PREPARATION

INPUT : OUTPUT :

Raw Material Input , Kgs Product Output, Kgs

Sodium Methoxide 1.15 ML to ETP * 23.00

Methanol 7.25 Dry Cake (VF-1) 1.60

TMPA 1.15 Losses 0.71

Cyclohexane 1.75 Distillate 1.81

Water 13.74 Residue to Inc. * 0.55

N hexane 2.64 Total 27.67

Total 27.67

Step 2 VF 2 PREPARATION

INPUT : OUTPUT :


VF1 1.60 Spent Pd/ Ch. 0.10

Acetic Acid 22.04 Rec.Acetic acid 19.85

Palladium Charcoal 0.11 Rec. O-xylene 3.36

EA 5.40 Losses 3.13

O-xylene 3.53 EA Rec. 4.50

Residue to Inc * 0.50

VF-2 1.25

Total 32.69 Total 32.69

Step 3 VENLAFLAXINE PREPARATION

INPUT : OUTPUT :


VF2 Acetate 1.25 Aq. To ETP * 23.22

Formic Acid 1.90 Cake to Inc. * 0.05

Formaldehyde 1.67 Distilled EA 10.20

Water 17.29 Losses 1.89

NaOH 1.46 Residue to Inc. * 0.25

Ethyl Acetate 9.75 VL 1.00

Charcoal 0.04

EA 2.25

IPA HCL 1.00


VF-1 Preparation

VF-2 Preparation

Final

Venlaflaxine

Input: Output:

Raw Material Input. Kgs Product Output. Kgs

TOLUENE

LAYER 130 TOLUENE 120

RESIDUE 10

Total 130 Total 130

DISTILLATION UNIT



2.Amoldipine :

Pthalicanhydirde is reacted with Ethanol Amine of Xylene to give AM_1 Methyl aceto

acetate is treated with Liquor Ammonia to give AM-2 . AM-1 is reacted Ethyl-4-Chloro aceto

acetate& Sodium Hydried to give AM-3 oil layer. AM-3 oil layer and AM-2 are condensed

in presence of O-ChloroBenzaldehyde and Morpholine to give AM-4. AM-4 is treated with

Mono methyl amine solution to form AM-5. AM-5 is reacted with Benzene sulphonic acid in

aqueous media to give Amlodipine crude. The crude Amlodipine is purified using IPA.





STEP 1 ; AM-1 PREPARATION

INPUT : OUTPUT:

Raw Material Input , Kgs Product Output , Kgs

Xylene 6.021 Xylene 5.660

Pthalic anhydride 1.297

Residue to

Incinerator * 0.120

Ethanol Amine 0.545 Dry Cake (AM-1) 1.513

Losses 0.570


STEP 2 : AM-2 PREPARATION

INPUT :

Raw Material Input , Kgs OUTPUT :

MeOH 1.524 Product Output , Kgs

Methyl aceto acetate 2.811 ML to ETP * 9.092

NH3 0.049 Dry cake (AM-2) 1.543

Water 6.558 Loss on drying 0.306


MATERIAL BALANCE FOR AMLODIPINE

AM-1 Preparation

AM-2 Preparation


INPUT : OUTPUT :

Raw Material Input , Kgs Product Output , Kgs

Toluene 15.998 EDCAqueous layer to ETP 48.909

NaH 0.666 Losses 1.962

Ethyl Chloro Aceto

acetate

1.361

Toluene distilled

15.358

AM-1 1.513 Residue 0.500

Acetic acid 0.830 AM-3 2.240

MeOH 0.625 Parrafin layer 0.264

Water 48.240


AM-3 Preparation


INPUT :


IPA 7.700 Product Output , Kgs

AM-3 2.240 IPA distilled 7.519

Morpholine 0.133 ML to ETP * 16.736

Acetic acid 0.662 Losses 1.718

Chlorobenzaldehyde 0.998 Dry cake 0.950

Acetic acid 11.354

AM-2 1.543

Water 2.293


AM-4 Preparation



3.ATORVASTATIN

PROCESS:

Stage: 1

Preparation of (5R)-1,1-Dimethylethyl 6-Cyano-5hydroxy 3-oxo-hexanoate

(ATVS1) (R)-4Cyano-3-hydroxy butyric acid, ethyl ester is reacted with tert butyl acetate in the

presence of LDA at low temp to get ATVS1.

Stage: 2

Preparation of [R-(R*, R*)]-1, 1-Dimethylethyl 6-Cyano-3, 5-dihydroxy hexanoate

(ATVS2). ATVS1 is reacted with Sodium Borohydride in THF and MeOH in the presence of

Diethyl methoxyBorane. After completion of reaction, reaction mass is quenched with acetic

acid. After work up affords ATVS2.

Stage: 3

Preparation of (4R-Cis)-1, 1-Dimethylethyl 6-Cyanomethyl-2, 2-dimethyl-1, 3-

dioxane-4-acetate (ATVS3).


INPUT :


AM-4 0.950 Product Output , Kgs

Monomethanolamine6.418 Dry cake 0.950

Water 6.522 ML to ETP * 11.645

Total 13.890 Losses 1.294

Total 13.890


INPUT :


Water 15.856 Product Output , Kgs

AM-5 0.950 Dry cake 1.268

Benzene sulphonic

acid

0.580

ML to ETP *

14.259

Total 17.386 Losses 1.859

Total 17.386

STEP 7 : PURIFICATION

INPUT :


IPA 16.337 Product Output, Kgs

Crude 1.268 Cake to

Incinerator

0.320

Charcoal 0.200 Losses 1.118

IPA 0.316 Dry cake 1.000

IPA 15.683


AM-5 Preparation

AM-6 Preparation

AM Purification



ATVS2 is reacted with Acetone in presence of Methane Sulphonic Acid using 2,2-

Dimethoxypropane.And then it is neutralized with 5% NaHCO3 solution then extracted with

Ethyl Acetate. After distillation of Ethyl Acetate layer Oily mass is obtained which is

crystallized with MeOH& Water to get ATVS3.

Stage: 4

Preparation of (4R-Cis)-1, 1-Dimethylethyl 6-(2-amino ethyl)-2, 2-dimethyl-1, 3-

dioxane-4-acetate (ATVS4).

ATVS3 is reduced with Methanolic Ammonia in presence of Raney Nickel and Hydrogen

gas, then catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is concentrated to give oily mass ATVS4.

Stage: 5

Preparation of [R-(R*, R*)]-2(4-Fluorophenyl)-b, 8-dioxane-5-(1-methylethyl)-3-

phenyl-4-[(phenyl amino) Carbonyl]-1H-Pyrrol-1tert –butyl heptanoic ester (ATV8)

ATVS4 is condensed with (+) 4-fluoro-a-2-methyl-1-oxopropyl] c-oxo-N-b- diphenylbenzene

butaneamide in presence of Pivalic acid using Toluene, Heptane and THF at. After

completion of reaction work up is done with 0.1N NaOH& 0.1N HCl. Organic layer is

evaporated which is crystallized in IPA and Water to get ATV8

Stage: 6

Preparation of Atorvastatin Calcium

Acidic and basic hydrolysis of ATV8 with HCl and NaOH gives sodium salt of Atorvastatin,

which is treated with Aqs Calcium Acetate to give Atorvastatin Calcium in Aqs Methanol.



\



MATERIAL BALANCE:

Raw material Qty(Kg) Material Qty(Kg)Ethyl®-4-cyano-3-hydroxy

butanoate1 Aqs. Layer to ETP 77.97

THF 16.83 Recovered (Ethyl Acetate + THF) 19.674

Di isopropyl amine 3.22 n-Butane gas 1.836

n-Butyl Lithium 13.6 Recovered Solvent 10.593Tert-Butylacetate 3.688 Recovered Ethyl Acetate 25.26

HCl 8.76 Recovered Solvent Acetone 2.182

Ethyl Acetate 49.61 Recovered n-Hexane 4.16

20% NaCl Soln. 13 Recovered MeOH 18.92Methanol 37.89 Loss 22.2DEMB (50% soln. In THF) 1.395 H2 Gas 0.097Sodium Borohydride 0.44 Raney Nickel 1.5

Acetic Acid 0.988 Recovered THF 2.922

Acetone 1.6 Recovered Toluene 8.441

2,2-Dimethoxy propane 3.812 Recovered IPA 5.087

Acetone 3.48 Recovered (MeOH + Water) 14.238

Methane sulphonic acid 0.032 Aqs. Layer For Incinration 2.023

Sodium Bicarbonate 3 Filtrate for incinration 14.15

n-Hexane 5.2 Output Product 1Raney Ni. (Wet Basis) 1

Methanolic Ammonia. (14-

16%)7.91

Pivalic Acid 0.24

n-Heptane 2.278

Toluene 9.379

IPA 8.478

NaOH 5.4

Activated Carbon 0.1

Calcium Acetate 0.133

Methyl tert Butyl Ether 7.41

DM Water 22.38

Total 232.253 Total 232.253

OUTPUT

Reaction

Input



4. CITALOPRAM HYDROHYDDROBROMIDE :-

MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Salt formation

Charge purified water, Toluene, CHB-2B stir and adjust the pH with ammonia,

then stir and separate the layer, distill out toluene completely then charge Isopropyl alcohol in to reaction

mass & hydrogen bromide in acetic acid, then distill out IPA and acetic acid completely,chargeIsoproyl

alcohol in to reaction mass, DMF &Eno carbon stir and filter through the hyflow followed by micron,

transfer the reaction mass in to another reactor then seed with approved citalopram hydrochloride, stir and

filter the product and wash with IPA.

Purification of crude:

Charge IPA, wet crude , DMF &Eno carbon, stir the reaction mass then filter through hyflow followed by

micron, transfer the reaction mass in to another reactor then seed with approved citalopram hydrochloride,

stir and filter the product and wash with IPA. Dry the product in FBD.

O

F

NC

NCH

3

CH3

F

Br

NCH

3

CH3

O

MgBrF

(CH3)2N

MgCl

/THF

OBr

OH

2SO

4

(COOH)2

(COOH)2

O

F

NCH

3

CH3

NC

NH3

(COOH)2

CuCN

(COOH)2

,

NH3

KI

POCl3

H B rHBr in Acetic acid

5-Bromo phthalide 1511-II

Molecular Weight =213.03 Molecular Weight =468.29

1511-IIB

Molecular Weight = 414

Aq.

Aq.

Citalopram hydrobromide

Molecular Weight = 405

, Pyridine



CHEMICAL REACTION

O

F

N

CH3

CH3

N

O

OHO

OH

FW:414.43

CHB-2B

MF:C22H23FN2O5

2NH4OHHBr

Hydrobromic acid

MF:HBr

FW:81

Aq. Ammonia

MF:H5ON

FW:2X35.04 (70.08)

CH3O

OH

Acetic acid

MF:C2H4O2

FW:60.05

+ + +

O

F

N

CH3

CH3

N

COONH4+

COONH4+

Ammonium oxalate

MF:C2H8N2O4

FW:124.10

+H Br

FW:405.30

MF:C20H22BrFN2O

Citalopram Hydrochloride, Stage-Final

2H2O

Water

MF:H2O

FW:2X18(36)

+ CH3O

OH

Acetic acid

MF:C2H4O2

FW:60.05

+



MATERIAL BALANCE



5. QuetiapinFumarate:-

BRIEF MANUFACTURING PROCESS :-Quetiapine Stage-1 & 2

2-Amino dimethyl sulfide reacts with phenylchloroformate to give carbamate product which cyclize in the

presence of phosphoric acid to give quetiapine stage 1 & 2.

Finally product will be isolated by distillation of toluene and addition of Methanol as isolating solvent.

Chemical reaction:

Quetiapine fumerate, Stage-1 & 2

NH2

S

O

O

Cl

NH

S

O

Molecular Formula = C12H11NS

Formula Weight = 201.29

2-(phenylsulfanyl)aniline

Formula Weight:156.57

Molecular Formula:C7H5ClO2

Phenyl chloroformate

OH

HCl

Formula Weight = 227.28166

Molecular Formula = C13H9NOS

Quetiapine stage-1 & 2

Formula Weight:94.11

Molecular Formula:C6H6O

Phenol Hydrochloric acid

Formula Weight:36.5

Molecular Formula:HCl

+

+ +



MATERIAL BALANCE:

Stage: 1st& 2nd

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Purified water 320.0

Sodium Hydroxide flakes 47.7

2-Amino diphenyle sulfide 160.0 Product enriched Toluene layer 1110.0

Tolene 960.0 Lower Aq. Layer to ETP 896.0

Phenyl chloroformate 183.9

Hydrochloric acid 94.4



Product enriched Toluene layer 1110.0

Sodium chloride 64.0 Product enriched Toluene layer 1109.0

Purified water 640.0 Lower Aq. Layer to ETP 705.0


Product enriched Toluene layer 1109.0 Recoverd toluene to SRP 959.0

Polyphosphoric acid 1280.0 Wet cake of Quetiapine-1 & 2 175.0

Purified water 2560.0 Filtrate ml & washing ml to ETP 4608.5

Purified water for washing 800.0 Air loss 6.5


Wet cake of Quetiapine-1 & 2 175.0 Wet cake of pure Quetiapine -1 & 2 165.0

Purified water 200.0 Filtrate ml & washing ml to ETP 716.2

Acetone 338.9 Air loss 8.0

Acetone for washing 175.3


Wet cake 165.0 Loss on air 10.0

Dry weight 155.000


Addition, Layer

Separation

Addition, Layer

Separation

Distillation,Additio

n & Filtration

Addition &

Filtration

Drying (FBD )



6. ESCITALOPRAM OXALATE:-


Step-Final: Salt breaking, Cyclization and salt formation

1 mole step-II reacts with 1 mole K2CO3 in the presence of 3 mole H2O and then with 1 mole Oxalic acid

gives 1 mole Escitalopram Oxalate with the by-product 0.5 mole (+)-Di-p-toluoyl-L-tartaric acid, 2 mole

KOH, 1 mole CO2 and 3 mole water

CHEMICAL REACTION:

Escitalopram oxalate, Stage-Final

+

+ +

Escitalopram oxalate, Stage-2

OH

F

N

CH3

CH3

N

OH

O

OH

O

OH

O

O

O

O

CH3

CH3

MF:C40H41FN2O10

FW:728.76

K2CO3

Potassium carbonate

MF:K2CO3

FW:138.21

+3H2O

Water

MF:H2O

FW:3X18(54)

O

OHO

OH

+

Oxalic acid

MF:C2H2O4

FW:90.03

F

N

CH3

CH3

N

O

O

OHO

OH

FW:414.43

Esctialopram oxalate stage-Final

MF:C22H23FN2O5

O

OH

O

OH

O

O

O

O

CH3

CH3

MF:C20H18O8

FW:386.35

D (+) Di-P-Toluoyl Tartaric Acid

+ KOH

Potassium hydroxide

MF:KOH

FW:2X56.11 (112.22)

CO2(gas)

MF:CO2

FW:44.22

Carbon dioxide

3H2O

Water

MF:H2O

FW:3X18(54)

+



MATERIAL BALANCE

Input Kg Output Kg

Purified water 1200

Escitalopram oxalate-2 400 Loss in Air 12

Ethyl acetate 1800 Aqueous layer to ETP 1660

Sodium hydroxide flakes 32 Product layer 2080

Purified water 320

Total 3752 Total 3752

Product layer 2080 Loss in Air 18

DMSO 1290

Distilled Ethyl acetate

to SRP 1800

Potassium carbonate 307 Reaction mass 2030

2,5-Dichlorobenzene 171.0


Reaction mass 2030

Purified water 1860 Aqueous layer to ETP 3700

Toluene 1870 Product layer 2060


Product Layer 2060 Loss in Air 12

Purified water 3818 Aqueous layer to ETP 2000

Sodium hydroxide flakes 26 Product layer 2500

Acetic acid 248 Toluene for Distillation 1800

Toluene 160


Product layer 2500

Potassium carbonate 360 Product layer 1215

Toluene 890 Aqueous waste to ETP 2790

Purified water 255


Product layer 1215 Waste Carbon 4.4

Eno Carbon 4.4 Product layer 1215


REACTOR

C/R-102

SPARKLER FILTER

C/SF-101/102/103

REACTOR

C/R-102

REACTOR

C/R-101/102

REACTOR

C/R-101/102

REACTOR

C/R-102



7. DOTHIEPINE HYDROCHLORIDE:

MANUFACTURING PROCESS:

Stage-1:Phthalide react with Thiophenol in the presence of Sodium methoxide to form an

intermediate which under goes cyclization in the presence of Polyphosphoric acid to form

Dothiepine hydrochloride stage-1

Stage-2:N,N-Dimethylamino propyl chloride hydrochloride react with sodium hydroxide to form


Stage-3:Dothiepine hydrochloride stage-1 under goes reaction with Dothiepine hydrochloride

stage-2 to form Dothiepine hydrochloride stage-3

Product layer 1215

Isopropyl alcohol* 1285 Loss in Air 12

Purified water* 65 Distilled Toluene to SRP 1000

Oxalic acid* 102 Product layer 1655


Eno Carbon 4.4 Waste Carbon 4.4

Product layer 1655 Product layer 1655


Product layer 1655 ML to SRP 1526

Isopropyl alcohol 171 Wet Cake 300


PURIFICATION

wet cake 300 ML to SRP 1800

Isopropyl alcohol 1670 Wet Cake 250

Purified water 80


Wet Cake 250 Loss in Air 30

Dry product 220

Total 250 Total 250

DRYING

VACUUMTRAY DRYER

C/VTD-101

REACTOR

C/R-102

SPARKLER FILTER

C/SF-101/102/103

COOLING AND

CENTRIFUGATION

REACTOR

& CENTRIFUGATION



CHEMICAL REACTION

NCl

CH3

CH3

ClHSodium hydroxide NCl

CH3

CH3

3-Dimethyl aminopropyl chloride Hydrochloride

Molecular Formula: C5H13Cl2N

Formula Weight: 158.06942

Molecular Formula: C5H12ClN


3-Dimethyl aminopropyl chloride(Dothiepine hydrochloride-2)

Stage-2

Stage-3

S

O

+ NCl

CH3

CH3Grignard reactionMg, Iodine, THF

Acetone, IPAHCl, NH3

n-Hexane, EDC

S

N

CH3

CH3ClH

Molecular Formula: C19H22ClNS


Dothiepine Hydrochloride-3

Dothiepine hydrochloride-1Molecular Formula: C 14H10OS


Molecular Formula: C5H12ClN


3-Dimethyl aminopropyl chloride(Dothiepine hydrochloride-2)

Stage-1

O

O

+

SH TolueneSodium methoxidePolyphosphoric acid

S

O

Dothiepine hydrochloride-1Molecular Formula: C 14H10OS


Phthalide ThiophenolMolecular Formula: C8H6O2

Formula Weight: 134.13204Molecular Formula: C6H6SFormula Weight: 110.17684

T. F.-1.687

T.F.-0.769

T.F.-1.467

Type of Reaction:Stage-1: Coupling and cyclizationStage-2: HCl salt breakingStage-3: Grignard Reaction



Mass Balance Kg Kg

Phthalide 260

Thiophenol 215

Toluene 903 Air Waste 12

Sodium Methoxide

solution 390 Distill out 625-675 Lit Toluene to SRP590

Toluene 430 Distill out Toluene upto 85°C to SRP60

Purified water 400 Distill out 400-500 Lit Toluene to SRP400

Hydrochloric acid 370 Distill out Toluene u/vacuum to SRP80

Molten

Polyphosphoric

acid 845 Aqueous Layer to ETP 4159

Toluene 344 Solid Waste to ETP 2

Purified water 900 Reaction Mixture 1230

Toluene 344

Purified water 500

Sodium Hydroxide

lye 130

Purified water 500

Hyflow supercell 2


Reaction Mixture 1230

Toluene 86 Reaction Mixture 1316


Reaction Mixture 1316 Air Waste 8

Isopropyl alcohol 858 Distill out Toluene u/vacuum to SRP945




Isopropyl alcohol 78 Feeding ML to SRP 934

Wet Cake 360


Wet Cake 360 Air Waste 40

Dry Product 320

Total 360 Total 360

REACTOR

B/R-404/405/406

SPARKLER FILTER

B/SF-01/02/03

REACTOR-B/R-

405/406/303/204/304/1

01

CENTRIFUGE

B/C-

201A/401/403/404/405

Wet Cake

DRYING

A/D-201/301

B/D-201/301/

A/FBD--101

A/TD-01/02

FINAL PACKING

320 kg



Product

Stage

Mass Balance

Dimethyl

aminopropyl

chloride

hydrochloride 782

Aqueous waste to

ETP 844

Sodium hydroxide

lye 313 Sodium hydroxide 183

Sodium hydroxide

flakes 182 Liquid Product 250


REACTOR

Dothiepine Hydrochloride

2

Dothiepine

Hydrochloride stage-2

(250 Kg)

Product

Stage

Mass Balance

Kg Kg

Tetrahydrofuran 537 DHC-1 Solution 857


Total 857 Total 857

Tetrahydrofuran 402

Magnessium turnings 48

DHC-3 Complex 7.6

Iodine crystals 0.045 Air Waste 11.645

250 Reaction Mixture 1949

396

320

537

Total 1960.645 Total 1960.645

DHC-2 base + THF

DHC-1 + THF

REACTOR

B/R-428/410/417

Dothiepine Hydrochloride

3

REACTOR

B/R-428/410/417



Transfer


Purified water 915 Air Waste 22

Hydrochloric acid 902 THF Distillation to SRP 910

Purified water 761 Aqueous Waste to ETP 3370

Hexane 693 Reaction Mixture 1250

Liq Ammonia 323

Hyflo supercell 9.2

Total 5552.2 Total 5552


Hexane wash to Sparkler filter 33 Solid Waste 9.2


Total 1283 Total 1283.2


Purified Water wash 4114 Aqueous Waste to ETP 4616

Ethylene dichloride 2666 Hexane Distillation 550

Purified water 761 EDC+Water Distillation 1820

Hydrochloric acid-CP Grade 224 Reaction Mixture 2990

Ethylene chloride 952



Washing with EDC 142 Feeding ML to SRP 2870

Washing with IPA 89 Wet Cake 346


9- times Isopropyl alcohol 2071 Air Waste 3

DHC-3, Wet Cake 346 Distill 6-7 time IPA 1611

Total 2417 Reaction Mixture 803

Total 2417


Washing with 2*0.5 times IPA295 ML Collection 785

Wet cake 310


Air Waste 22

Wet cake 310 Dry Product 288

Total 310 Total 310

DHC-3

FINAL PACKING

(288 Kg)

REACTOR

B/R-428/410/417

SPARKLER FILTER

B/SF-03/05/06

REACTOR

B/R-428/417/410

CENTRIFUGE

B/C-401/404/405

WET CAKE

REACTOR

B/R-426/427

CENTRIFUGE

B/C-401/404/405

DRYING

B/D-201/301



8. ROSIGLITAZONE MALEATE:-


Stage-2

2-chloropyridine is condensed with 1-(methylamino) ethanol and then reacts with 4-

fluorobenzaldehyde which gives Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-2 with the by-product Hydrochloric

acid and water.

Stage-3A

Thiourea condensed with chloroacetic acid which gives 2,4-Thiazolidinedione, RSH-3A with the b-

product Hydrochloric acid and ammonia (gas).

Stage-3

Stage-2 and stage-3A condensation gives this stage-3 (Rosiglitazon free base) with by-product

water.

Stage-Final

Rosiglitazone, stage-3 reacts with Maleic acid which gives Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-Final.

CHEMICAL REACTION:

Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-2

Cl

N

2-chloropyridine

MF:C5H4ClNFW:113.54

+OH N

CH3

CH3

H

1-(methylamino)ethanol

MF:C3H9NO

FW:75.11

+

O

F

4-fluorobenzaldehyde

MF:C7H5FOFW:124.11

N

N

OCH3

O

H

MF:C15H16N2O2

FW:256.3


+H Cl

MF:HCl

FW:36.5

Hydrochloric acid

H OH

MF:H2O

FW:18

Water

+



Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-3A

+

MF:HCl

FW:36.5

Hydrochloric acid

MF:NH3

FW:17

Ammonia (gas)

NH2

NH2

S

Cl

O

OH

O

SO

NH

thioureaMF:CH4N2S

FW:76.12

chloroacetic acidMF:C2H3ClO2

FW:94.5

+

MF:C3H3NO2S

FW:117.13

2,4-ThiazolidinedioneRSH-3A

H Cl + NH3


N

N

OCH3

O

H

MF:C15H16N2O2

FW:256.3

4-{2-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)] amino}ethoxy benzaldehyde (RSM-2)

O

S

O

NH

MF:C3H3NO2S

FW:117.13

+

N

N

OCH3

O

S

O

NH H OH

MF:H2O

FW:18

Water

+

2,4-ThiazolidinedioneRSH-3A

MF:C18H17N3O3S

FW:355.41


(Rosiglitasone free base)



Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-Final

+

O

OH

O

OH

MF:C4H4O4

FW:116.07

Maleic acid

N

N

OCH3

O

S

O

NH

MF:C18H17N3O3S

FW:355.41


(Rosiglitasone free base)

MF:C22H23N3O7S

FW:473.5

Rosiglitazone Maleate, Stage-Final

N

N

OCH3

O

S

O

NHO

OH

O

OH

MATERIAL BALANCE:

Stage 2

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

2-Chlor pyridine 39.4 Loss to air 4.76

Methl amino ethanol 29.9 Aquous layer to ETP 229.9

Toluene 149.31 Distilled Toluene to sell 214.48

Purified water 243.1 Wet cake 53.1

Sodium chloride 17.4 Filtrate ML+Washing to SRP 114.7

Purified water 69.4

Methanol 68.58


Dimethyl formamide 97.9

Wet cake (2-(N-methyl-N-(2-

pyridyl)amino ethanol) 53.1

Loss to air 9.4

4-fluoro benzaldehyde 34.7 Aquas layer to ETP 511.8

potassium tertiary butoxide 27.8 Distilled Ethyl Acetate to SRP 254.5

Purified water 277.8 Degas mass (Liquid prodcut) 50.00

Ethyl acetate 230.2

Purified water (for washing) 104.2


Reaction,

Layer separation,

Salt filtration

Reaction, Extraction

& layer separation,

Distillation



Stage 3A (2,4-Thiazolidinedione)

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Purified Water 105.00 Loss to air 2.57

Thiourea 35.00 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 33.99

Mono Chloro Acetic Acid 60.90 Wet Cake 45.50

Con Sulfuric Acid 12.82 Aq waste water TO ETP 190.00

Purified Water (for washing) 58.33


Purified Water 87.50 Loss to air 2.57

Wet Cake 45.50 Filtrate ML+washing ML to ETP 187.95

Purified Water (for washing) 58.33 Wet Cake 39.20

Hexane (for washing) 38.38


Wetcake 39.20 Dry 35.00

Loss to dry 4.20


Reaction,

Filtration (Neutch)

Stirring,

Filtration (Neutch)

Drayer (TD)

Stage 3

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Toluene 430.00 Loss to air 18.00

4-{2-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)]

amino}ethoxy benzaldehyde (RSM-

2)

50.00 Distilled water to ETP 11.00

2,4 – Thiazolidinedione (RSM-3A) 35.00 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 602.72

Acetic Acid 1.10 Wet Cake 56.90

Piperidine 0.52

Toluene (for washing) 172.00


1st puri.

Methanol 197.50 Loss to air 13.00

Wet Cake 56.90 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 190.90

Wet Cake 50.50


2nd puri.

Methanol 197.50 Loss to air 14.60

Wet Cake 50.50 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 250.70

Methanol (for washing) 63.20 Wet Cake 45.90



Loss to dry 3.40


Reaction,

Filtration (CF)

Stirring,

Filtration (CF)

Stirring,

Filtration (CF)

Drayer (TD)



Stage Final

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Ethanol 285.39

Maleic acid 15.30

Rosiglitazone Base (RSM-3) 42.50 Loss to air 16.58

Eno Acticromos 8.50 spent carbon+hyflo wet cake 15.30

Hyflosupercel 2.13 Filtrate ML+washing ML 372.30

Ethanol 16.79

Ethanol (for washing) 33.58


Filtrate ML+washing ML 372.30 Loss to air 19.55

Rosiglitazone Maleate Anhydrous

(for seeding)

0.09 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 333.92

Ethanol (for washing) 33.58 Wet cake 52.49


Ethyl Acetate 382.50 Wet cake 47.39

Wetcake 52.49 Filtrate ML+washing ML to SRP 443.91

Ethyl Acetate (for washing) 76.50 Loss to air 20.19



Loss to dry 4.25


Drayer (VTD)

Salt preparation,

SF/MF circulation,

Isolation, Centrifuge

(CF)

Leaching,

Centrifuge (CF)



9. CLOMIPRAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE:-


Step-V: Hydrolysis

Preparation of 3-chloro iminodibenzyl

1 mole 5-Acetyl-3-chloro iminodibenzyl reacts with 1 mole of Sodium hydroxide with 1

mole of water solvent media resulting 1 mole 3-chloro iminodibenzyl with the by-product 1

mole of Sodium acetate and 1 mole water.

Step-Final: Alkyaltion&Hemisulfate salt formation

Preparation of Clomipramine Hemisulfate

1 mole 3-chloro iminodibenzyl reacts with 1 mole 3-Chloro-N,N-dimethyl propyl chloride

Hydrochloride, 1 mole Sodium Hydroxide then further reacts with 0.5 mole Sulfuric acid

then again further reacts with 1 mole Sodium hydroxide and finally reacts with 1 mole

Hydrochloric acid and 1 mole Water which gives 1 mole of Clomipramine Hydrochloride

with the by-product 1 mole HCl, 1 mole Sodium chloride, 3 mole Water, and 0.5 mole

Sodium sulphate.

CHEMICAL REACTION:

Clomipramine HCl, Stage-5

+N

Cl

CH3O

Na OH

Sodium hydroxide

FW:40

H2O

Water

MF:H2O

FW:18.01FW:271.74

3-Chloro-5-Acetyl Imino dibenzyl

MF:C16H14ClNO MF:HONa

+

N

H Cl

FW:229.70

5-Chloro Imino dibenzyl, Stage-5

+ H2O

Water

MF:H2O

FW:18.01

+

MF:C14H12ClNO

CH3 ONa

O

Sodium acetate

MF:C2H3NaO2

FW:82.03



Clomipramine HCl, Stage-Final

N

H Cl

FW:229.70

5-Chloro Imino dibenzyl, Stage-5

3H2O

WaterMF:H2O

FW:3X18.01 (54.03)

+

MF:C14H12ClNO

ClN

CH3

CH3

H Cl

FW:158.07

MF:C5H

13Cl

2N

Dimethyl Amino propyl-Chloride HCl

Sodium hydroxide

FW:2X40 (80)

MF:HNaO

Na OH2 S

OO

OH OH1/2

Sulfuric acid

FW:98.08/2 (49)

MF:H2O4S

H Cl

Hydrochloric acid

MF:HCl

FW:36.5

H2O

WaterMF:H2OFW:18.01

+++++

N

Cl

N

CH3 CH3

H Cl

FW:351.31

MF:C19H24Cl2N2

Clomipramine HCl, Stage-F

H Cl

Hydrochloric acid

MF:HCl

FW:36.5

Na ClS

OO

O ONa

Na

Sodium Sulfate

FW:142.04 /2 (71.02)

MF:Na2SO4

+++1/2

Sodium Chloride

FW:58.44

MF:NaCl

MATERIAL BALANCE:-



Stage: 5th

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Polyethylene Glycol (PEG-400 ) 1200.0

Toluene 1083.6

3- Chloro 5 - Acetyl Imino dibenzyl 600.0

Purified Water + Sodium Hydroxide Flakes 456.0

Purified Water 2400.0 Total reaction mass 5739.6


Reaction mass 5739.6

Toluene 490.2 Organic layer -1 5573.8

Sulphuric acid 90.0 Aqueous layer -1 696.0

Aqueous layer -1 696.0

Toluene 490.2

Organic layer -2 290.2

Aqueous layer -2 to ETP 696.0

Organic layer 1 + 2 5864.0

Purified Water 1440.0




Sodium Chloride Solution 134.0



Total 21008.0 Total 21008.0

Organic layer - 4 6064.0 Spent carbon 48.0

Toluene washing After transfer RM 193.5

Eno carbon 40.0

Filtrate and washing ML containing

product 6400.0

Toluene for washing 150.5


Filtrate and washing ML containing product 6400.0 Distill Toluene to SRP 1800.0

Methanol 1327.0

Purified water 840.0 Reaction mass 7146.2

Methanol for washing 379.2


Reaction mass 7146.2 Loss on air 2536.2

Wet cake 3010.0

Filtrate + Washing ML to ETP 1600.0



Dry weight 450.0


Drying (FBD )

Reaction

Addition, Layer

Separation

Charcolisation and

filtration

Distillation and

isolation of product

Centrifuge



Stage: Final

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Dimethyl Amino propyl Chloride HCl 119.2

Toluene 410.8

Sodium hydroxide solution 50.1 Organic layer -1 764.3



Toluene 226.2 Organic layer -2 227.1

Organic layer -1 + 2 991.4

Purifide Water 1350.0 Organic layer -3 983.1



Potassium Hydroxide flakes 65.0 DMAPC Base 955.4

Spent Potassium Hydroxide flakes to

ETP 207.7


Toluene 2679.2

Potassium Hydroxide flakes 110.0 Distill out Toluene 339.2

Dimethyl Acetamide 45.0

Chloroiminodibenzyl ( CLM -5 ) 450.0

DMAPC Base 955.4

Purified water 5000.0 Product Enriched Organic layer 3746.1

Aqueous layer to ETP 1051.5

Product Enriched Organic layer -1 3746.1

Solution of Hydrochloric acid in Purified water 107.7 Toluene impurity layer to SRP 4226.8

Product Enriched Aqueous layer 3267.7


Toluene 928.8

Sodium hydroxide solution 115.4 Product Enriched Organic layer -01 1413.4

Aqueous layer 3198.5


Toluene 1702.8

Product Enriched Organic layer -02 1710.0


Combine Product Enriched Organic layer -01 + 02 3123.4

Purified Water 1650.0 Product Enriched Organic layer 3122.3

Product Enriched Organic layer 3122.3

Solution of Sulphuric acid in purified water 150.0 Total Reaction mass 8019.7

Total 30352.3 Total 30352.2


Purified Water for washing 3044.8

Clomipramine Sulphate Crude Wet

cake 961.5


Total 11064.5 Total 11064.5


Clomipramine Sulphate Crude Wet cake 961.5 Total Reaction mass 5156.9



Purified Water for washing 1495.4

Clomipramine Sulphate Pure Wet

cake 733.8



DMAPC Base

preparation

Main Reaction &

Work up

Centrifuge

Purification of Crude

CLM Sulphate

Dissolution &

Crytallisation

Centrifuge




Clomipramine Sulphate Pure Wet cake 733.8

Toluene 1702.0

Sodium hydroxide solution 215.4 Product Enriched Organic layer -01 2395.1



Toluene 1286.0 Product Enriched Organic layer -02 1288.0

Aqueous layre to ETP 5053.0

Combine Product Enriched Organic layer -01 + 02 3683.1

Purified Water 1080.0 Product Enriched Organic layer 3655.4



Eno acticromos 9.7 Spent carbon 25.8

Toluene for Washing 238.2


product (Toluene ) 3876.9

Total 22655.9 Total 22655.8

Total reaction mass ( Toluene layer ) 3876.9

Solution of Hydrochloric acid in Purified water 3620.8 Toluene impurity layer to SRP 3246.9



Methylene Chloride 4221.7


Product Enriched Organic layer 4797.7 solvent recoevr to SRP 3674.8

Eno acticromos 19.4

Methylene Chloride 731.1 Spent carbon 27.7


product ( Methylene Chloride ) 5520.5

Total 21518.3 Total 21518.3

Filtrate and washing ML containing product

(Methylene Chloride ) 5520.5Distill Methylene chloride to SRP

4153.8

Acetone 1623.9

Distill Methylene chloride + Acetone

to SRP 332.3

Reaction mass 2190.5

Loss on air 467.7



Acetone for Washing 842.4 Wet cake 595.4

Filtrate + Washing ML to SRP 2353.8



Dry weight 526.2


Work up and

Charcolisation

Distillation and

Crytallisation

Centrifuge

Drying (FBD )

Work up and

Charcolisation



10. CARBAMAZAPINE


Charge Methanol, Iminostilbene carbonyl chloride, ammonia & purified water in to reactor, stir & heat the

content to desired temperature. After completion of reaction centrifuge the reaction mass followed by

washing the wet cake with purified water. Charge Acetone, Hyflow, wet cake, activated carbon in to another

reactor & heat the content up to desire temperature. Cool the reaction mass and filter it through sparkler

followed by micron. Transfer the filtrate in to another reactor, stir & cool the content. Centrifuge the reaction

mass followed washing of wet cake with acetone and then lastly dry the product in fluid bed drier.

CHEMICAL REACTION



MATERIAL BALANCE

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

METHANOL 197.8Iminostilbenecarbonyl

chloride 250 LOSS TO AIR 16.7

Ammonia liquor 547.5 WET CAKE 208

WATER 1750

FILTRATE TO

ETP 3345

TOLUENE 7.8

NAOH+WATER 566.6

WASH WATER 250

TOTAL 3569.7 TOTAL 3569.7

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

ACETONE 893.7 LOSS TO AIR 10

HYFLO 2.5

SPENT CARBON

TO TSDF 6.1

WATER 285 FILRATE 1562

WET CAKE 208

ACTIVATED

CARBON 2.3

ACETONE WASH 186.6


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS LOST TO AIR 4.5

FILTRATE 1562 WET CAKE 206

ACETONE 94

FILTRATE TO

SRP 1539.5

ACETONE WASH 94

TOTAL 1750 TOTAL 1750

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

WAE CAKE 206

LOSS TO AIR 11

Carbamazepine 195

TOTAL 206 TOTAL 206

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

Toluene 7.5

FilTRATE to SRP 1539.5 Acetone 1205

Methanol 185.3

Residue 141.7


Addition, Filtration

(Centrifuge)


(Sparkler+Micron)


(Centrifuge)

Drying (FBD)

Solvent Recovery



11. METOPROLOL TARTRATE:-

METOPROLOL TARTATE


Stage: Final

Charge Isopropyl alcohol, Metoprolol tartrate stage-1 & activated carbon in to reactor, stir & heat the

content. Filter through sparkler followed by micron. Transfer the filtrate in to another reactor, stir & cool the

content, centrifuge the reaction mixture, wash wet cake with IPA. Dry the product in Nauta drier.

CHEMICAL REACTION

Metoprolol tartrate, stage-Final

O

CH3

ONH

OH

CH3

CH3

O

CH3

ONH

OH

CH3

CH3 OH

OH

O

O

OH

OH

Purification

O

CH3

ONH

OH

CH3

CH3

O

CH3

ONH

OH

CH3

CH3 OH

OH

O

O

OH

OH

Metoprolol tartrate, Stage-1

MW:C34H56N2O12

FW:684.82

Metoprolol tartrate, Stage-Final

MW:C34H56N2O12

FW:684.82



MATERIAL BALANCE

12. MEBENDAZOLE :-

Brief Description :-

STAGE – 1 [ M1 TO M2 ]

4 – CHLORO, 3 – NITRO BENZOIC ACID [ M 1 ] REACTION WITH THIONYL CHLORIDE AND

USING BENZEN MEDIA. FURTHER REACTION WITH BENZEN AND ALUMINUM CHLORIDE.

EXTRA BENZEN RECOVERY AND ADD METHANOL.

CENTRIFUGE IT.


4 – CHLORO, 3 – NITRO BENZO PHENONE [ M2 ] PRESSURE REACTION WITH LIQ AMMONIA [

AMINATION ] AT 140˚C TEMP.

THEN CENTRIFUGE IT.


4 – AMINO , 3 – NITRO BENZO PHENONE [ M3 ] REACTION WITH CAUSTIC FLAKES AND

SULPHAR AT 90˚C TEMP.

THEN CENTRIFUGE IT.


3,4 – DIAMINO BENZO PHENONE GIVEN TO CARBON TREATMENT USING METHANOL MEDIA

INPUT kg OUTPUT kg

Isopropyl alcohol 62.80

hyflo 0.20 Loss to air 3.60

Isopropyl alcohol 235.50 Spent carbon to TSDF 1.50

Metoprolo stage-1 40.00 Filtrate 342.00

Act. Carbon+IPA (0.8+3.9) 4.70

Isopropyl alcohol (wash) 3.90


Loss to air 5.20

Filtrate 342.00 Wet cake 39.00

Isopropyl alcohol (wash) 36.20 Filtrate to SRP 334.00


Loss to air 4.50

Wet cake 39.00 Metoprolol tartrate pure 34.50


Addition,

Filtration

(Sparkler+Micron)

Addition,

Filtration

(Neutsch)

Drying (ANFD)



STAGE – 5 [ M5 TO MEBENDAZOL ]

3. 4 – DIAMINO BENZO PHENONE [ M4 ] REACTION WITH ADDUCT AND pH ADJUST BY

ACETIC ACID. REFLAX 6 HRS MAINTAIN. COOL TO RT.

THEN CENTRIFUGE.

STAGE – I [ THIO UREA TO SMITS ]

THIO UREA REACTION WITH DMS 6 HRS MAINTAIN AT 110˚C TEMP.

COOLING CHILLING THEN CENTRIFUGE IT.

STAGE – II [ SMITS TO ADDUCT ]

SMITS REACTION WITH MCF BELOW 15˚C WITH pH 8 MAINTAON.

THEN CENTRIFUGE IT. NOTE : ADDUCT ROW MATERIAL OF MEBENDAZOL.

CHEMICAL REACTION :-



MATERIAL BALANCE

STAGE-1 INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

BENZEN 1500 MASS 1860

THIONYL

CHLORIDE 300

BENZEN +

THIONYL

CHLORID

RECOVERY 300

4 – CHLORO, 3

– NITRO

BENZOIC ACID 400 LOSS 40


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1860 MASS 2490

ALUMINUM

CHLORIDE 400

HCL 230


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 2490 MASS 1620

RECOVERY 720

LOSS 150


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1620 MASS 2126

METHANOL 506


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 2126 MASS 610

WATER WASH 400 WATER ML 1916


GLR

60˚C MAINTAIN 2 HRS

GLR


GLR

SETTLING AND SEPERATE AQ-

LAYER

GLR

CHILLED

CENTRIFUGE

610 KG M2 [ WET CAKE ]




4 – CHLORO, 3

– NITRO BENZO

PHENONE 610 MASS 1656

LIQ AMMONIA 1046


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1656 PRODUCT 475

WATER WASH 500 ML OF ETP 1681



4 – AMINO , 3 –

NITRO BENZO

PHENONE 475 MASS 2005

SULPHAR 335

WATER 780

CAUSTIC FLAKES 415


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 2005 MASS 2052

METHANOL 523 RECOVERY 396

LOSS 80


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 2052 MASS 1152

AQUOUS LAYER 900


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1152 MASS 1902

WATER 750


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


WATER 750 ML TO ETP 1492


CENTRIFUGE


AUCTOCLAVE

140˚C TEMP & 10 KG/CM²

PRESS

CENTRIFUGE


S S REACTOR

90˚C TEMP/3 HRS MAINTAIN

S S REACTOR

60˚C TEMP/6 HRS MAINTAIN

S S REACTOR

SETTLE AND SEPERATION

S S REACTOR

COOLING AND CHILLING




METHANOL 1000 MASS 1322

3. 4 – DIAMINO

BENZO PHENOL 315

CARBON 7


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1322 MASS 1307

0 SPENT CARBON 15


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


0 loss 50



3. 4 – DIAMINO

BENZO PHENOL 1257 MASS 3661

WATER 1900

ACETIC ACID 168

ADDUCT 336


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 3661 MASS 585

0 ML TO ETP 3076


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


0 LOSS 175

TOTAL 585 TOTAL 585

S S REACTOR

HEAT TO CLEAR SOLUTION

S S REACTOR

FILTRATION

S S REACTOR

1257 KG

CLEAR FILTRAT [ M5 ] USED TO

MEBENSAZOL

S S REACTOR

REFLAX MAINTAIN 6 HRS

CENTRIFUGE

585 KG WET CAKE

DRYING

410 KG DRY MEBENDAZOL



STAGE 17.1.1 INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

WATER 125 MASS 525

D M S 235 RECOVERY 155

THIO UREA 250 LOSS 30

METANOL 100

TOTAL 710 TOTAL 710

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 525 MASS 683

METHANOL 158

TOTAL 683 TOTAL 683

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


0 ML OF ETP 262

TOTAL 683 TOTAL 683

STAGE 17.1.2 INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

WATER 370 MASS 740

SMITS 370

TOTAL 740 TOTAL 740

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 740 MASS 1705

MCF 555

CAUSTIC FLAKES 410


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


WATER WASH 400 ML YO ETP 1690


CENTRIFUGE

SULPHATE FREE

S S REACTOR


S S REACTOR

COOL TO 50˚C

CENTRIFUGE

OUTPUT SMITS 421 KG WET

CAKE

S S REACTOR

CHILLED TO 10˚C TEMP

S S REACTOR

BELOW 10˚C TEMP



13. PHENYLEPHRINE HCL:-

Manufacturing Process :

Brief Description; M-hydroxyacetophenone reacts with bromine in presence of aluminium chloride to form

M-hydroxyl bromoacetophenone which will react with N-methyl benzyl amine in presence of Ranney Nickel

to obtain phenylephrine hydrochloride.



Material Balance

Input Kg Output Kg

m-Hydroxy

Acetophenone 1.122Reaction mass

9.672

liq.Bromine 1.4

Ethyl acetate 1.5

Toluene 5.65


Input Kg Output Kg

Reaction mass 9.672 Reaction mass 8.833

Water 5.33 Aqueous layer 6.169


Input Kg Output Kg


Recover solvent 5.72

Vapour loss 1.43


Reacion

Sepatration

Distillation

Stage-A

1.683

Input Kg Output Kg

Stage-A 1.683 Reaction mass 11.563

n-methyl

benzoyl amine 1.83

IPA.HCl 1.05

Toluene 7

Totle 11.563 Totle 11.563

Input Kg Output Kg


MLR 3.115


Vapour loss 1.05


Reacion

Filter

Stage-B

1.448



Input Kg Output Kg

Stage-B 1.448 Reaction mass 4.838

Methanol 3.35

Palladium carbon 0.04


Input Kg Output Kg


Solid waste 0.04


Input Kg Output Kg



Vapour loss 0.67


Input Kg Output Kg


Water 5

Liq.Ammonia 2.3


Input Kg Output Kg

Reaction mass 8.748 Stage-C 0.869

Aqueous MLR 7.879


Distillation

Reaction mass

Filter

Stage-C

0.869

Filter

Reacion



14. SUCRALFATE USP:-


CHOROSULPHONIC ACID REACTION WITH SUCCROSE IN METHANOL MEDIA. THEN CARBON

TREATMENT.CHILLED TO REACTION MASS PRECEIPITET PRODUCT.

CENTRIFUGE IT..

Input Kg Output Kg

Stage-C 0.869 Reaction mass 15.199

IPA 2.33

L-Tartric acid 1.13

Water 4.5

Liq.Ammonia 2

Acetic anhydride 1.1

Sulfuric acid 0.24

Carbon 0.03

Methanol 3


Input Kg Output Kg

Reaction mass 15.199 Reaction mass 1

Solid wast 0.03

Aqueous MLR 8.97


Vapour loss 0.935


Filter

Stage-Final

1

Reacion



15. THEOBROMINE :-

Cyano Acetic Acid is reacted with mono Methyl Urea. Then it is cyclised in alkali condition and gets

converted in to Nitro compound. In presence of 2.5 % palladium catalyst, reduction is done and made a

Formyl compound, the above compound is reacted with Di Methyl sulphate to convert in to Theobromine.

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

CLOROSULPHONIC

ACID 248 MASS 323

SUCCROSE 75

TOTAL 323 TOTAL 323

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 323 MASS 1363

LIQ AMMONIA 515

D M WATER 525


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1363 MASS 1363

D M WASH WATER 200 SLUDGE 200


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 1363 MASS 3153

METHANOL 1790


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MASS 3153 MASS 3188

CARBON 10

SPENT

CARBON 25

METHANOL WASH 50


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG


METHANOL

ML 2608

TOTAL 3188 LOSS 330

TOTAL 3188

CENTRIFUGE

G L REACTOR

MAINTAIN

G L REACTOR

NUTCH FILTER

S S REACTOR

CLEAR FILTRAT

SPARKER FOLTRAT



Chemical Reaction

MATERIAL BALANCE

16. METOPROLOL SUCCINATE :-


Stage: Final:-Charge Isopropyl alcohol, MetoprololSuccinate stage-1 & activated carbon in to reactor, stir &

heat the content. Filter through sparkler followed by micron. Transfer the filtrate in to another reactor, stir &

cool the content, centrifuge the reaction mixture, wash wet cake with IPA. Dry the product in Nauta drier.

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

CYANO ACETIC

ACID 1250 MASS 1300

MONO METHYL

UREA 750

RECOVERED

ACETIC ACID 1200

ACETIC

ANHYDRIDE 1200 ETP 5700

WATER 5000


INPUT KG OUTUT KG


WET CAKE 1300


CONDENSATION

NITROSATION



CHEMICAL REACTION:

Metoprolol succinate, Stage-Final

OH

O CH3

O

Cl

4-(2-methoxy ethyl) phenolMF:C9H12O2

FW:152.1

Epichlorohydrin

MF:C3H5ClO

FW:92.5

Metoprolol Base

MF:C30H50N2O6

FW:2X267.3(534.6)

COOH

COOH

Succinic acid

MF:C4H6O4

FW:118.0

O

O CH3

NH

CH3

CH3OH

2

COOH

COOH

Metoprolol succinate

FW:652.8

MF:C34H56N2O10

O

O CH3

NH

CH3

CH3OH

2

CH3

CH3

NH2

Diethyl amine

MF:C3H9N

FW:59.1

Metoprolol Base

MF:C15H25NO3

FW:267.3

O

O CH3

NH

CH3

CH3OH

HCl

Hydrochloric acid

FW:36.5

MF: HCl

+ +

+

+



MATERIAL BALANCE:

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

EPICHLOROHYDRINE 353 AQ layer to ETP 5074

4-METHOXY ETHYL PHENOL 450 ORGANIC LAYER 814

TRAB 7

PURIFIED WATER 720

SODIUM HYDROXIDE LYE 308

PURIFIED WATER 4050


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

MPS-1 CRUDE EXPLONATION 814 DISTILLED OUT IPA 537

IPA fresh 28 MPS-1 BASE 814

IPA Recycle 538

MONO ISOPROPYL AMINE 405 LOSS TO AIR 49

Effluent 385


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

PURIFIED WATER 2800 LOSS TO AIR 50

MPS-1 BASE 814 SPENT CARBON TO TSDF 25

SUCCINIC ACID 350 DISTILL WATER TO ETP 3000

ACTIVATED CARBON 20 WET CAKE 790

PURIFIED WATER ( WASHING) 200 DISTILL OUT ACETONE 3106.00

ACETONE FRESH 163 Effluent 482.00

ACETONE RECYCLE 3106


INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

WET CAKE 790 LOSS TO AIR 138

0

METOPROLOL

TARTRATE PURE 652

TOTAL 790 TOTAL 790

REACTION,LAYER SEPARATION

REACTION,DISTILLATION

CHARCO;ISATION,DISTILLATION

DRYING ( ND)



17. FLUCANAZOLE :-

Brief manufacturing process of Fluconazole

Stage-A:

1-(2,4-difluorophenyl)2-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) ethanone (KRM) is reacted with 1,2,4-Triazole in presence

of potassium hydroxide, water &Trimethylsulphonium iodide. The crude product is isolated by adjust 9.0

pH. It is further treated with water & Ethyl acetate resulting crude Fluconazole (Stage-A)

Stage-Final:

Purification of 2-(2, 4-diflurophenyl)-1, 3-bis (1H-1, 2, 4-triazol-1-yl)-propan-2-ol

(Stage-C) is carried out inpurified water, charcoal, Acetone, Ethyl acetate, Isopropyl alcohol

& Methanol togive the target quality of 2-(2, 4-diflurophenyl)-1, 3-bis (1H-1, 2,4-triazol-1-yl)-

propan-2-ol.

CHEMICAL REACTION :-



S tage -A

+(CH 3 )3 SOI

NH

N

N

K O H , P u rified w a ter

F

NN

N

N N

NF

OH

F

F

ON N

N

1-(2 ,4 -d iflu o ro pheny l)-2 (1H-1 ,2 ,4 -tr iazo le-1y l)e tha no ne

M .W .= 223 .1 8

1 H -1 ,2 ,4 -T r iazo le

M .W .= 69 .0 7

M .W .= 306 .2 7

F lucon azo le S ta ge-A

S tage-F ina l

F

NN

N

N N

NF

OH

M .W .= 3 06 .27

F lucona zo le S tag e-A

F

NN

N

N N

NF

OH

M .W .= 30 6 .27

F lu co nazo le S tag e-F in a l

P ur if ied w a ter , A c t iva ted ch a rcoa l

E .A ., A cetone, IP A , M eoH



Input Kg Output Kg

1-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-

2(1H-1,2,4-triazole-

1yl)ethanoneChloroacetyl

Chloride 1.38

Reaction mass

13.3556

1H-1,2,4-Triazole 0.69

Trimethyl sulphonium iodide 1.38

Potassium hydroxide 0.977

Water 6.9

Ethyl acetate 0.621

Methylen dichloride 0.0276

Sodium chloride 1.38

Totle 13.3556 13.3556

Input Kg Output Kg


Conc.HCl 0.414

Totle 13.7696 Totle 13.7696

Input Kg Output Kg


Water 0.69 Aqueous MLR 12.634

Solvent MLR 0.6487

Totle 14.4596 Totle 14.4596

Input Kg Output Kg


Water 4.14


Input Kg Output Kg


Water 0.69 Aqueous MLR 4.83


Input Kg Output Kg


Ethyl acetate 4.14


Input Kg Output Kg

Reaction mass 5.3169 Stage-A 1.1769

Ethyl acetate 0.69 MLR{Recover solvent 3.864

Vapour loss 0.966


dry cake

Filter

Stage-A

1.1769

Filter

Reaction

Adujust PH

8.75 to 9.25

Filter

Wet cake



18. 2, 5 Dichloro Para PhenyleneDiamine

PROCESS:

Check reactor is clean & dry. Charge acetic anhydride & 2,5 DCA , heat reaction mass to re flux &

maintain. Charge H2SO4 & NH3 for further reaction at RT. Add ice to isolate material. Take

reaction with caustic lye. Take reduction by iron powder add soda to maintain reaction add HCL in

reaction mass maintain for few hour till reaction is complete. Filtration, draying & pack materials.

Input Kg Output Kg

Stage-A 1.1769 Reaction mass 22.8409

Isopropyl alcohol 0.097 Hyflo 0.027

Ethyl acetate 0.88 Charcoal 0.138

Acetone( 0.88

Methano 0.097

HYflo 0.027

Activated charcoal 0.138


Totle 23.0059 Totle 23.0059

Input Kg Output Kg


Aqueous MLR 21.835

Totle 22.8409 Totle 22.8409

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG



Stage-Final

Purification

Filter



STEP-III-HYDROLYSIS



19. 2,5 DIMETHYL –P- PHENYLENEDIAMINE

Process description reactor is clean & dry. Charge water Na2CO3 & 2, 5 xylidine .Do addition of BSC. Maintain

reaction filter mass. Take mass in another reactor. Charge toluene. Addition of HNO3. Maintain

reaction mass. Filter mass & add into other reactor. Add H2SO4 dump mass in water. Filter the

mass. Do reduction with iron powder. Acetic acid in water media. Filter mass & draying of product

and pack materials.



20.{ 2-[ (2,6 dichloro phenyl)amino] Phenyl} Acetate



21. 2-Mercapto 5-Methoxy Benzimedazole

Brief process:-

Take 30% NaHs in S.S.Reactor and add 4 Methoxy Nitro Aniline slowly slowly on room

temperature. After addition maintain for two hour than rising the temperature slowly up to 85-90°

C. Than cool the mass up to 15 to 20° C and filter through C.F. and after filtration take wet cake in

S.S.Reactor in pressure of water + NaOH and add CS2 slowly slowly at room temperature. After

addition CS2 rise the temperature up to 105 – 110° C and maintain up to 4 hour after than make a

cooling and isolate the product than filter through C.F. and give wash of chilled water 5°c ,purify

wet cake by solvent using carbon and dry the wet cake through try Dryer or RVD.



22. 2 Nitro 4 Methoxy Aniline

BRIEF PROCESS: Check reactor is clean & dry. Charge para anisidine& acetic anhydride,

maintain to reflux & distill acetic acid. Add HNO3 & MDC for further reaction. Filter mass & give

watch of soda water to w/c.Do hydrolysis in another reactor by caustic lye & water. Filter mass dry

& pack product.

Chemical Reaction



23. 3-[4- CHLORO-5-( CYCLOPENTYLOXY)-2-Fluorophenyl]-5- (Propan-2-ylidene)- 1,3-

oxazolidin-4-one

STAGE- 1& 2

First Take PICK3 Organic & Toluene in GLR than add ECF and after ECF add 40 % NaOH. Than

Sample it after Sample Clearance transfer the material in S.S.Reactor and add CPB & Cat-2 than

add 40 % NaOH after addition maintain two hour and add water and after settling below aqueous

layer is NaBr and upper organic layer is for Toluene Recovery and than add Ethanol for

Crystallization after Crystallization Filter it.

STAGE – 3

First Take Wet Cake and than add Cat-3 and Cat-4 and add ECG than heat the mass and Sample it.

After than add Toluene and Charcoal & Silica Gel than Filter the Charcoal than Recover Toluene

and than add Ethanol for Crystallization and than filter it and wash it Wet Cake again than dry the

Wet Cake to get final dry product.







24. SODIUM/POTASSIUM { 2-[ (2,6 DICHLORO PHENYL) AMINO] PHENYL}

ACETATE

Manufacturing process In SSR, charge C. S. Lye solution ,Chargeindolinine ,Maintain for 10 hours 45-55 ⁰C temp

,CheckTLC ,Filter it, collect w/c ,Dry Material in FBD/Tray Dyer & Pack.

25. 2 CHLORO PARA PHENYLENE DIAMINE



26. 2-CHLORO 1- PHENOXY BENZENE

Brief process: -

Take ODCB in S.S. Reactor than add molten phenol. Then add KOH flakes than heat up to 140° C

temperatures, and maintain reaction mass and filter the salt and do the fractional distillation of

filtrate ML and collect the product.

Chemical reaction:



27. 2,3 XYLYL ANTHRANILIC ACID


Take 1000 liters water and add NaOH and OCBA, maintain for 1 hour at room temparature

,Addition of Xylidine in 60 minutes ,Rise temperature up to reflux (95-98⁰C) ,Maintain it for 5 to 6

hours, dump in to HCl ,Decrease temp. up to 30 ⁰C and then filter it though C/F ,purify wet cake by

using dmf and carbon and Dry the wet cake and go for packing.



28. 2 CHLORO 5 METHYLPPD

Manufacturing Process

Check reactor is clean & dry. Take water, soda ash, 2-chloro 5-methyl aniline.

Start addition of BSC at specific temperature. Maintain reaction for few hours. Filter the mass &

charge in other reactor. Add toluene & start addition of HNO3 at specific temperature condition to

complete nitration reaction. Filter mass & charge in reactor. Add H2SO4 &water, maintain and

filter mass. Charge wet cake in reactor. Add water and pass H2 gas at specific temperature &

pressure condition. Filter mass, dry & pack materials.



INPUT

Qty(in kg) OUTPUT Qty(in kg)

BSC 750 Product 500

Soda Ash 200 Recovered Toluene 870

2-chloro 5-methyl Aniline

600

Loss 225

Toluene 900 Dist. Residue 5

Nitric Acid

270

Dil. Sulfuric Acid 580



Sulfuric Acid 500 Effluent 3065

Hydrogen Gas 25

Water 2000


29. 5 AMINO ORTHO TOLUDENE :-

Check reactor is clean & dry. Charge water, OT base, soda. Start charging BSCunder specific

condition & maintain. Filter mass and charge w/c in another reactor, chargetoluene & start addition

of HNO3, maintain reaction and filter mass, do hydrolysis by sulphuric acid and dump mass in

water& filter mass. Charge in other reactor. Add methanol and pass H2 gas at specific temperature

and pressure to complete reaction, dry,& pack materials.



Material INPUT Qty(in kg) Material OUTPUT Qty(in kg)

Ortho Toluene 500 Product 400

Soda Ash 247 Recovered Toluene 950

BSC 824 Toluene Loss 40

Toluene 1000 Dist. Residue 20

Nitric Acid 300 Dil. Sulfuric Acid 900

Sulfuric Acid 500 Effluent 2496

Hydrogen Gas 25 Recovered Methanol 950

Methanol 1000 Methanol Loss 40

Water 1400

5796 Total 5796

30. 4-BROMO ANISOLE

Phenol reacts with dimethyl sulphate in presence of sodium hydroxide to get anisole. Anisole react

with bromine to get crude 4-bromo anisole. Crude 4-bromo anisole take for fractional distillation to

get pure 4-bromo anisole.



31. 3 AMINO 4 METHOXY ACETANILIDE

Check reactor is clean and dry, add 2,4 DNCD and caustic lye slowly after reaction is over. Then

proceed for filteration of mass with centrifuge. Transfer the ml for ME distillation. Charge the

methoxy mass in reactor. Add methanol and then add slowly iron powder and acetic acid, cool the

mass and add MGO and acetic anhydride Filter the mass by centrifuge, dry and pack.



32. PARA ANISIDINE

Cheak reactor is clean & dry. charge PNBC, methanol, charge methoxide

prepared by MEOH & NAOH, maintain to complete reaction. Pass H2 gas to do hydrogenation,

filter mass to separate salt. Take distillation of methanol. The high vacuum distillation of product &

materials.



33. 2 CHLOR 4 FLUORO 5 NBC

Check reactor is clean & dry. Charge 2 chloro 4 fluoro toluene, pass chlorine gas at specific

temp. & pressure of UV light. Transfer mass in other reactor. Start addition mixture off oleum&

nitric acid. Maintain to complete reaction & check result. Dump mass in water and filter the mass.

Charge wet cake in other reactor, add water & give wash of Na2Co3 & filter mass. Take methanol

in other reactor. Charge w/c .heat mass to reflux & chill mass & filter, dry & pack material.



34. PARA AMINO SALICYCLIC ACID

Cheak reactor is clean & dry& ready for batch charging. Charge PNSA & methanol. Start H2 gas

passing at specific temperature & pressure to complete reaction. Filter mass & dry wet cake & pack

finish materials.



35. BIS (2 CHLORO ETHYL) AMINE HCL

Brief Manufacturing Process:-

Take Thionyl chloride and EDC as solvent in to reactor and mix well and add the Di Ethanol

Amine under 52°C and slowly raise temperature up to 70°C, at Reflux temperature SO2 gas is

liberated. It is scrub in to soda ash solution. After then cool reaction mass to 35°C. Transfer in

ANFD for filtration and Drying then collect product Bis 2 Chloro Ethyl Amine HCl in drums.



Material Balance:-

36. 4 (2- CHLORO ETHYL) MORPHOLINE HCL


Charge toluene and Thionyl chloride at room temperature add 2HEM at 48°C to 50°C

temperature in several hours, raise the temperature to 75°C within 2 to 3 hours and maintain for

the 5 hours, cool at 25°C , during the reaction generation of SO2 scrub in soda ash solution.

Filter the product and dry under vacuum at 50°C to 55°C recovered toluene from mother

liquor(ML).

Kg Kg

1736 2487

64

900 484

440 36

133

3140 3140

Kg Kg

2487 1736

51

2487 2487

Vapour Loss

Product

Bis 2 CEA 700

Total

Di Ethanol amine

HCl Gas

Input Process Output

Ethylene Di

Chloride

Stage1 Reaction

Reaction Mass

Thionyl Chloride Sulphur Dioxide

Vapour Loss

EDC Fresh

Reaction Mass Recovered EDC

TotalTotal

Input Output

Stage 2

ANFD

Filter & Dryer

Total



Material Balance:-

37. 2 Chloro Ethyl Amine Hcl


Charge toluene and Thionyl Chloride at room temperature and add Mono Ethanol Amine at 15°C

Temperature in several hours. heat to 50°C temperature, maintain for 1 hour. Raise the

temperature to 80°C to 85°C within 2 hours and maintain for 3 hours, Generation of SO2 and

HCL gas scrub in soda ash and water respectively. Cool mass to 50°C temperature and filter and

dry the product under vacuum at 50°C to 55°C Temperature. Recovered toluene from the

Kg Kg

160 9889

7209 1007

1869 151

11047 11047

Kg Kg

9889 7209

2500

117

63

9889 9889

Input Output

Recover Toluene

Thionyl chloride

2 hydroxy ethyl

morpholine 1809

SO2 Gas

Loss

Total Total

Reaction Mass

Loss

Total Total

Recovered Toluene

Product 2 CEM

HCL

Residue


Fresh Toluene

Stage 1

Chlorination

Reaction Mass

Stage 2

ANFD

Filtration &

Drying



mother liquor(ML) and recycle in next batch.

Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

204 5273.2

3182

93

1794.2

5273.2 5273

Kg Kg

5273.2

4755

101.6

5820 5820

Kg Kg

4755

573

4755 4755

Residue

Thionyl Chloride

Total Total

Stage1 Reaction

Reaction Mass

Recover Toluene

Water

1000

Total Total

Recovered Toluene3182


Fresh Toluene

Input Output

963.4

Reaction Mass

Loss

Mono Ethanol

Amine546.8

Sulphur Dioxide

So2 gas

Input Output

Stage2

Chlorination

Stage 3 ANFD

Filter & Drying

Reaction Mass Product

2CEA HCL

Reaction Mass

Total Total



38. DI METHYL AMINO ISOPROPYL CHLORIDE HCL


First Add Toluene, BCP and Caustic Soda 48%, than addition of DMA 40%. Maintain at temp

24°C. Add water and mix well, Take time for settling. Separate out sodium Bromide 33-35%

sol. as a by product. Take Organic layer then add HCl 28-30% and take pH 1 to 2.5 then layer

separate. Take organic layer separate the Toluene Layer and crude product take for distillation

which contain Tol/BCP/DMPC 65-67%.

Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

3813

387

720 60

4260 4260

Kg Kg

3813 863

2950

3813 3813

Kg Kg

863

113

863 863

750

Recovered EDC

Total Total


Wet Product

Stage 3

Drying

Dry Final Product


Reaction Mass Stage 2

Cooling &

Filtration

Wet Product

Mother Liquor

Total Total


Ethylene

dichloride 3000

Stage 1

Addition &

Mixing

Reaction Mass

SO2 Gas

Thionyl chloride Vapour Loss

Dimethyl Amino 2

Propanol540

Total Total



39.4 CHLORO – BUTYRYL CHLORIDE

Brief Manufacturing Process:-Charge GBL and catalyst heat to 90°C to 95°C temperature, add

Thionyl chloride maintain 92°C to 95°C temperature for several hours, after addition of TC

maintain 2 to 3 hours at 95°C to 100°C temperature. During the reaction generation of SO2 scrub

in soda ash solution, after completion of reaction distil out pure product under high vacuum up to

130°C to 135°C temperature.

Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

1199.17

1199 1199

Kg Kg

1199.17 2086.63

1921.12 1033.66

3120 3120

Kg Kg

2086.63 1650

412.54

24.09

2087 2087

So2 Gas

Input

Input

Stage 4

Distillation

Output


Residue

Vapour Loss

Total Total

Process Output

Stage 1 Mixing

Reaction Mass1178.54

20.62

Total Total

Zncl2(Zinc

Chloride)

GBL(Gama

butyrolactone)

Input Output

Stage2

Chlorination

Reaction Mass Reaction Mass

Thionyl chloride

Total Total



40. METHOXY- 4- BUTYRYL CHLORIDE


Mixture of GBL and methanol, cool to 5°C temp add TC in above mixture, maintaining temp. 0

to 10°C in several hours. Remove SO2 gas by slow heating and absorb gas in alkali soln.

Simultaneously , HCL gas also absorb in water, Reaction mass proceed for partial distillation to

remove methanol and bring moisture of reaction mass less then 0.5 % , this is final M4CB

product.

Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

2399.3

953.51

331 543.81

623.54

1772.9

3897 3897

Kg Kg

2399.3 1671.2

622.74

105.35

2399 2399

GBL(Gama

Butyrolactone)1169.2

Stage 1

Chlorination

Reaction Mass

SO2 Gas

Fresh Methanol HCL Loss

Recover

Methanol

Thionyl Chloride

Total Total


InputStage 2

Partial

Distillation

Output

Reaction Mass Product M4CB

R. Methanol

Loss

Total Total



41. CYCLOPROPYL HEXANE CARBONYL CHLORIDE:-


Charge Cyclohexane Carboxylic Acid heat to 40°C to 45°C Temperature add Thionyl Chloride

42°C to 45°C Temperature in several hours. Heat to 75°C to 80°C Temperature maintain for

the 3 to 4 hours. Distil out the final product under high vacuum SO2 and HCL gas scrub in soda

ash and water respectively.

Material Balance:-

42. CYCLOHEXANE CARBONYL CHLORIDE


Mixture of GBL and methanol, cool to 5°C temp add TC in above mixture, maintaining temp. 0

to 10°C in several hours. Remove SO2 gas by slow heating and absorb gas in alkali soln.

Simultaneously , HCL gas also absorb in water, Reaction mass proceed for partial distillation to

remove methanol and bring moisture of reaction mass less then 0.5 % , this is final M4CB

product.

Kg Kg

1001.42 1158.77

958.57 515.1

286.13

1960 1960

Kg Kg

1158.77 1020

35.71

1159 1159

Cyclohexane

Stage1

Chlorination

Reaction Mass

Thionyl Chloride Sulphur dioxide

HCl Gas

Total Total

Residue for

incineration103.06

Reaction mass Product CHCC

Vapour Loss

Input Output

Stage 2

Distillation

Total Total




Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

1620.7

1996.99

716.81

3395 3395

Kg Kg

1620.72 1600

21

1621 1621


1057.4Thionyl chloride

HCl Gas

Total Total

Cyclo propane

carboxylic acid1397.89

Stage 1

Chlorination

Reaction Mass

Sulphur Dioxide

Gas

Input

Stage 4

Distillation

Output

Reaction Mass Product CPCC

Loss

Total Total



43. 2- FUROYL CHLORIDE


Charge 2FC and Thionyl Chloride at room temperature. Heat to 110°C to 115°C temperature

in several hours and make uniform liquid mass, maintain 115°C to 120°C temperature for 5

hours. Cool at room temperature, distil out final product from above organic mass under high

vacuum and 110°C temperature.

Material Balance:-

44. ACETYL SALICOYL CHLORIDE


Prepared and mixture of EDC and Acetyl salicyl Acid, to the mixture add slowly thionyl

chloride, maintaining temperature below 45°C, Slowly heat to 65 °C temperature and maintain

for 5 to 6 hrs., Absorb SO2 andHCl Gas in alkali solution and water respectively, remove EDC

from reaction mass by distillation after remove EDC distilled out pure product by high vacuum

distillation.

Kg Kg

1136.25 1343.33

1267.5 681.66

378.75

2403.75 2403.74

Kg Kg

1343.33 1250

93.33

1343.33 1343.33Total Total

Reaction mass Product 2FCStage 2

DistillationResidue for

incirneration

Input Output

Total Total

Hydrochloride

(HCl)


2 Furoic Acid

Stage1 Reaction

Chlorination

Reaction Mass

Thionyl ChlorideSulphur Dioxide

(So2)





Material Balance:-

Kg Kg

7815.33

550

4966.66

7815 7815

Kg Kg

7815.33 9412.66

1597.33

9413 9413

Kg Kg

9412.66 856.66

488.66

8067.33

9413 9413

Kg Kg

8067.33 4966.66

554.66

2546

8067 8067

Kg Kg

2546 2000

86.66

459.33

2546 2546

Input Output

Stage2

Addition of

Thionyl Chloride

Input Output

Stage 3 Heating

Chlorination

Input Output

Stage 4

Distillation

Input Output

High Vac

Distillation


Residue

Total Total

Loss

Reaction Mass R- EDC

Loss

Reaction Mass

Total Total


Acetyl Salicylic Acid 2298.67

Stage 1 Mixing

Reaction Mass

Fresh Ethelene Di

Recover Ethelene Di

Total Total

Reaction Mass SO2 Gas

HCl Gas

Reaction Mass

Total Total

Reaction Mass Reaction Mass

Thionyl chloride

Total Total



45. ORTHO/PARA DICHLORO BRNZOIC ACID

Material Balance :-

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

Nitric acid - Fresh 200 Ortho/para/Dichloro

Benzoic acid

250

Ortho/para/dichlo

ro toluene

250 Spent Nitric Acid 600

Caustic Lye 100 Sodium Nitrite 250

Water + water

scrubber

500 Washing water 50

Spent Nitric acid 300 Evaporation loss 200


Reaction

&

Centrifuge &

Drying



45. Para Nitro Benzoic Acid

INPUT KG OUTPUT KG

Nitric Acid 500.0Para Nitro

Benzoic Acid500

Para Nitro Toluene 500.0Spent Nitric

Acid1000

Caustic lye 200.0 Sodium Nitrite 500

Water 500 Washing water 100

Water for scrubber200

Evaporation

loss300

Spent Nitric acid 500.0


Reaction

&

Centrifuge &

Drying



49. DISTILLATION OF MIXED/SPENT SOLVENT PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Pure/distillate/recovered solvent or mixture of it, in required combination and quantity is taken in a

reactor.

Mix the content properly and add catalyst in properly and add catalyst in proper proportion and mix

well.

Mix the reaction mass at required temperature condition till reaction is over.

Process residue is separated out and mixture is feed to distillation column. Where this mixture is

partially vaporized in reboiler.

The bottom & top temperature of column is maintained as per the required temperature.

The distillation vapours are condensed in condenser.over head condensate from condenser is

partially reflux and transfer to product tank.

Process residue of different stages are collected and will be reused in next batch as it contains the

catalyst. It will be collected separately and stored in hazardous waste storage area and finally will

be sent to BEIL incineration.

Process Diagram :-

REACTION VESSEL

(MIXING)

DISTILLATION

CATALYST

Pure/distillate

/recovered

solvent or

mixture of it

REDUCED OR

TEXTILE AUXILLARY

OR RESIN

BLENDER

BOTTOM RESIDUE SENT TO

M/s. BEIL, Ank. FOR

INCINERATION



50 & 51. AROMATIC AND ALIPHATIC SOLVENTS OF DIFFERENT RANGE

PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Charge the raw material in reboiler, Start the distillation under vacuum. By distillation started

separation of lighter and heavier Range Products. And is collect separately.

FLOW DIAGRAM

VACUUM

RAW MATERIAL

NOTE: -

1. We are not using water in Process.

2. There is no emission during Process.

3. There is no hazardous wastes generated during processes as processes is simple distillation.

DISTILLATION LIGHTER

DISTILLATE

HEAVIER



52. RUBBER PROCESS OIL / PRINTING OIL

PROCESS :-

The difference base oils are stored in different tanks. The raw material is taken in reactor which is

jacketed with heating and cooling systems is blended with additives. Additive are properly blended

by agitator and circulation systems for app. 3 hrs. After blending the product is taken for filtration

to get required physical properties which is then sorted in vessel or filled in drums.

Flow Diagram

RAW MATERIAL

HVI SPINDLE OIL /

BASE MINERAL OIL

/ PROCESS OIL

OR

CBFS

AND ADDITIVES

BLENDING &

DEHYDRATION

FILTERATION

FINISH

PRODUCT



53. TURPENTINE OIL

PROCESS :-

The difference base oils are stored in different tanks. The raw material is taken in reactor which is

jacketed with heating and cooling systems is blended with additives. Additive are properly blended

by agitator and circulation systems for app. 3 hrs. After blending the product is taken for filtration

to get required physical properties which is then sorted in vessel or filled in drums.

Flow Diagram -

RAW MATERIAL

SLOP OIL / SKO / MTO / REMAX /

AROMAX / XYLENE / C-9 / HEXANE

/ TOLUEN

BLENDING &

DEHYDRATION

FILTERATION

FINISH

PRODUCTS



54. WHITE OIL

PROCESS :-

The different base oils are stored in different tanks. The raw material is taken in

reactor which is jacketed with heating and cooling systems is blended with additives.

Additives are properly blended by agitator and circulation system for app. 3 hrs. After

blending the product is taken for filtration to get required physical properties which is

then stored in vessel or filled in drums.

RAW MATERIAL

Slop Oil / SKO / MTO /

Toluene / Remax / Aromax / Xylene /

C-9 / Hexane

BLENDING &

DEHYDRATION

FILTERATION

FINISH

PRODUCT



55. WIRE ENAMELS

Brief Description Process

The main process are esterification and Polymerization followed by thinning with

solvent to obtain required viscosity.

After Polymerization is complete, distillation is carried out to remove unreacted

material which are further distilled to recover cresol, methanol, water. The residue is

sent for incineration.

The product mass is then mixed with solvents and additives to achieve required

viscosity and solids adjustment, followed by filtration for clarification.

There is no use of water in process. Water from the reaction which is recovered

from distillate is reused.

Processing

Chemical Processing – Wire Enamels

MEG + GLYCERINE + 190-200 C POLYESTER RESIN+ 220 – 240

C +

DMT + ORGANIC METHANOL (By

SOLVENT + CATALYSTS Esterifiation product)

< 80 C

WIRE ENAMELS MDIFIED POLYMER

Organic Solvents



56. THINNER

Process :-Thinners are manufactured by simple mixing of different solvent in required proportions.

There is no chemical reaction or processing involved. There is no use of water as well as no effluent

generation. There is no material loss as well.

Flow Diagram

Addition of various solvents

(Total 1 kg.)

Finished Products to Packing 1 KG

2.5 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.5.1 LAND

The plot has been purchased by M/s. Ree Atharva Life science Pvt. Ltd. From Ankleshwar GIDC.

The total plot area of the unit is 2040 sq. m. Unit will provide 310 (15.19%) sq. m green belt area

within the premises &additional 500 sq. m area (24.50 %) greenbelt in the outside of the premises.

The plot allotment document is attached as Annexure-IV. The Details of breakup of plot area are

covered under following table no.2.6.

TABLE: 2.6

LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA

Sr.

No.

Title Area in m2 % of Total Area

1 Plant Process 96 4.70

2 Raw material and Finish storage area 510 25.0

3 GMP AREA & Packing 120 5.88

4 Lab Area 54 2.65

5 Utility 100 4.90

6 Green belt area 310 15.20

MIXING

(Ambient Temp. & Pr.)

INPUT =OUTPUT

1 Kg. = 1 Kg.



Sr.

No.

Title Area in m2 % of Total Area

7 Admin Building 54 2.65

8 ETP Area 407 19.95

9 SRP PLANT 45 2.21

10 MEE 84 4.12

11 Open space 110 5.39

12 Road Area 150 7.35

Total 2040 100.00

2.5.2 WATER

In existing scenario, Unit is using 16 KLD water. In which 1 KLD is for domestic purpose and 1

KLD is for gardening purpose. Remaining 14 KLD water is using for industrial purpose Boiler (6

KLD), Cooling tower blow down (8 KLD).Water consumption detail are given table no.2.7.

The source of water is GIDC water supply system. After proposed expansion unit will use total 179

KLD water from which 79 KLD will be fresh and 100 KLD will be recycle from process, washing

& Cooling tower. Unit has obtained permission from GIDC. Permission letter is attached as

ANNEXURE-V.

The water consumption for the domestic purpose will be 3 KLD and for the gardening purpose will

be 5 KLD.

Total 99 KLD water will be subjected to MEE after stripper & primary treatment. MEE condensate

water will be passed through the Activated carbon filter. After that 97 KLD effluent will be reuse in

cooling tower, washing & Process. 1 KLD generated MEE Salt will be send to the TSDF site. MEE

Offer attached as ANNEXURE – XVII.

Membership certificate of M/s. BEIL is attached as ANNEXURE-VII.



TABLE: 2.7

CATEGORY-WISE WATER REQUIREMENT

Sr.

No

Particulars Existing

Water

consumption

KL/Day

Proposed Water

Consumption

KL/Day

Total Water

Consumption

after Expansion

KL/Day

Remark

1. Domestic 1 2 3.00 Fresh

2. Gardening 1 4 5 Fresh

3 Industrial

Process 0 74 74 37 Fresh + 37 Recycle

washing 0 7 7 7 Recycle

Boiler 6 22 28 28 Fresh

Cooling 8 45 53 53 Recycle

Others 0 6 6 6 Fresh

Scrubber 0 3 3 3 Recycle

Total

Industrial

14 157 171 71 fresh + 100 recycle

TOTAL

(1+2+3)

16 163 179 79 fresh + 100 recycle



FIGURE: 2.1

WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM IN KLD

2.5.3 ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The energy requirement in terms of power and fuel for proposed unit is shown in following table no.2.8

& 2.9.

TABLE: 2.8

FUEL CONSUMPTION REQUIREMENT

Sr.

No. Particulars

Existing

requirement as

per CCA H-

90445

After

Proposed

Expansion

requirement

Total

requirement

after expansion

Remark

1. Agro

Waste/Briquette 0.6 MT/DAY 16.4 MT/Day 17 MT/Day

Local Market

2. Natural Gas 400 Nm3/Day 300 Nm3/

Day 700 Nm3/ Day

Will be supplied

by Gujarat Gas

company Ltd.

3. Diesel -- 50 lit/Day 50 lit/Day Local Market



TABLE 2.9

ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION REQUIREMENT

Sr.

No. Particulars

Existing

requirement as

per CCA H -

90445

Proposed

requirement

Total

requirement

after expansion

Remark

1. Electricity 22 KVA 324 KVA 346 KVA Will be met through

Electricity company

2.5.3.1 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILIZATION

Details of energy distribution are covered in below table no. 2.10.

TABLE: 2.10

ENERGY DISTRIBUTION

Sr. No. Name of Equipment Total Connected Energy in KVA

1. Pumps 50

2. Reactors 155

3. Fan & Blowers 25

4. Cooling Tower 50

5. Centrifuge 41

6. Others 25

TOTAL 346 KVA

2.5.4 UTILITIES

Details of utilities are given in table no. 2.11.

TABLE: 2.11

DETAILS OF UTILITIES

Sr.

No.

Stack

Attached

Stack

Height

(m)

Quantity of

Fuel APCM

Type

of

Emission

Permissible Limit

AS PER Existing CCA No:-H-90445

1. Fuel Heater

(Thermic) 12

Briquettes- 0.3

MT/day OR

Natural gas -

--- PM 120 mg/Nm3



1 Lac Kcal/hr 200 Nm3/ Day SO2

NOX

80 ppm

40 ppm

2.

Baby Boiler

800 kg /hr 12

Briquettes- 0.3

MT/day OR

Natural gas -

200 Nm3/Day

AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION

1.

Boiler-1

(5 MT/Hr.)

12

Briquette- 12

MT/day OR

Natural Gas- 300

Nm3/Day

Cyclone

separator

+ Water

Scrubber

+

Adequate

stack

height

PM

SO2

NOx

120 mg/Nm3

80 ppm

40 ppm 2.

Thermic

Fluid Heater

(12 Lacs

Kcal/Hr)

Briquette- 4.4

MT/day

3.

D.G.Set

(125 KVA)

Diesel- 50 lit/day Adequate

stack

height

*After proposed expansion existing utility will be dismantle.

2.5.5EQUIPMENTS/ MACHINERIES

List of machineries is given in table no:-2.12

TABLE: 2.12

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES

EXISTING PLANT & MACHINERY LIST

SR

NO

DESCRIPTION MOC CAPICITY H.T.A/DIA

1 DISTILLATION COLOUMN SS-316 L 600 ID/HEIGHT 20 MTR

3 REACTOR SS-316 L 8 KL

4 PRIMARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 52 M2

4 SECONDERY CONDENSER SS-316 L 18 M2

5 VENT CONDENSER WITH CARBON

TOWER & 6

MTR ABOVE HEIGHT IN VENT LINE

SS-316 L 8 M2

6 SUB COOLER SS-316 L 10 M2

7 REBOILER SS-316 L 25 M2

8 REACTOR SS-316 L 4 KL

9 RECEIVER SS-316 L 1.5 KL

10 REFLEX TENK SS-316 L 0.5 KL

11 RECEIVER SS-316 L 1.5 KL

12 MATERIAL COLLECTION TENK SS-316 L 3 KL



13 DECANTER Stainless Steel/Rubber Line

1.5 KL

14 TRANSFER PUMP MS XM3/HR @XXMLC

15 FEED PUMP MS XM3/HR @XXMLC

16 MATERIAL COLLECTION PUMP MS 5M3/HR @30MLC

17 UTILITY

Thermic Fuel Boiler MS 1 Lac KCL

Steam Boiler MS 0.8 KL

Cooling Tower MS/PP 80 TR

Chilling Plant MS/PP 17 TR

18 PESSO LICENCE TANK YARD

STORAGE TENK WITH BRATHOR

VALVE WITH CONDENSER VENT

JOINT IN CORBEN TOWER

EACH OTHER

SS 20 KL

Tank 2 SS-316 L 20 KL



19 STORAGE TANK



20 STORAGE WATER TANK WITH

HYDREN LINE ALL PLANT

AREA,RAW MATERIAL & FINISH

MATERIAL STORAGE AREA

SS-316 L ---

21 SAFETY SHOVER & SAFETY FIRE

BOTTLE,SEND BUCKET,WIND FLAGE

IN OUR EHS SYSTEM

SS-316 L ---

AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION PLANT & MACHINERY

SR NO DESCRIPTION MOC CAPICITY H.T.A/DIA

PHARMA MACHINERY LIST

1 Reactor SS-316 L 2.5 KL 2 Reactor SS-316 L 6 KL 3 Reactor SS-316 L 6 KL 4 Reactor SS-316 L 3 KL 5 Reactor SS-316 L 3 KL 6 Reactor SS-316 L 8 KL 7 Glass Line Reactor SS-316 L 3 KL

8 Glass Line Reactor SS-316 L 3 KL 9 Glass Line Reactor SS-316 L 6 KL

10 Glass Line Reactor SS-316 L 8 KL 11 SECONDARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 10M2 12 SECONDARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 10M2 13 SECONDARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 8M2 14 SECONDARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 8M2 15 PRIMARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 12M2 16 PRIMARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 12M2 17 VENT CONDENSER SS-316 L 4m2



18 VENT CONDENSER SS-316 L 4m2 19 VENT CONDENSER SS-316 L 4m2 20 VENT CONDENSER SS-316 L 4m2 21 PRIMARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 15M2 22 PRIMARY CONDENSER SS-316 L 15M2 23 PRIMARY GLASS

CONDENSER GL 15M2

24 PRIMARY GLASS CONDENSER

GL 12M2

25 SECONDARY GLASS CONDENSER

GL 10M2

26 SECONDARY GLASS CONDENSER

GL 8M2

27 VENT GLASS CONDENSER GL 4m2 28 VENT GLASS CONDENSER GL 4m2 29 Hydrogination Reactor SS-316 L 5 KL 30 Hydrogination Reactor SS-316 L 7 KL 31 Centrifuge Machine 48” Bag

Lifting cGMP

type with standard accessories

SS-316 L 48 inch

32 Centrifuge Machine 36” Bag

Lifting cGMP

type with standard accessories

SS-316 L 36 inch

33 Fluidized bed dryer 120 Kg. MS/SS 120 Kgs. 34 Fluidized bed dryer 350 Kg. MS/SS 350 Kgs. 35 Rotocone Vacuum Dryer MS/SS 2000 Ltrs. 36 Tray Dryer 120 Trays MS/SS 120 Trays. 37 Agitated Nutsche Filter & drying MS/SS 2 KL 38 Steam Boiler MS 5 TPH 39 Thermic Fluid Boiler MS 12 Lac Kcal.

2.5.6 MANPOWER

The manpower required for the project as well as during the construction/ commissioning activities will

be employed from the local area. The preference will be given to local people. The man-power

requirement is given in below table no. 2.13.

TABLE: 2.13

MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

Sr.

no.

Type of Labor Existing work

force

Proposed work

force

Total after expansion

During construction

1. Contractual 5 10 15

During operations



1. Technical Managerial

level & Administrative

Manager level

02 05 07

2. Technical skilled staff 07 10 17

3. Unskilled staff 5 25 30

4. Others – security,

gardener, etc

3 2 05

Total 22 52 74

2.6 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO

The details of pollution generation in terms of effluent generation, sewage generation, flue gas

emission, process emission and hazardous waste generation are covered in this section.

2.6.1 EFFLUENT AND SEWAGE GENERATION

Existing Scenario

In the existing condition, Total waste water generation is 1.7 KLD. In which domestic waste water

generation is 1.0 KLD & Industrial waste water generation is 0.7 KLD. The domestic effluent is

disposed of through soak pit/septic tank & industrial waste water reused in cooling Tower (Blow down

from boiler and cooling tower is collected and distillate in distillation column. Distilled water reused in

cooling Tower)

Proposed scenario

The waste water generation from industrial activities will be 116 KL/Day. The concentrated process

effluent, washing water, boiler & cooling tower blow down will be treated in unit’s own ETP. High

concentrated water (84 KLD) will be send to the stripper. Stripper permeate (82 KLD) Send to the

primary ETP & there also mixed effluent from utility & washing (19 KLD). Total effluent collected in

ETP is 101 KLD. Generated ETP sludge will be 2 KLD. Remain 99 KLD waste water send to the In

house MEE. MEE Condensate will be passed through the Activated carbon filter. After that effluent

will be reuse in cooling tower, washing & Process.1 KLD generated MEE salt will be send to the TSDF

site.

TSDF site membership certificate is attached as Annexure – VII.

The category-wise bifurcation of the wastewater generation details is given in below table no 2.14.



TABLE: 2.14

CATEGORY-WISE WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr. No Particulars Existing Waste

Water Generation

KL/Day

Proposed Waste water

Generation KL/Day

Total Waste Water

Generation after

expansion KL/Day

1. Domestic 1 2.00 3.00

2. Industrial

Process 0 84 84

Washing 0 7.0 7

Boiler 0.3 2.7 3

Cooling 0.4 7.6 8

Other 0 8.0 8

Scrubber 0 3 3

Total

Industrial

0.7 112.3 113

TOTAL

(Domestic +

Industrial)

1.7 114.3 116

2.6.1.1 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS

The ETP will consist of following treatment units.

Following measures shall be adopted to reduce the strength of waste water.

Process effluent will be send to the stripper. Stripper permeate send to the primary ETP.

Solvent stripper Unit

Start Solvent stripper column pump and maintain solvent stripper column level (Half level of side

glass) through adjustment of valve of Re boiler& recycle valve. Open Low pressure steam valve

gradually for solvent stripper column/re-boiler and maintain Temp around 85 oC. When desired

temp. attained in stripper column/Reboiler start condensate pump and transfer low boiler vapor

condensate via surface condensers to Stripper condensate collection tanks. The residual high boiler

effluent will be transferred to Calendria 1.



Effluent from Washing, Cooling tower blow down, Scrubber & Stripper Permeate collect into the

collection tank. After the primary treatment waste water send to the In-house MEE. MEE

Condensate will be reuse in cooling tower, washing & Process & generated MEE salt will be

send to the TSDF site.

EFFLUENT TREATMENT

The effluents from various plants will be collected in individual sumps/tanks and will be

equalized in Collection Tank. They will be neutralized in Neutralization tank by using acid or

alkali as per requirement till required pH range obtained. This will be passed through clarifier

after pH increase by alkali and Settleable solids will be separated out. The supernatant will be

neutralized using acid and fed to stripper.

1. Screen, Oil and solvent trap: - This will ensure removal of free and floating material, oily

material and solvents. These are to be removed manually. The oil and solvent trap unit operation

shall work on gravity separation principle.

2. Equalization cum Neutralization tank: - The effluent after removal of screenings, oily matter /

solvents shall be collected in equalization cum neutralization tank. Suitable mixing device (flash

mixer) shall be used to mix the contents of the tank. Acid and alkali shall be used as per the

incoming effluent pH of 7 to 8 shall be maintained here.

3. Settler: - This will be used to remove the Settleable solids from the effluent by sedimentation

process and the effluent will be further transferred to Anoxic tank.

After the primary treatment effluent send to the MEE. In which MEE Condensate pass through

Activated Carbon and then effluent reused in a process, washing & cooling tower.

HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT

The Hazardous waste generated from various plant processes will be collected, segregated and

stored at Hazardous Waste Storage Yard. They will be disposed to TSDF’s, Registered Recyclers,

Refiners, Co-processing Units, etc. complying all legal requirements.



TABLE: 2.15

EQUIPMENT LIST OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TRETMENT PLANT WITH

DIMENSION

Sr. No. Name of Equipment Capacity MOC

1 Neutralization Tank 90 KL RCC

2 Stripper I/L Clarifier 90 KL RCC

3 Collection Tank 235 KL RCC

4 Treated Effluent Tank 205 KL RCC

5 MEE Plant 100 M3/Day SS

6 Activated Carbon Filter (ACF) FRP -- FRP

7 Holding Tank 90 KL MS

8 Final Collection Tank 100 KL RCC

9 MEE Cooling Tower 400 TR RCC

10 VTFD/ATFD 215 Kg/Hr. SS

11 Decanter Centrifuge 2 M3/Hr. SS

12 Decanter Feed tank 2 KL RCC

TABLE: 2.16

WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT STREAMS Quantity 82 KLD 19 KLD 101 KLD 99 KLD 97 KLD 97 KLD

Parameter

(mg/lit)

Solvent

Stripper

Outlet

Low COD

Effluent

ETP Inlet ETP Outlet

after

Neutralization

/MEE Inlet

MEE

Condensate

Activated

Carbon

Filter

pH 6.5 – 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 – 8.5 6.5 -8.5 6.5 -7.5 6.5 -7.5

COD 20000 -

25000

2000 - 4000 17000-

21000 15000-20000 100-250

<100

TDS 8000 -

10000 5000-6000

7500 -

9500 8000 -10000 100-200 100-200

SS 300 - 400 100-200 250-400 0-10 0-10 <5

Ammonical

Nitrogen <100 <10 <100 <100 <50 <50



2.6.1.2 ETP SLUDGE AND MEE SALT CALCULATION.

• CALCULATION FOR MEE SALT GENERATION

Inlet TDS – 8000 - 10000 mg/l

Outlet TDS – 100 - 200 mg/l

Total Effluent Quantity to MEE – 99 KLD

1 Lit = 9800 mg TDS removed.

1 KL = 9.8*106 mg TDS

Therefore, 1 KL = 9.8 kg TDS

Total Salt Generation = 9.8 kg x 99 KL = 970.2 Kg/Day

= 0.970 MT/day ̴

CALCULATION FOR ETP SLUDGE

Inlet TSS = 250 - 400 mg/l

pH – 6.5 – 8.5

TOTAL Effluent Subjected to ETP = 101 KLD

1 Lit = 390 mg TSS removed.

1 KL= 0.39 x 106 mg TSS

Therefore, 1 KL = 39.39 kg TDS

Total Sludge generated through TSS- 39.39 Kg/Day

=0.039 MT/Day

As per Treatability Report & Considering worst case scenario of acidity of effluent, lime is

required for 1 Lit = 20 gm

Therefore,

= for 1 KL effluent = 20 Kg Lime used.

= for 101 KLD effluent = 2.020 kg Lime used

Total ETP Sludge generation = 2.02 + 0.039 = 2.023 kg

Sludge Generation =2.023 MT/Day



FIGURE: 2.2 ETP FLOW DIAGRAM



2.6.1.3 ECONOMICAL AND TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF THE EFFLUENT

TREATMENT SYSTEM

TABLE: 2.17

DETAILS OF COST OF ETP PER YEAR

Sr.

No. Detail

Expenses in

Rs. Per Day

Expenses in

Rs. Monthly

Expenses in Rs.

Annually

1 Chemical Cost Of Treatment 730 21450 257400

2 Electrical Cost Of Treatment 2000 60000 7,20,000

3 Cost Behind Man Power 3375 101250 12,15,000

4 MEE Operation cost Rs.

2/KL 198000 5940000 7,12,80,000

TOTAL 204105 61,22,700 7,34,72,400

Thus, Total operating cost of ETP per day will be Rs. 204105 for 104 KLD treatment.

The approximate annual turnover of the company will be around Rs.150 crore annual The ETP

operational cost is 4.90 % of turnover per year. This indicates financial viability of effluent

treatment plant, thus proper management of ETP can be carried out without having to worry about

unit profit.

Unit will allocate a certain amount of money for towards environment health and safety department.

This will enable the management to smoothly run ETP plant and maintain Health and safety.

Unit will allocate a certain amount of money from the yearly profit towards environment health and

safety department. This will enable the management to smoothly run ETP plant. Thus proper

management of ETP can be carried out without having to worry about unit profit.

2.6.1.4 EXPLORING POSSIBILITY FOR ZLD

• Unit will maintain Zero Liquid Discharge.

2.6.2 GASEOUS EMISSIONS & CONTROL

2.6.2.1 FLUE GAS EMISSIONS

As per CCA-H-90445, In Existing condition Thermic fluid heater (1 lac Kcal/hr) & Baby Boiler (800

kg/hr) is install. After proposed expansion, unit will be installed Boiler (5 TPH), Thermic fluid heater

(12 lacs Kcal/Hr.), and D. G. Set (125 KVA). The details of air pollution control system are also

mentioned in table no.2.18.



2.6.2.2 PROCESS EMISSIONS

There is no process gas emission. After proposed expansion there will be installed Reaction Vessel-1,

Reaction Vessel-2, Reaction Vessel-3, and Reaction Vessel-4. The details of air pollution control

system are also mentioned in table no. 2.19.

TABLE: 2.18

FLUE GAS EMISSIONS

Sr.

No.

Stack Attached

To

Stack

Height

(m)

Quantity of

Fuel APCM

Type

of

Emission

Permissible

Limit

AS PER Existing CCA No:-H-90445

1

Fuel Heater

(Thermic)

1 Lac Kcal/hr

12

Briquettes- 0.3

MT/day OR

Natural gas -

200 Nm3/ Day ---

PM

SO2

NOX

120 mg/Nm3

80 ppm

40 ppm

2 Baby Boiler

800 kg /hr 12

Briquettes- 0.3

MT/day OR

Natural gas -

200 Nm3/Day

PM

SO2

NOX

120 mg/Nm3

80 ppm

40 ppm

AS PER PROPOSED EXPANSION

1.

Boiler-1

(5 MT/Hr.)

12

Agro waste

/Briquette- 12

MT/day OR

Natural Gas-

300Nm3

Cyclone

Separator

+Water Scrubber

+ Adequate stack

height

PM

SO2

NOX

120 mg/Nm3

80 ppm

40 ppm 2.

Thermic Fluid

Heater

(12 Lacs

Kcal/Hr)

Agro

waste/Briquette

- 4.4 MT/day

3.

D.G.Set

(125 KVA)

Diesel- 50

lit/day Adequate stack

height

TABLE: 2.19

PROCESS EMISSIONS AND CONTROL MEASURES

As per Existing CCA No.: H-90445

Sr. APCM attached to Stack APCM Pollutant Permissible



No. Height Limit

1 There is no process gas emission.

For Proposed Expansion

1 Reaction vessel -1 12 Water Scrubber +

Caustic scrubber

HCl 16 mg/Nm3


Acid Scrubber

NH3 140 mg/Nm3


Caustic scrubber

Cl2

Br2

7.2 mg/Nm3

7.2 mg/Nm3


Caustic scrubber

SO2 32 mg/Nm3

TABLE: 2.20

DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Source Probable Pollutant

Emission

Control Measures/ APCM

FLUE GAS EMISSION

1. Boiler-1 (5 TPH) Air polluant

(PM, SO2, NOX)

Cyclone Separator +Water Scrubber + Adequate

stack height 2. Thermic Fluid

Heater

(12 Lacs Kcal/Hr)

Air polluant

(PM, SO2, NOX)

3. D.G Set

(125 KVA)

Air polluant

(PM, SO2, NOX)

Adequate stack height

FUGITIVE EMISSION

1. Solvent storage

tank

Air pollutant

(VOC) i) Carry out work place area monitoring to find

out concentration level in ambient air.

ii) Provision of breather valve cum flame arrester.

2. Solvent recovery

system

Air pollutant

(VOC) i) Solvent recovery system with steam

condensation system.

ii) Pumps & motors are mechanical seal type.

3 Handling of raw

material bags in

storage area

Air pollutant

(PM) i) Provision of exhaust ventilation

ii) Provision of PPE.

iii) Provision of Job rotation to reduce exposure.

4 Flange joints of

pipeline, pump &

motors

Air pollutant

(VOC) i) Routine &periodic inspection to check leakage.

ii) Preventive maintenance, Follow SOP for

maintenance.



Sr.

No.

Source Probable Pollutant

Emission

Control Measures/ APCM

iii) Pumps & motors will be mechanical seal type.

iv) LDAR program will be followed.

Provision of Flange guard.

5 Solid raw

material

transferring to

reactor

Air pollutant

(PM)

Hopper will be provided with powder transfer

system.

6 Liquid raw

material

transferring to

reactor

Air pollutant

(VOC) Feeding of liquid raw material will be carried out

by closed pipeline and mechanical seal pump.

7 Loading

/unloading at

storage area

Air pollutant

(VOC) Unloading through pipeline to tank in a close

system.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out within premises and nearby area for PM10,

PM2.5, SOX, NOX, and VOC in the downwind directions as well as where maximum ground level

concentration is anticipated and record of the same shall be maintained.

Other control fugitive emissions following measures are recommended:

A. Controlled emissions and provision of PPE for the workers.

B. Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.

C. Regular inspection of tank roof seals.

D. Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.

E. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.

F. Entire process to be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of temperature.

G. Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

H. Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provides at all locations to reduce

GLCs of pollutants.

I. Air Pollution Control System will be installed in the plant.



2.6.3 DETAILS OF SCRUBBER

Solvent recovery plant will work efficiently with approx. 96 to 97 % recovery.

FIGURE: 2.3

WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ALKALI SCRUBBER

TABLE 2.21

DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBERFOLLOWED BY ALKALI SCRUBBER

Sr.

No.

Name of Units Quantity MOC

1. Water Scrubber 3 HDPE/PP FRP

2. Caustic Scrubber 3 HDPE/PP FRP



FIGURE: 2.4

WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ACID SCRUBBER



TABLE 2.22

DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ACID SCRUBBER

Sr.

No.

Name of Units Quantity MOC

1. Water Scrubber 1 HDPE/PP FRP

2. Acid Scrubber 1 HDPE/PP FRP

TABLE 2.23

SPECIFICATIONS OF WATERSCRUBBER, ALKALI SCRUBBER & ACID SCRUBER

2.6.4 SOLID &HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities. All the waste

will be stored separately in a designated storage area. The details of hazardous waste are given in table

no.2.24.

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities. All the waste

will be stored separately in a designated storage.

TABLE: 2.24

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

Description Details

Velocity gas 400 kg/hr

Gas flow 400 Kg/Hrs.

Blower Capacity 600 CFM

Pump Capacity 15000 L/Hrs.

Scrubbing media Water/ Caustic

Column diameter 600 mm

Column packed height 5000 M

Total column height 6200 M

Sr.

No.

Waste Source of

Generation

Cate

gory

Existing

Quantity

MT/Year

Prop

osed

Qua

ntity

MT/

Year

Total

Quant

ity

MT/Y

ear

Mode of Disposal

1. Spent

solvents

Collection from

other industries

20.2 6000 3363 9363 Collection, storage, &

Treatment in own SRP plant.



2. Strip

solvent

Stripper 20.2 0 730 730 Collection, storage and send

to SRP plant.

3. Distillation

Residue

Production

process of

Amlodipine

20.3 180 277 457

Collection, storage,

transportation & disposal by

co-processing/incineration.

4. Spent

Catalyst

Production

process of

Benzyl

Alcohol,5-

Amino Salicylic

Acid,Venlafaxin

e&3-[4-

CHLORO-5-(

Cyclopentyloxy)

-2-

Fluorophenyl]-

5- (Propan-2-

ylidene)- 1,3-

oxazolidin-4-

one

28.2 0 80 80 Collection, Storage,

Transportation and Send to

authorized regenerator

having rule – 9 permission.

5. Industrial

Light Fuel

or

Dehydrated

Coaltar or

byproduct

Solvent

Recovery Plant

20.3 360 -- 360

Collection, storage,


co-processing/incineration.

6. Empty

barrels/cont

ainers/liners

contaminate

with

hazardous

chemicals/

wastes

From Packing

Material

33.1 3.60 15.40 19 Collection, storage, in house

decontamination


selling to GPCB authorized

recycler

7. Spent Clay

containing

Oil

4.5 12.00 -- 12.00 Collection, storage,


reactivation within unit and

reuse in process.



8. Used or

Spent oil

From

Lubrication

5.1 0.06 3.94 4 Collection, storage,


selling to GPCB authorized

recycler/refiner.

9. Spent

Carbon

Generates from

Production

process of

Clomipramine

Hydrochloride

28.3 0 103 103

Collection, Storage &

Disposal by sent it to Co-

processing /incineration.

10. Process

solid waste

Production

process of

Sucralfate USP

28.1 0 192

192 Collection, Decontamination,

Disposal by sent it to Co-

processing /incineration.

11. Spent

Sulphuric

Acid

Generates from

5 Amino Ortho

Toluedene

B15 0 1189 1189 Collection, Storage and send

to ETP for treatment.

12. HCl

Solution 30

%

Scrub solution

will be generates

from Cyclo

Propyl Carbonyl

Chloride

B15 0 587 587

Collection, Storage and send

to treatment in ETP.

13. Sodium

Bromide

Solution:

Inorganic

Waste

Scrub solution

Generates from

4-Bromide

Anisole

B15 0 452 452 Collection, Storage and

disposal by sell out to

authorize vendor under Rule

9 permission.

14. Ammonium

Sulphate

Solution:

Inorganic

Waste

Scrub solution

Generates from

mebendazole

B15 0 730 730

Collection, Storage and

disposal and treated in ETP.

15. Sodium

Chloride

Solution :

Inorganic

Acid

Generated from

manufacturing

of Para

Anisidine

B15 0 352 352


disposal by reuse internally/

send to actual en d users.



2.6.4.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid urbanization &

improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity of the waste generated.

Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and improvement of public health.

Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of life in the

plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste generated in the plant area

can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic wastes and industrial wastes. Effective

16. Sodium

Bisulphite

Solution

Generated from

manufacturing

of 2 Chloro

Ethyl Amine

Hcl

B15 0 1107 1107 Collection, Storage and

disposal by sell out to

authorized vendor under

Rule 9 permission or in

house disposal

17. Potassium

Hydroxide

Generated from

manufacturing

of 2-Chloro 1-

Phenoxy

Benzene

B15 0 246 246


disposal and treated in ETP.

18. ETP Sludge From ETP 35.3 0 730 730 Collection, storage within

factory premises,

transportation and Disposal

at TSDF site.

19. MEE salt From

Evaporator

35.3 0 365 365

20. Date

expired

Product

From premises 28.5 0 5 5 Collection, storage,

transportation, co-processing

in cement plants /incineration

in common incinerator,

landfill in common TSDF (if

calorific value is less than

2500 kcal/kg).

21. Off-

specificatio

n Product

Production

process

28.4 0 5 5 Collection, storage,

transportation, co-processing

in cement plants /TSDF,

incineration in common

incinerator, landfill in

common TSDF (if calorific

value is less than 2500

kcal/kg).



measures shall be taken to effectively implement the solid waste management systems in the plant.

Solid waste will be handed over to authorized vendor for disposal.

The Hazardous wastes shall be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management and

Handling) Rules, 2016.

The Waste Management plan includes:

• Waste Inventory

• Classification of waste

• Packaging, Storing and Transporting Wastes to Disposal site

• Data Management and Reporting -Personnel Training

• Waste Minimization

General Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid waste

• The solid waste shall be segregated as bio-degradable and non-biodegradable.

• The organic waste shall be segregated and handed over to outside authorized agency for

disposal.

• The non-biodegradable (inorganic) waste shall be handed over to authorized recycler for further

handling and disposal.

• Reuse of paper and plastic waste.

• Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.

• E-waste will be disposed as per E-Waste (Management) Rule, 2016.

2. Hazardous waste

• Hazardous waste will be stored as per the guidelines in proper storage room and handed over to

authorized vendor for final disposal.

• The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous waste

(Management and Handling) Rules 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land environment is

envisaged.

• It is proper management it will be stored separately in dry & covered place with RCC plat form.

There will be provision of separately storage area.

• Forklift truck will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous waste to

minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.

• Necessary PPE’s shall be provided to workers while handling of hazardous waste.

• The details of quantity of hazardous waste generated and disposal facility is given in Chapter 2 in

section 2.6.4.



2.6.4.2METHODOLOGY FOR DECONTAMINATION

For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by the Gujarat Pollution Control

Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty before taken for disposal. As per

the guidelines all the containers will be washed properly, the washings will be checked for pH and

COD. The pH should be neutral and COD should be NIL. This will ensure that the containers are

cleaned before taken for disposal. Removal or defacing of all labeling and content of all product and

waste material will be regular practice. The sticker will be put on individual container as "cleaned".

The container will be deposited in the area marked for disposal. Then the containers will be inspected

by the certifying agency approved by the GPCB. In confirmation of the quality of the cleaning they will

issue the stickers for identification. After receiving stickers, that should be pasted on to the containers.

Then the containers are disposed to actual raw material supplier.

FIGURE: 2.5

METHODOLOGY OF DECONTAMINATION

Contaminated contained area

Decontamination area

Clean Container area

Effluent to ETP

Water



FIGURE 2.6

PHOTOGRAPHS OF SITE



2.6.4.3 QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF HAZARDOUS

WASTE STEAM

During the manufacturing of Bulk Drug & Intermediates, below types of hazardous waste will be

generated.

1) Sodium Bromide solution

2) Sodium Chloride Solution

3) Sodium Bisulphite

4) Ammonium Sulphate

5) Hydrochloric acid

6) Sulphuric Acid

1) QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BROMIDE

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.25

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE

SOURCE GENERATION OF

MT HAZARDOUS

WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

MT OF

PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

TOTAL

GENERATION

PER MONTH

Sodium Bromide

Solution

From Alkali

Scrubber

0.941 40 37.64

TABLE: 2.26

QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS

NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE

CHARECTERISTICS REMARKS

Sodium Bromide

Solution

Test Characteristics

Sell to End users who are

having permission of rule-

9.



Color White

Sp. Gr. 2.0 to 2.50

pH 5.0 to 9.0

COD (mg/l) Not more than 2500 mg/l

2)QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM CHLORIDDE

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.27


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


MT HAZARDOUS

WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

MT OF

PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

TOTAL

GENERATION

PER MONTH

Sodium Chloride

Solution (20-25%)

From Alkali

Scrubber

0.731 40 29.28

TABLE: 2.28


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


Sodium Chloride

Solution (20 – 25%)


Color Colorless

Sp. Gr. 1.16 to 1.2

% Free

Alkali 6.6 to 8.5

Unit will sell it to actual end

users/Reuse internally.



3) QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SODIUM BISULPHITE

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.29


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


MT HAZARDOUS

WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

MT OF

PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

TOTAL

GENERATION

PER MONTH

Sodium Bisulphite

solution

From Alkali

Scrubber

3.07 30 92.25

TABLE: 2.30


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


Sodium Bisulphite

Solution


Color White

Density 1.48 – 1.50 g/cm3

COD Not more than 2500 mg/l

Unit will sell it to end users

who are having permission of

rule-9.

4)QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF AMMONIUM SULPHATE

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.31


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS


MT HAZARDOUS

MT OF

PRODUCT

TOTAL

GENERATION



WASTE WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

PER MONTH

Ammonium

Sulphate Solution

From Acid

Scrubber

3.041 20 60.82

TABLE: 2.32


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


Ammonium Sulphate

Solution


Color White

Sp. Gr. 1.50 to 2.0

COD Not more than 2500 mg/l

Send to ETP

5) QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF HYDROCHLORIC ACID

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.33


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


MT HAZARDOUS

WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

MT OF

PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

TOTAL

GENERATION

PER MONTH

Hydrochloric

Acid

From Alkali

Scrubber

1.63 30 48.9



TABLE: 2.34


NAME OF HAZARDOUS

WASTE


Hydrochloric acid ( 27 to

30 %)

Test Standard

Specification

Color Colorless

Sp. Gr. 1.0 to 1.20

% HCl 27 % to 30%

COD

(mg/l)

Not more than 3000

mg/l

Send to ETP

6)QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF SULPHURIC ACID

SOLUTION

TABLE: 2.35


NAME OF

HAZARDOUS

WASTE


MT HAZARDOUS

WASTE /

MT OF PRODUCT

MT OF

PRODUCT

(WORST CASE

SCENARIO)

TOTAL

GENERATION

PER MONTH

Sulphuric Acid From Alkali

Scrubber

2.477 40 99.08



TABLE: 2.36


NAME OF HAZARDOUS

WASTE


Sulphuric Acid (25 to

30%)

Test Standard

Specification

Color Colorless

Sp. Gr. 1.2 – 1.3

% Acidity 25 % to 30%

COD

(mg/l)

Not more than 2500

mg/l

Send to ETP.

2.7 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE

Implementation of Project within a pre-determined time frame is an important factor for the success of

a project. Timely implementation saves on various costs like interest, administrative overheads and

helps to realize the goals as per pre-determined objectives. Implementation of Project involves co-

ordination of different activities at various levels of the firm and amongst different outside agencies.

The project implementation schedule is given in table no.2.37.

This will start immediately after getting Environment Clearance. From the date of start, the

implementation schedule envisages completion of project in 8 months. It is considered that preliminary

activities such as obtaining necessary statutory clearance for proposed project and financial

arrangements for the implementation of the project will be made at proper dates.

The major activities to be carried out at site during project work are as follows:

TABLE: 2.37

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Project implementation schedule after getting NOC from GPCB

Sr. No. Activity Required Period

1. Civil work Immediately after getting NOC-8 Months

2. Procurement of machinery 4 month after getting NOC

3. Erection& installation of

machinery

Immediately after competition of activity no.2

- 4 month



4. Trial of machinery &

equipment

Within 3 months after competition of activity no.3

5. Commercial activity 3 months after competition of activity no.4

FIGURE 2.7

BAR CHART

2.8 PROJECT COST ESTIMATES

A Budget allocation for project and effective Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) is proposed in

Table 2.38.

TABLE 2.38

BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Sr.

No.

Pollution Control Measures Operating cost

(Rs. In Lacs)

1. Excavation, Levelling, Vehicle Movement, Construction

Activities

2

TOTAL 2

OPERATION PHASE

Sr.

No.

Pollution

Control

Measures

Equipment Approximate

Capital Cost

(Rs. In Lac)

Approximate Recurring Cost

Per Annum

(Rs. In Lac)

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6

Civil Work

Procurement of machinery

Erection & installation of machinery

Trial of machinery & equipment

Commercial Activity

Civil WorkProcurement of

machinery

Erection &

installation of

machinery

Trial of

machinery &

equipment

Commercial

Activity

Year After Getting NOC from GPCB 0.8 0.4 0.8 1.1 1.4



1. Air Pollution

Control

Water Scrubber

followed by Alkali

Scrubber, Acid

Scrubber

35 12

2. Water Pollution

Control

ETP & MEE 300 809.6

3. Environment

Monitoring

and Management

---- 0 6

4. Green Belt

(Premises and

outside premises.)

Plants, Tree Guard,

Manure

10 5

5. Solid Waste

Management

HWSA,

Membership Of

TSDF and

Incineration of

Hazardous Waste

0 394.13

6. Fire Safety &

Equipment

Fire Extinguisher,

First Aid Kit, Fire

Hydrant, Smoke

detector

25 11.8

TOTAL 370 1238.5

2.9 SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM

Pure/distillate/recovered solvent or mixture of it, in required combination and quantity is taken in a

reactor.

Mix the content properly and add catalyst in properly and add catalyst in proper proportion and mix

well.

Mix the reaction mass at required temperature condition till reaction is over.

Process residue is separated out and mixture is feed to distillation column. Where this mixture is

partially vaporized in reboiler.

The bottom & top temperature of column is maintained as per the required temperature.

The distillation vapours are condensed in condenser. Over head condensate from condenser is partially

reflux and transfer to product tank.

Process residue of different stages are collected and will be reused in next batch as it contains the

catalyst. It will be collected separately and stored in hazardous waste storage area and finally will be

sent to BEIL incineration.



Diagram for solvent recovery system is shown in Figure below. 2.8

FIGURE: 2.8

FLOW DIAGRAN OF SIVENT RECOVRY SYSTEM

TABLE 2.39

DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY

CATALYST

Pure/distillate/

recovered

solvent or

mixture of it

RECYCLE

REACTION VESSEL

(MIXING)

DISTILLATION

BOTTOM RESIDUE SENT TO

M/s. BEIL, Ank. FOR

INCINERATION

REDUCED OR

TEXTILE AUXILLARY

OR RESIN

BLENDER

Sr.

No.

Name of

Representativ

e Product

Name of

Solvent

used

Product

Quantity

in

MT/Month

Solvent

Quantit

y used

in ton

per ton

of

product

Solvent

recover

Quantity in

Ton per ton

of product

Solvent

Recovered

Quantity

in

MT/Month

Percentage

Recovery

1. Dothiepine

Hydrochloride

Toluene

20

7.32 7.02 140.4 96 %

Isopropyl

alcohol 11.77 11.30 226.06 96 %

Tetrahydr

ofuran 1.37 1.32 26.4 96 %

Hexane 2.52 2.42 48.40 96 %

Ethylene

dichloride 13.05 12.53 250.66 96 %

2. 5 Amino

Ortho Toluene 40 1.5 1.44 57.6 96 %



TABLE 2.40

MACHINERY FOR SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM

Sr. No. Name of Units

1. Condenser

2 Distillation Column

3. Reaction Vessel

2.10 ODOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

• Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes & unattended

drains etc.

Remedial Measures

• Better management to avoid staling.

• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic microorganisms.

• Steaming of major pipe lines.

• Proper cleaning of drains.

Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

• Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate / obfuscate the

Odour.

• Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

• If still the Odour persists, nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine particles of water or

chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to suppress odour.

Toluedene Methanol 1.25 1.20 48.0 96 %

3. 5-Amino

Salicylic Acid Methanol 40 2.72 2.61 104.72 96%

4.

2,4-Di Nitro

Benzyl

Alcohol

Benzene 40 2.72 2.61 104.72 96 %



2.11 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Fugitive emission sources and their control measures are shown in below table no. 2.41.

TABLE: 2.41

PROPOSED FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Probable Source Proposed Control Measures

1. Pump handling odorous chemicals

and pressured gases

• Use of mechanical seals of pumps and compressor.

• All pipeline and pipe fitting shall be well maintain,

wear and tear shall be attended promptly.

2. At reactor during charging of

liquid and solids chemicals

• Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping

and closed loop.

3. Pressure release valve emission

from pipeline

• For highly pressurized lines, vent lines of PRVs to

air pollution control device in case of toxic gases.

4. Release from sampling lines • Using a close loop sampling system.

5. Emission from bulk storage tank

during unloading

• Breather valve, PSVs, Rupture disc will be

provided.

• Vapor recovery system will be installed for process

and storage vent tank.

6. Leak from valves, flanges, plugs

and instrument connection.

• Welded pipes will be used wherever feasible.

• Suitable gasket material to be used.

• Suitable gland packing will be used in valves.

• Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and

pipe fittings.

7. Chemical vapors from wet cake in

filtration and drying area

• Filtration will be done out in Agitated Neutch filter.

Transfer and drying of wet-cake done in system

shall be adopted, worker shall be provided PPEs,

fume extraction system shall be provided,

whenever require.

8. Warehouse storing drums and

bags

• Spillages shall be strictly prevented by providing

dip pans, proper handling equipment, minimum

manual operation, local exhaust and roof top



Sr.

No.

Probable Source Proposed Control Measures

ventilators.

• Spill control procedures and equipment shall be

provided.

2.12 DETAILS OF NON HAZARDOUS WASTE

Fugitive emission sources and their control measures are shown in below table no. 2.42.

TABLE: 2.42 NON HAZARDOUS WASTE

Sr.

No.

Waste Quantity Mode of Disposal

1. Glass Waste ( Z 13) 0.2 MT/Year Landfill site

2. Paper waste (Z44) 1 MT/Year Landfill site

3. Bio-Medical Waste 0.06 MT/Year Will be disposed off as per Bio Medical Waste Rules

4. Cotton waste 1 MT/Year Incineration Facility

5. Wooden Waste 3 MT/Year Authorized Scrap Vendors

6. E-waste 1 MT/Year Authorized E-Waste handlers

7. Fly Ash 108 MT/Year Sell to cement industry

2.13 ADEQUACY OF THE PROPOSED EMS

Production area

Thetotal production capacity will be 4170 MT/month. In which solvent distillation product capacity is

4000 MT/Month &Bluk Drug & Intermediates product capacity is 170 MT/Month. Raw materials will

only be purchased as per requirement of the production campaigns. The production area is divided into

two blocks plant building 1 and plant building 2, ground floor plus 5 floors of construction. Reactors

installed on 1st, 2nd, 3rd ,4th and 5th floor of both blocks. 14-15 reactors on each floor of plant building-

2, reactor size will be 6 to 8 KL for 8 Production reactor and reactor size will be 3 to 5 KL for 8

addition reactor and 1 batch time will be 12 hrs. The area provided for plant building-2 will be 336

m2on 1st floor. Plant building -1 having 5 floors of construction, 2 Nos. of loop wise reactor will be

installed on each floor, capacity of total reactor will be 82 KL and size of reactor 2.5 to 2.8 m dia& 3.1

to 3.5 m height, and 1 batch time will be 12 hrs. The area provided for plant building-1 will be 216

m2on ground floor. And 3 column will be added on ground floor in which 1st column Diameter is 500



m & its capacity is 15 KL, 2nd& 3rd column Diameter is 1000 m & its capacity is 20 KL,hence the

required space for production is sufficient as the total ground floor area available552 m2 will be

adequate for installation of production equipment.

Storage of Product and Raw Material

Storage area for Raw material and finished goods will bein multi-tier racks, as a result less floor area is

occupied to store more raw material with safe handling storage systems. Raw material will be stored on

pallets to facilitate ease of handling and goods movement. Unit has proposed 414 sq. m. area for

storage of raw material and products. So, required space for proposed raw material &product storage is

sufficient.

Utility

Unit have 1 Nos. of boiler (5 TPH), 1 Nos. of Thermic Fluid heater (12 Lack Kcal) and D.G. Set (125

KVA) as proposed utility and for that unit have provided 100 sq. m. area. This area is sufficient.

Goods Carrier Movement

Unit has proposed 4.5 m & 4.5 m vide road and two gates for easily Goods Carrier Movement.

Common infrastructure:

Unit will not going to use any common infrastructure so there will be no any adverse impact on

common infrastructure.

CONCLUSION:

The environment management plan given by M/s. REE ATHRVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD. For

air, water and hazardous waste is adequate as per the worst-case scenario.



EIA REPORT OF M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD., GIDC ESTATE,ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR 183

CHAPTER – 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

It is essential to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area before

implementation of the any project for assessing the environmental impacts. The Environment status

within the study area could be used for identification of significant environmental issues to be

addressed in the impact assessment study.

The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are mainly regulated

by,

• The nature of the pollutants,

• Their quantities discharged to the environment,

• Existing environment quality

• Assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and

• Topography and terrain of the project site.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is necessary to gather information

on existing environmental quality relating to various components of the environment.

Primary data were collected for baseline collection. Secondary data were also gathered for

remaining information like meteorological data, Socio-economic data, Ecological data and Land

use data. For the purpose of collection of primary data, study area was selected within 10 km radius

taking project site as a center which also included towns and villages.

The main factor of local, sub-regional and regional meteorology that influence the air quality in

area of the proposed project are diurnal and seasonal wind pattern and wind direction, humidity

,temperature etc.

Ankleshwar Industrial Estate was set up by Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation in early 70s.

This industrial estate is spread over an area of 1600 hectares in close proximity to National Highway

No.8 and Delhi-Mumbai Railway Line. Being an ideal location for industrialization, as on date, more

than 1500 industries, consisting of chemicals, pesticides, pharmaceuticals, bulk drugs, petroleum

products, engineering, textiles, plastics, rubber and packaging etc. are located in this industrial estate.

At present there are several industries located in this area. Lists of major industries in the

Ankleshwar are given in Table 3.1.



TABLE: 3.1

LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE ANKLESHWAR

Sr.

No.

Name Of The Company Address Type Of Industry

1. Sunofi India Ltd. 3501, 3502-15, 6310B-14, GIDC

Estate,Ankleshwar 393 002, Dist.

Bharuch.

Pharmaceuticals

2. Sun Pharmaceuticals Pvt.

Ltd.

Plot no: 4708, GIDC, Industrial

Estate Ankleshwar, Bharuch.

Pharmaceuticals

3. Asian Paints Plot No. 2702, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Paint

4. Lupin Pharmacuticals Plot No. 09,123,123/1,124 & 125,

GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

Pharmaceuticals

5. Zydus Cadila Plot No. 09,123,123/1,124 & 125,

GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

Pharmaceuticals

6. Glenmark Pharmaceuticals

Limited

Plot No 3109, GIDC, Ankleshwar Pharmaceuticals

7. Heubach Colours Pvt Ltd. Plot No. 9002-10, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Pigment

8. Bharuch Environ

Infrastructure Ltd.

Plot No. 117–118, G.I.D.C,

Ankleshwar, Gujarat

TSDF Site

9. Finornic Chemicals India

Pvt Ltd

Plot No. 6234, GIDC Indl Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Dye intermediates

10. Gujarat Insecticides Ltd

(GIL).

Plot # 805-806, Gidc Estate, P O

Box No 90, Gidc Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Insectiside

11. Hi-Tech Electrification

Engineers Pvt Ltd

Plot No. 5305, GIDC, Timber

Market, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

Electrical , Electronics

12. Hindustan Chemical

Industries

Plot No. 3701, G.I.D.C. Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Chemical

13. Atul Limited Plot No. 297, G I D C Estate,

Ankleshwar..

Chemical

14. Coromandel International

Limited,

Plot No: 3204, Ficom Chowkdi,

GIDC, Ankleshwar

Agro Chemical

15. J. B. Chemicals &

Pharmaceuticals

Plot No 128/1, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar

Chemical

16. Miranda Tools Pvt Ltd Plot No. 904-5, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar

Engineering

17. Sajjan India Ltd Plot No. 6102-3, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Chemical

18. Bectochem Consultants

and Engineers

Plot 4906/15, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Equipment

Manufacturing

19. Crop Life Science Plot No.5165, 5166 & 5151, Agrochemical



Sr.

No.

Name Of The Company Address Type Of Industry

G.I.D.C. Estate, Ankleshwar.

20. United Phosphorous

Limited

Plot No.117, G.I.D.C., Ankleshwar. Agrochemicals

21. BASF India Ltd Plot No. 8001, Gidc Phase 5,

Ankleshwar - 393002

Dyes

22. Cadila Pharmaceuticals

Limited

294, GIDC Estate, Opp Atul

Aeronautics, Ankleshwar.

Pharmaceutical

23. Narayan Organics Pvt.

Ltd.

Plot No. 1107/1&2, Industrial Estate

Ankleshwar

Pigment

24. Subhasri Pigments Pvt Ltd Plot no 1213/1201/1202, GIDC,

Ankleshwar.

Pigment

25. Suyog Dye Chemie Pvt

Ltd

2404-5, GIDC, Industrial Estate,

Ankleshwar

Chemical

26. Suyog Life Sciences Pvt

Ltd

Plot No.: 145/B, G.I.D.C.,

Ankleshwar.

Pharmaceutical

27. Tatva Chintan Pharma

Chem Pvt Ltd

Plot No. 502/17, G.I.D.C Estate,

Ankleshwar,

Pharmaceutical

28. Lupin Pharmacuticals Plot No.124, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Pharmaceutical

29. Umiya Plastic Industries

Ltd

Plot No.4528/1, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar.

Plastic

30. Intas Pharmaceuticals

Limited

2701/a, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar. Pharmaceutical

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. Industries is located in GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar. The

location aspects of the site are provided in Table 1.3 in Chapter 1.

For Baseline Study, the monthly meteorological data for study period from March 2018 to May

2018 is shown at below Table 3.2.

3.2 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Based on the meteorological data, wind rose have been prepared for the summer season period

between the March-2018 to May-2018. The wind rose diagram prepared from same data is shown

at Figure 3.1(A).



TABLE: 3.2

METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Month Temperature(oC) Humidity (%) Rain fall (mm)

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

March-2018 39 25 79 4 00 00

April-2018 40 26 76 3 00 00

May-2018 42 28 72 3 00 00

FIGURE: 3.1-A

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH-2018 TO MAY-2018



It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the NE direction. Average wind speed was 6.36

m/s with calm winds recorded to be 1.72%.

FIGURE: 3.1-B

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH-2018 TO MAY-2018



FIGURE: 3.2

WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION



3.3- A GEOHYDROLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

Geology of the District

The oldest rocks found in the district are Bagh beds comprising sedimentary sequence of limestone

and sandstone of Middle to Upper Cretaceous age and occur as inliers within the trappean lava flows

of Cretaceous – Eocene age.

These Deccan trap lava flows occupy quite a large area in the south Gujarat region, which is forming

the entire a marked high relief zone. The area is also characterized by a swarm of crisscrossed post

trappean intrusive dykes.

The trappean lavas are overlain by thick succession of Tertiary sedimentary sequence covering vast

aerial extent and are ascribed to Lower Eocene – Pliocene age.

Geology of the Project Site

The site area is mostly covered by older alluvium which is grayish in color suggestive of genetically

related to underlying trappean formation. This is further confined by the presence of old excavated

pits ~5 km from GIDC site showing exposure of laterite passing downwards to weathered basalt.

Geomorphology

Geo-morphologically, the project site is located south of the Narmada River which is about 10 km

from site. The surrounding landscape is adulatory and characterized by small hillocks gentle slopes

however; the project site is a flat land and comprising soils & alluvium.

Hydrogeology

Hydro-geologically, the project area and its environs present ideal conditions for groundwater

occurrence. The Tertiary sedimentary sequences representing sandstone – shale – limestone and the

basaltic lava flows as their basement turn out to be potential aquifers baring limestone formations.

The groundwater conditions are good with overall good quality water. However the project site being

a part of industrial estate, anthropogenic pollution cannot be ruled out! The depth to water table

measured during the site visit show range between 30 feet (9.1 m) and 60feet (18.2m). As the

groundwater flow is governed by topographic slope, the regional groundwater flow is by and large

towards WNW.

Seismicity3

As per the geological map published by Geological survey of India, the Bouger Gravity anomaly

varies between -30 to +10 MGal. The area comes under the moderate risk zone (Zone-III) of the

Seismic Zonation shown in Figure: 3.1-A.

Hydrogeology of the study area falls in Bharuch District. The geology of the district with vast area

affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a complex hydrogeological pattern. Hydro-geological

map is shown in Figure 3.1-B.



Information on ground water resources, rainfall data, flood, disaster management etc. is available on

web sites of Government of India, Ministry of Water Resources, Central Ground Water Board,

Narmada Water Resources Department, Gujarat Water Resources Development

Corporation.(http://www.gwrdc.gujarat.gov.in/)

FIGURE 3.3 (A)

EARTHQUAKE ZONING MAP OF GUJARAT



FIGURE 3.3 (B)

HYDROGEOLOGICAL OF THE BHARUCH



3.3-B TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE

The area is a plateau lying above 38.25 m above MSL. The general slope is towards the north-to-

north west. The topography & features of the 10 km radius study area (Figure 3.3 & 3.1).

Drainage

The drainage in the region is controlled to a large extent by the Narmada River (approx. 10.5 km to

There is several water bodies present within the study area of the project. The distance to various

seasonal streams/seasonal Rivers, water bodies are given in Table.

Name Distance from Project Site Direction

Water Bodies

Narmada River 9 KM N

Amaravati River 5.69 KM E

Amla khadi 5.05 KM WNW

3.4. AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)

The basic objective of collection of base line data for air environment is to identify project specific

air pollutants being released into atmosphere, which will have significant impact on air

environment of immediate locality of the proposed project site. For assessment of the baseline data

it is important to specify the study area in respect of the location of the proposed project. It was as

decided to the study ambient air quality at 8 locations in the different direction in probable impact

zone including the project site.

3.4.1.1 LOCATION OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS

Ambient air quality stations were chosen considering the various factors like the most prevailing

wind direction, pockets of habitation, available infrastructure facilities like power supply,

accessibility etc. The location of AAQ monitoring stations are shown in Figure 3.4 and Table 3.3.



TABLE: 3.3

DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Sr.

No. Location

Distance (Km)

& Direction

from the site Latitude & Longitude District

1. Project Site (A1) -- Latitude : 21°37'9.49"N

Longitude : 73° 1'42.93"E Bharuch

2. Bhadkodra (A2) 2.69, WSW Latitude : 21°36'18.46"N


3. Dadhal (A3) 3.55, ENE Latitude : 21°37'56.04"N


4. Jitali (A4) 4.05 E Latitude : 21°37'3.78"N


5. Kharchi Bhilwad (A5) 6.74, NE Latitude : 21°39'27.45"N


6. Sanjali (A6) 9.34, SSW Latitude : 21°32'33.15"N

Longitude :72°59'24.38"E Bharuch

7. Pardi Mokha (A7) 8.72, ESE Latitude : 21°36'53.12"N


8. Ankleshwar (A8) 1.43, WNW Latitude :21°37'19.31"N

Longitude :73° 0'49.39"E Bharuch



FIGURE: 3.4

LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Surface Water Sampling Location: 10 Km Radius from Project Site

Sampling By: Jyoti Om Chemical Research Centre Pvt. Ltd.



3.4.1.2 BASE LINE DATA

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during period of March 2018 to May 2018.

Monitoring details like location, monitoring date are attached as ANNEXURE-IX. The frequency

of monitoring was twice in a week for a period of 12 weeks to assess the existing the sub regional

air quality status. All the sampling locations were monitored for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, VOC,

HCl, Cl2, Br2, NH3 and CO on 24 hr basis to enable the comparison with ambient air quality

standards prescribed by the CPCB.

Based on the data obtained through ambient air quality survey statement showing maximum,

minimum average concentration values of different monitoring location in the study area have been

computed and presented at Table 3.4.

Permissible limit of parameters are as follows.

Parameter Permissible Limit

PM10 CPCB standard : 100 µg/m3

PM2.5 CPCB standard : 60 µg/m3

SO2 CPCB standard:80 µg/m3

NOx CPCB standard: 80 µg/m3

HCl CPCB standard: 400 µg/m3

VOC CPCB standard: 5 µg/m3

Br2 CPCB standard: 400 µg/m3

NH3 CPCB standard: 400 µg/m3

CO CPCB standard: 2 mg/m3

Cl2 CPCB standard: 400 µg/m3



TABLE: 3.4

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Sampling Location Sample

ID Range PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx VOC HCl NH3 Cl2

Br2 CO

1

Project Site (A1)

A1

Min. 65 28 32 36 2.4 2.3 6 BDL BDL 0.3

Max. 78 41 45 44 4.1 7.5 9 BDL BDL 0.5

Avg. 74 34 36.5 39.5 3.6 4.4 7.2 BDL BDL 0.39

2

Bhadkodra (A2)

A2

Min 72 34 25 30 2.2 1.3 5 BDL BDL 0.2

Max 87 46 35 48 3.4 3.9 8 BDL BDL 0.4

Avg. 82 39 31 41.5 2.8 2.6 6.6 BDL BDL 0.35

3

Dadhal (A3)

A3

Min 78 38 20 38 1.8 2.0 4 BDL BDL 0.4

Max 87 48 30 46 3.0 3.8 8 BDL BDL 0.6

Avg. 79.5 40 26.5 42.5 2.3 2.7 6.1 BDL BDL 0.44

4

Jitali (A4)

A4

Min 72 26 22 34 2.8 1.3 5 BDL BDL 0.3

Max 85 38 34 50 4 2.6 9 BDL BDL 0.5

Avg. 80.5 38.5 28.5 43.5 3.3 2.1 6.0 BDL BDL 0.39

5

Kharchi Bhilwad

(A5) A5

Min 59 28 9 12 0.3 BDL 4 BDL BDL 0.4

Max 74 42 12 16 0.5 BDL 8 BDL BDL 0.6

Avg. 66.5 34.5 10.5 13.5 0.4 BDL 6.1 BDL BDL 0.50

6

Sanjali (A6)

A6

Min 78 35 36 42 2.3 1.5 5 BDL BDL 0.6

Max 90 38 48 48 3.8 2.9 8 BDL BDL 0.8

Avg. 82 36.5 40.5 46.5 2.9 1.8 6.2 BDL BDL 0.69

7

Pardi Mokaha (A7)

A7

Min 65 22 24 26 0.3 1.7 6 BDL BDL 0.5

Max 85 28 32 34 0.6 3.5 9 BDL BDL 0.8

Avg. 76.5 25.5 29.5 31 0.5 2.8 6.8 BDL BDL 0.65

8

Ankleshwar (A8)

A8

Min 68 30 24 36 1.8 1.6 5 BDL BDL 0.3

Max 88 46 35 47 3.2 3.4 8 BDL BDL 0.7

Avg. 75 39 28.5 43 2.70 2.6 6.2 BDL BDL 0.53



OBSERVATION:

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that, during the study period the value of PM10 at

monitored locations is ranged between 59-90 µg/m3 while the value PM2.5 fluctuates in the range of

22-48 µg/m3. The value of SO2 and NOx were observed to be in the range of 9-48 µg/m3and 12-50

µg/m3 respectively. The value of VOC & CO monitored locations is ranged between 0.3-4.1 µg/m3

& 0.2 - 0.8 µg/m3. The value of HCl was observed to be in the range of BDL - 7.5 µg/m3 & NH3 was

observed to be in the range of 4-9. The value of Cl2 and Br2 was observed BDL.7

These concentrations at all AAQM locations were primarily caused by local phenomena including

vehicular movement and natural dusting due to human activities and wind movement.

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

There are two categories of water environment:

1) Ground water: - accumulation in deeper strata of ground and

2) Surface water: - river, drains, canal, ponds etc.

Eight locations were selected for ground water sampling and six locations were selected for surface

water sampling. Collected samples were analyzed for drinking water quality parameters like

physic-chemical parameters and heavy metals. During study period, the sampling was done for one

time. The map viewing location for sampling points is shown at Figure 3.5 and Figure 3.6. The

analysis results are presented at Table 3.6 & 3.8.



TABLE: 3.5

DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No.

Location Distance (Km)

& Direction

from the site

Latitude & Longitude District

1. GIDC water supply (GW1) --- Latitude : 21°37'9.49"N

Longitude : 73° 1'42.93"E

GIDC, Industrial

area

2. Kharchi Bhilwada (GW2) 6.30, NE Latitude : 21°39'12.98"N


Residential Area

3. Jitali (GW3) 3.93, ESE Latitude : 21°37'4.10"N


Residential Area

4. Ankleshwar (GW4) 2.07, NNW Latitude : 21°37'58.08"N


Residential Area

5. Pardi Mokha (GW5) 6.41, SE Latitude : 21°36'54.10"N


Residential Area

6. Motali (GW6) 3.82, NE Latitude : 21°38'43.13"N


Residential Area

7. Sanjali (GW7) 8.43, SW Latitude : 21°32'52.16"N

Longitude :72°59'37.20"E

Residential Area

8. Bhadkodra (GW8) 2.97, WSW Latitude : 21°36'14.73"N


Residential Area



FIGURE: 3.5

LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Surface Water Sampling Location: 10 Km Radius from Project Site




TABLE: 3.6

WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER SOURCES)

Paramete

rs Unit

IS 10500:1991 SAMPLING LOCATION

Desirable

limit

Permissi

ble Limit

GW 1

Project

site

(GIDC

Water )

GW2

(Kharchi

Bhilwada)

GW 3

(Jitali)

GW 4

(Ankles

hwar)

GW 5

(Pardi

Mokha)

GW 6

(Motali)

GW 7

(Sanjali)

GW 8

Karavel

Temperature °C -- -- 24 27 24.9 25 27.1 25.1 28 22

pH pH unit 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 –8.5 7.6 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.5 8.2 7.8 7.2

Colour pt.Co.scale 5 25 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

Odour --- Unobjecti

onable --

Unobject

able

Unobjecta

ble Unobject

able

Unobje

ctable

Unobjecta

ble

Unobject

able

Unobject

able

Unobje

ctable

TDS mg/L 500 2000 1286 1266 1574 1230 1098 2591 1769 1180

Turbidity mg/L 5 10 0.62 0.57 0.86 0.12 <0.1 0.48 0.34 0.5

Total

Hardness mg/L 300 600 325 220 192 344 148 481 415 129

Calcium mg/L 75 200 236 178 110 275 90 356 283 51

Total

Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 360 194 780 390 160 450 380 560

Chloride mg/L 250 1000 181 353 210 231 420 844 425 193



Paramete

rs Unit


Desirable

limit

Permissi

ble Limit

GW 1

Project

site

(GIDC

Water )

GW2

(Kharchi

Bhilwada)

GW 3

(Jitali)

GW 4

(Ankles

hwar)

GW 5

(Pardi

Mokha)

GW 6

(Motali)

GW 7

(Sanjali)

GW 8

Karavel

Magnesiu

m mg/L -- -- 89

42 82 69 58 125 132 78

Sulphate mg/L -- -- 208 256 172 65 150 440 290 134

Phosphate mg/L -- -- BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Sodium mg/L -- -- 128 141 98 124 112 253 137 76

Potassium mg/L -- -- 30 52 64 45 74 88 80 52

Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.49 0.2 0.34 0.45 0.42 0.45 0.05 0.30

Phenolic

Comp. mg/L 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Oil &

Grease mg/L 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Dissolve

Oxygen mg/L -- -- 5.86 6.30 6.2 6.8 5.5 5.6 5.42 6.47

COD mg/L 4 -- BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

BOD(3

Days at

27°C)

mg/L 1 -- BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



Paramete

rs Unit


Desirable

limit

Permissi

ble Limit

GW 1

Project

site

(GIDC

Water )

GW2

(Kharchi

Bhilwada)

GW 3

(Jitali)

GW 4

(Ankles

hwar)

GW 5

(Pardi

Mokha)

GW 6

(Motali)

GW 7

(Sanjali)

GW 8

Karavel

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 0.5 9 BDL BDL 14 BDL BDL BDL

Iron mg/L 0.3 1 0.54 0.24 0.45 0.34 0.45 0.39 0.1 0.36

Copper mg/L 0.05 1.5 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

Boron mg/L 1 5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

Chromium mg/L 0.05 -- <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

Zinc mg/L 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

MPN No/100ml 1 10 Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Silica mg/L --- --- 0.52 0.64 0.78 0.59 0.69 0.52 0.6 0.55

*BDL-Below Detection Limit

Detectable limit for

COD- 4 mg/l

BOD- 1 mg/l

Nitrate- 1 mg/l



OBSERVATION

In view of the above mentioned chemical analysis of groundwater samples reveals that

the Temperature varies from 22 to 28 °C, pH varies from 7.1 to 8.2,Colour <5, TDS

varies from 1098 to 2591 mg/l, Turbidity 0.12 to 0.86 NTU, Total Hardness varies from

129 to 481 mg/l, Calcium 51 to 356 mg/l, Total Alkalinity varies from 160 to 780 mg/l,

Chloride varies from 181 to 844 mg/l, Magnesium varies from 42 to 132 mg/l, Sulphate

varies from 65 to 440 mg/l, Phosphate remain below detection limit, Sodium varies from

73 to 490 mg/l, Fluoride varies from 0.05 to 0.49 mg/l, Phenolic compound remains

<0.001, Oil & grease remain <0.1mg/l, Dissolve oxygen remain 5.42 to 6.8 mg/l, COD &

BOD remains BDL, Nitrate varies from 0.5 to 14 mg/l, Iron varies from 0.1 to 0.54 mg/l,

Copper, Boron, chromium & Zinc are found BDL,MPN found 10 to 23No/100ml, Silica

found 0.52 to 0.78 mg/l.

The heavy metal contents and TDS are found to be well within the limit. The physico-

chemical and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well within the

prescribed limits of IS: 10500-2012.

Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible

limits as per IS 10500:2012 specified for drinking water and hence are suitable for

drinking, however it is suggested that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of

chlorine tablets before use.

CONCLUSION: Quality of Ground Water

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that the quality of surface water are appropriate

in the study area as norms of all parameter apart from MPN are meeting with permissible

limit of Indian standard. This water can be used for drinking purpose only after some

preliminary treatment.



TABLE: 3.7

DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No. Location

Distance (Km) &

Direction from the site Latitude & Longitude Type of Area

1 Kosamdi (SW1) 3.53, S Latitude 21°35'12.88"N

Longitude: 73° 1'46.23"E Lake water

2 Ankleshwar (SW2) 3.05, WNW Latitude: 21°37'28.78"N


3 Motali (SW3) 4.16, NNE Latitude : 21°38'52.68"N

Longitude: 73° 2'52.67"E Lake Water

4 Gadakhol (SW4) 3.56, NW Latitude 21°38'50.04"N


5 Amla Khadi (SW5) 3.32, W Latitude : 21°36'53.41"N

Longitude: 72°59'51.84"E Khadi Water

6 Amravati (SW6) 7.52, SE Latitude 21°35'57.39"N

Longitude: 73° 6'36.52"E River Water

7 Sanjali (SW7) 9.21, SW Latitude 21°32'47.78"N

Longitude: 72°58'54.27"E Cannel Water

8 Sardarpura (SW8) 8.68, NE Latitude 21°39'6.51"N




FIGURE: 3.6

LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

• Surface Water Sampling Location: 10 Km Radius from Project Site




TABLE: 3.8

WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER SOURCES)

Paramete

r Unit

IS 10500:1991 IS 10500:1991

Desirable

limit

Permissibl

e limit SW1

(Kosamdi)

SW2

(Anklesh

war)

SW3

Motali-

River water

SW 4

(Gadkhol)

SW 5 (Amla

Khadi)

SW 6

Amravati

River

SW 7

(Sanjali)

SW8

(Sardarp

ura)

Temperatu

re °C

--- ---

28 29 28 27 29 27.8 28 28.4

pH pH unit 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 7.9 6.9 6.8 7.5 7.6 7.8 6 9

Colour pt.Co.s

cale 5 25

<5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

Odour --- Unobjection

able --

Unobjecta

ble

Unobject

able

Unobjectabl

e

Unobjecta

ble

Unobjectabl

e

Unobjecta

ble

Unobject

able

Unobject

able

TDS mg/L 500 2000 778 1159 952 594 638 535 1296 699

TSS mg/L -- -- 16 25 18 12 09 25 38 5

Total

Hardness mg/L 300 600 220 245 226 180 135 161 220 149

Calcium mg/L 175 200 140 175 123 105 88 92 125 90

Total

Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 125 425 175 85 170 175 190 140

Chloride mg/L 250 1000 156 168 190 70 45 53 190 177



Paramete

r Unit

IS 10500:1991 IS 10500:1991

Desirable

limit

Permissibl

e limit SW1

(Kosamdi)

SW2

(Anklesh

war)

SW3

Motali-

River water

SW 4

(Gadkhol)

SW 5 (Amla

Khadi)

SW 6

Amravati

River

SW 7

(Sanjali)

SW8

(Sardarp

ura)

Magnesiu

m mg/L 125 400 80 70 103 75 47 69 95 59

Sulphate mg/L 200 400 87 142 126 112 83 41 289 98

Phosphate mg/L -- -- <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Sodium mg/L -- -- 92 68 139 75 68 40 256 45

Potassium mg/L -- -- 65 88 65 45 50 35 120 63

Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.38 0.28 0.12 0.20 0.24 0.34 0.15 0.30

Phenolic

Comp. mg/L 0.01 0.02

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Oil &

Grease mg/L 0.5 --

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Dissolve

Oxygen mg/L -- -- 4.10 5.2 4.8 4.2 4.7 4.5 5.5 3.8

COD mg/L -- -- <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

BOD(3

Days at

27°C)

mg/L -- -- <4

<4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4



Paramete

r Unit

IS 10500:1991 IS 10500:1991

Desirable

limit

Permissibl

e limit SW1

(Kosamdi)

SW2

(Anklesh

war)

SW3

Motali-

River water

SW 4

(Gadkhol)

SW 5 (Amla

Khadi)

SW 6

Amravati

River

SW 7

(Sanjali)

SW8

(Sardarp

ura)

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Iron mg/L 0.3 1 0.005 0.001 0.55 0.15 0.85 0.65 0.15 0.008

Copper mg/L 0.05 1.5 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06

Boron mg/L 0.5 1.0 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06

Chromium mg/L -- -- <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Zinc mg/L 05 15 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Silica mg/L -- -- 0.45 0.37 0.3 0.35 0.29 0.2 0.25 0.3

*BDL- Below Detection Limit, Detectable limit for, COD- 4 mg/l, BOD- 1 mg/l, Nitrate- 1 mg/l



OBSERVATION

In view of the above mentioned chemical analysis of surface water samples reveals that the

Temperature 27 to 29.ºC, pH varies from 6 to 9, Colour remains <5 Pt.co.sc, Odour found un

object able, TDS varies from 535-1296 mg/l, TSS varies from 5 to 38 mg/l, Total Hardness

varies from 135 to 245 mg/l, Calcium varies from 88 to 175 mg/l, Total alkalinity varies from

85 ro 425 mg/l, Chloride varies from 45 to 190 mg/l, Magnesium varies from 47 o 103 mg/l,

Sulphate varies from 41 to 289 mg/l, Phosphate remain below detection limit, Sodium varies

from 40 to 256 mg/l, Potassium varies from 35 to 120 mg/l, Floride varies from 0.12 to 0.38

mg/l, phenolic compound remains <0.001, Oil and grease remains <0.03 mg/l, Dissolve oxygen

remains 3.8 to 5.5 mg/l, COD, BOD, Nitrate remains BDL, Iron remains 0.001 to 0.85 mg/l,

Copper, Boron, chromium and zinc remains BDL, Silica varies from 0.2 to 0.45 mg/l.

The heavy metal contents and TDS are found to be well within the limit. The physico-chemical

and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well within the prescribed limits of

IS: 10500-2012.

Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible limits as

per IS 10500:2012 specified for drinking water and hence are suitable for drinking, however it is

suggested that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of chlorine tablets before use.

CONCLUSION: Quality of Surface Water

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that the quality of surface water are appropriate in the

study area as norms of all parameter apart from MPN are meeting with permissible limit of

Indian standard. This water can be used for drinking purpose only after some preliminary

treatment.

Sampling Method

The samples were collected as per Indian standard IS: 3025 (part-1) for ground water and

surface water quality assessment.

Analysis Method

The analysis method followed for the measuring different parameters to evaluate water quality

is given in Table 3.9.



TABLE: 3.9

METHOD OF ANALYSIS

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing. If intense

enough, it can damage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife

and ecological system.

Sr.

No.

Parameters Applicable Standard

Method of Analysis

Detectio

n Limit

1. Color in Pt. Co. Sc. APH (22nd Edition) Spectrophotometer

(analogous to APHA 2120 C) (Platinum Cobalt Method)

1

2. pH APHA(22nd Edition) 4500 H+ B Electrometric Method 0.01

3. Total hardness

(as CaCO3) in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) 2340 C: Page 2 – 37 EDTA

Titrimetric Method

2

4. Chloride (as Cl) in

mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) 4500-Cl-B-Argentometric method 1

5. TDS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540 C Total Dissolved Solid Dried

at 180oC

4

6. TSS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540-D-Total Suspended Solids

Dried at 103-1050C

4

7. Calcium (as Ca) in

mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 3500- Ca : B Page 3 – 65 EDTA

Titrimetric Method

2

8. Magnesium(as Mg)

in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) – 3500 - Mg : B Page 3 – 84

Calculation Method

2

9. Sulphate (as SO4)

in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 4500–SO4-2 E: Page 4-188 Turbid

metric Method/ IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 (Reaffirmed

1986) Gravimetric Method

1

10. Alkalinity (as

CaCO3) in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) – 2320 B: Page 2 – 27 Titration

Method

2

11. COD in mg/l APHA(22nd Edition)– 5220 B Open Reflux Method 4

12. BOD in mg/l IS: 3025 (Part – 44) 1993

(Reaffirmed 1999)

1

13. MPN Coliform

Count

APHA -9221 C --

14. E.coli APHA- 9221 D (Presence Absence Test) --

15. Nitrate in mg/l Spectrophotometer 1

16. Iron (as Fe) in mg/l By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer (Triazine) 0.01

17. Fluoride (as F) in

mg/l

By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer 0.1

18. Residual Free

Chlorine in mg/l

Iodometric method 1

19. Sodium in mg/l Flame photo meter --

20. Potassium in mg/l Flame photo meter --

21. Ammonical

Nitrogen in mg/l

APHA-4500 N ORGBnC macro and semi-micro

KJELDHAL

2.8



3.6.1 RECONNAISSANCE

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the

noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out.

3.6.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules,

2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The

ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq). The measurements were

carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time. Noise survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter.

3.6.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

A total of nine locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The

noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.7 and listed in Table 3.10.

TABLE: 3.10

NOISE LEVEL DATA Sr.

No.

Location Distance in

Km &

Direction

Latitude &

Longitude

Area

Category

LEQ (DB (A) )

Day

time

Night

time

1 Project Site (N1) -- Latitude : 21°37'9.49"N


Industrial 45-65 45-55

2 Bhadkodra (N2) 3.99, ESE Latitude : 21°37'4.00"N


Residential 55-63 40-50

3 Dadhal (N3) 3.45, ENE Latitude : 21°37'56.04"N



4 Jitali (N4) 3.35, SSW Latitude : 21°35'33.40"N



5 Kharchi Bhilwad

(N5)

6.64, NE Latitude : 21°39'27.45"N



6 Sanjali (N6) 3.08, NNW Latitude : 21°38'31.40"N

Longitude :73°0'45.58"E


7 Pardi Mokha (N7) 8.66, ESE Latitude : 21°36'53.12"N



8 Ankleshwar (N8) 1.44, WNW Latitude :21°37'25.38"N

Longitude :73° 0'55.52"E




FIGURE: 3.7

LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

Noise Monitoring Location: 10 Km Radius from Project Site




TABLE: 3.11

CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE

Area

Code

Category of area Leq. (dBA)

(Daytime)

(06:00 to 21:00hrs.)

Leq. (dBA)

(Night time)

(21:00 to 06:00hrs.)

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

Note 1 Silence zone is defined as areas up to 10 meters around such premises as

hospitals, education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the

Component Authority.

Note 2 Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned

categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

(Source: The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

OBSERVATION & DISCUSSION

The noise levels during daytime varied from 55-65 dB (A) Leq in the study area. The

noise level in the study area is within the permissible Limits as per Noise rules 2000.

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 45-70 dB (A) Leq. The

night time noise was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 BASELINE DATA

The geological formations of the area show that study area of Ankleshwar is situated in

the region where deep black type i.e. transported soil are prominent. The depth of these

soils varies from 60 cm to few meters. The deep black soils, in general, are clayey in

texture, poor in drainage and neutral to alkaline reaction. The site is located on alluvial

plain. The topmost layer of soil is mainly, black cotton type, with its thickness around

2.5 m. below this layer, there is a brownish to yellowish brown silty clay extending up

to about 5m depth.

The exchange complex is dominated by calcium and followed by magnesium and

sodium + potassium. These soils are comparatively more fertile than the medium and



shallow black soils. The other type of soils is dark brown to very dark grayish brown in

colour and they contain 40 to 70 percent clay.

The hydraulic permeability of soil at 1 meter depth is of the order of 1 x 10-4 cm/sec at

the site. The clay content of soil varies from 17 to 41%. The lower permeability and

higher clay and silt content of soil makes the site more favourable in order to prevent

the ground water contamination from the leachate generated. As per the International

Regulations the subsoil should have permeability less than 1 x 10-5 cm/sec. therefore,

the site has to be provided with impermeable synthetic liners.

Description of soil environment has become vital particularly when the treated effluent

is to be discharge on land for disposal or treatment. The soil environment is usually

described by determining the physical and chemical characteristics of soil samples

collected from site with the help of auger/spade. The composite soil sample was

collected from project site and the villages Within 10 km radius. The samples were

collected to determine physical and chemical characteristic of soil. The selected soil

sampling locations are given in Table 3.12 and shown in Figure 3.8.

TABLE: 3.12

SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE PROJECT SITE

Sr.

No.

Sampling

locations

Distance (Km)

& Direction Latitude & Longitude Type of Area

1. Project Site (S1) -- Latitude : 21°37'9.49"N

Longitude : 73° 1'42.93"E GIDC, Industrial area

2. Sanjali (S2) 4.21, ESE Latitude: 21°37'2.83"N

Longitude: 73° 4'6.56"E Residential Area

3. Dadhal (S3) 3.67, ENE Latitude: 21°37'54.56"N

Longitude:73° 3'38.55"E Residential Area

4. JiJitali (S4) 3.01, NE Latitude:21°38'0.97"N


5. Pardi Mokha (S5) 3.45, SSW Latitude: 21°35'30.89"N


6. Bhadakodra (S6) 2.76, SW Latitude: 21°36'9.81"N


7. Motali (S7) 3.15, NNE Latitude: 21°38'41.24"N


8. Ankleshwar (S8) 2.27, NW Latitude:21°38'5.11"N




FIGURE: 3.8

LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS

Soil Sampling Location: 10 Km Radius from Project Site




TABLE: 3.13

PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF SOIL SAMPLES

Sr.No Parameter Unit

Sampling Location

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

Project

Site Sanjali Dadhal Jitali Pardi Mokha Bhadkodra Motali

Anklesh

war

1 pH -- 7.6 7.7 8.2 7.8 8.5 8.3 7.2 7.6

2 Moisture % 5.8 9.8 6.12 4.8 5.6 10.18 11.49 4.15

3

Organic

(Loss on

ignition)

% 0.5 0.85 0.72 0.4 0.4 0.53 0.6 0.67

4 Calcium Meq/100gm 18.2 30.12 17.15 15.18 20.25 18.0 18.20 22.55

5 Magnesium Meq/100gm 22 18.75 12.32 10.19 17.18 13.11 15.25 19.18

6 Sodium Meq/100gm 4.9 4.18 3.20 3.15 4.12 5.17 2.91 3.18

7 Potassium Meq/100gm 1.4 0.85 1.75 0.39 0.75 1.89 0.39 0.88

8 EC µmS/cm 1.18 1.39 1.25 1.21 1.43 1.20 1.45 1.92

9 Bulk Density Gm/cc 1.35 1.28 1.3 1.1 1.24 1.12 1.12 1.17

10 ESP % 8.1 9.12 8.45 8.2 9.2 8.3 8.4 9.2

11 Total

phosphorus Mg/100gm 15.1 14.15 12.18 13.4 10.2 14.13 15.3 11.11

12 Total

Nitrogen Mg/100gm 12.3 13.5 11.48 15.1 14.1 12.2 12.2 13.15

13 Nitrate Mg/100gm 3.3 4.5 2.7 5.7 4.1 3.9 3.8 4.2

14 Zinc Mg/100gm 1.07 0.026 0.259 0.0062 0.019 0.0171 0.0113 BDL



Sr.No Parameter Unit

Sampling Location

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

Project

Site Sanjali Dadhal Jitali Pardi Mokha Bhadkodra Motali

Anklesh

war

15 Copper Mg/100gm 3.2 2.4 1.7 1.9 2.6 3.2 2.8 2.6

16 Iron Mg/100gm 76.83 105.9 100.2 45.8 71.38 65.3 70.11 78.3

17 Chromium Mg/100gm 1.8 3.2 1.9 1.3 2.1 1.12 1.8 2.3

18 Boron Mg/100gm 2.6 1.30 2.76 2.8 3 1.46 3.2 1.98

Soil Texture Analysis

Sr.No. Parameter

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Texture

Clay

loam

Clay loam Clay

loam Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Clay

loam

Clay

loam

2 Sand%

11 59.3 35.4 81.9 84.7 80.9 29.9 64.1

3 Silt%

35 30 14.6 10 5.3 10 30 15.9

4 Clay%

44 12 55 8.5 11 9.5 40 22

5 Colour

Brown Deep black Deep black

Brownish

Yellow Light brown Light black Brown Deep black

On data obtained, it is ensured that the soil quality around site is appropriate and no abnormality in terms of soil contaminants is reported.



3.8 LAND USE PATTERNS

The land use pattern of the study area has been studied by satellite imaginary picture of

National Remote Sensing Centre, Govt. of India. Details are covered in Table 3.14.

TABLE: 3.14

LAND USE STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA Sr. No. Class Name Area (Hectares) Area (%)

1. Water Body 1418.57 4.51

2. Open/Barren Land 5097.08 16.21

3. Agriculture Land 4743.53 15.09

4. Fallow Land 8744.36 27.82

5. Buildup Area 4562.30 14.51

6. Scrub/degraded vegetation 4000.62 12.72

7. Sandy land 2862.2 9.1

Total 31482.66 100

FIGURE: 3.9

LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION



3.9 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.9.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the

biological diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance

in assessing the environmental status .The ecological interpretation of study area is based

on secondary sources of information.

Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora

being the primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora

existing in a region depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight,

type of soil, quality of air, including the quality and quantity of water available, etc.

The topography of Bharuch district is plain with numerous small watersheds and water

logged areas resulting from agriculture wasteland, fallow land and pastures collecting

rainwater or backwater and becoming marshy /saline. The waterlogged areas are

dominated by hydrophytes. The coast is silty to clayed silt substratum with some sandy

part. The areas near the seashore are mostly affected by tides and remain submerged for

considerable time.

3.9.2 FOREST

Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of

district is 1449. 68 sq. km. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the

district. The study area does not have any identified endangered species and also does not

have any designated forest, national park, sanctuaries.

(Source: Forest Department, Government of Gujarat).

3.9.3 FLORA

The list of flora found is taken from forest department.

Flora is covered in entire Bharuch district.

List of Flora is given in Table 3.15.

TABLE: 3.15

LIST OF FLORA Sr. No. Scientific name Common name Family

I Trees

1 Acacia aurriculifarmis Bangali Babool Fabaceae

2 A.leucopholia Aniar Fabaceae

3 A.catechu Khair Fabaceae

4 A.ferrungula Pandhara Khair Fabaceae

5 A.nilotica Babul Fabaceae

6 A.lebbeck Siris Fabaceae

7 A. procera Siris Fabaceae



Sr. No. Scientific name Common name Family

8 A.polycantha Garad Fabaceae

9 Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae

10 Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae

11 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae

12 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceas

13 Albizia odoratissimus Siris Fabaceae

14 Annogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combritaceae

15 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae

16 Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae

17 Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Fabaceae

18 Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae

19 Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli) Fabaceae

20 B.squamosa Asan Fabaceae

21 Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceas

22 Butea monospesma Palas Fabaceae

23 Callistemon lancealatus Bottlebrush Mytraceae

24 Casuarina equisetifoier Sura Casuarineae

25 Careya arborea Kumbh Mytraceae

26 Casearia elliptica Manjo Symydaceae

27 Caseria graveoiens Dedak manio Samidacea

28 Cassia fistula Sunari Fabaceae

29 Cestrum noctusnum Ralkirani Solana ceae

30 Cochiospermum

religiosun

Ganeri Cochlospermaceds

31 Cocas nicifera Nariyal Palmeae

32 Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginacea

33 Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Fabaceae

34 D. latifolia Sisso Fabaceae

35 Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rata ceae

36 Ixora parviflora Kara Rubiaceae

37 I.nigricans Kukeri Rubiaceae

38 Delonix elala Gulmohar Fabaceae

39 Diosphyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae

40 Dolichandrone falcate Mallar sing Bignoniaceae

41 Elaeodendron roxburghii Alinar Ceiastracea

42 Eucalyptus globules Safeda Eucalyptaceae

43 Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphobiaceae

44 Erithina uliginosa Pungara Fabaceae

45 Eramphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceas

46 Ficus. Religiosa Pipal Moraceae

47 F.rumphii Pilari Moraceae

48 F.benghalensis Bara Moraceae

49 Flacourtia indica Rankdi Bixaceae

50 Garua pinnata Kakad Burseraceae

51 Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae

52 Haidwickia bipinnata Aniar Caesalpiniacea

53 Holoptelia intigrifolia Valva Uticaceae

54 Kydia calycia Bhindi Malvaceae

55 Lagerstroemia Nano Fabaceae




lanceolata

56 L.parviflora Sidha Fabaceae

57 Michellia champaca Champa Bignoneaceae

58 Lannea caromadalica Modad Anacardiaceae

59 Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae

60 Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae

61 Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonacea

62 Millgntonia hortensis Indian Coral tree Bignoniaceae

63 Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Rubiaceae

64 Michelia Champa Champa Mangnoliaceae

65 Moringa oliefera shevga Moringaceae

66 Musa paradisiacea Kela Musaceae

67 Oroxyium indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae

68 Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Palminae

69 Prosopis juliflora Babul Mimoceae

70 P.cineraria Babul Mimoceae

71 Pithecelobium ducle Chisbalai Fabaceae

72 Pongamia pinnata Karanja Fabaceae

73 Pisidium guajava Guava Mutraceae

74 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae

75 Punica grantalum Anar Pomergrannatae

76 Sapindus emergginatus Aritha Sapindaceae

77 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

78 Poleathia langifolia Ashok Apoctnaceae

79 Saraca indica Ashok Apoctnaceae

80 Thevetia neirifolia Pilakanton Apoctnaceae

81 Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae

82 Syzygium cuminii Jamun Myrtaceae

83 Terminalia crenulata Salad Fabaceae

84 T.bellirica Behada Combretaceae

85 T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

86 T.caltapa Jangli badam Combretaceae

87 Tamarindus indica Tentuli Fabaceae

88 Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bisgnonia ceae

89 Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae

90 Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae

91 Wrightia tinctoria kudo Apocynacea

92 Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae

93 Z.mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae

Shrubs

1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae

2 Caranthus resus Sudufuli Apocyanaceae

3 C.calatropis Mundar Asclepiadaceae

4 Calatopis gigantean Rui Asclepiadaceae

5 Carrissa carandas Karvand Apocyaninnae

6 Clerodendrum

multyfolium

Multaiforum Verbenaeae




7 Gymnosporia spinosa Spinosa Rekii Fabaceae

8 Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbanaceae

9 Opuntia dillenii Nivdang Cactacealea

10 Euphorbia nerifolia Wavding Celastraceae

11 Ocium gratissium Rantulro Labiateae

12 Helicteries isora Atali Sterculiaceae

13 Ficus hispida Tet umaro Moraceae

14 Datura fastuasa Dhotara Solanaceae

15 Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbaceae

16 Cassia tora Tarota Fabaceae

17 Zizyphus nummularia Beri Rhannaceae

18 Euphorbia tirucolli Thor Euphorbiaceae

Bamboos

1 Dendrocalamus strictus Manvel Grammineae

2 Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae

3 Capparis sepiraria Lamtjar Cappariaceae

4 Cocculus hirrutus Asanwel Menispermaceae

5 Combretum ovalifolium Jal Combratae

6 Cayratia carnosa Khatumbo Vitaceae

Grasses

1 Andropogon pumilus Kusal Gramineae

2 Cenchrus setgerus Dhramnu Gramineae

3 Cynodon dactylon Durva Gramineae

4 Cymbopogen marinil Rosha Gramineae

5 Heteropogon contortus Gawat Gramineae

6 Sorghum halepense Baru Gramineae

7 Themeda triandra Bhathdu Gramineae

Crops

1 Ricinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae

2 Saccharum officinarum Ganna Gramineae

3 Sorghum vulgae Juwar Gramineae

4 Zea mays Makai Gramineae

5 Arachis hypogaea Ground nut Logumin

6 Oryza sativa Chokha Gramineae

Macrophytes

1 Eichhornia crassipes Jalkumbhi Pontederiace

2 Ipomea aqualica Kalmisay Volvulaceae

3 Trapa latifolia Lotus Nymphaceae

4 Nelumbo nucifera Lotus Nymphaceae

5 Azolla pinnata Commom duckweed Lemnaceae

6 Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer Bovidae

7 Falis chaus Jungle cat Falidae

8 Myaena hyaena The striped hyena Canidae

9 Presbytis entellus Hanuman langur Colobinae

(Courtesy: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat)



3.9.4 FAUNA

Fauna is covered in entire Bharuch District.

List of Fauna is given in Table 3.16.

TABLE: 3.16

LIST OF FAUNA

Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Family

1 Acridothers tristis Common myna Sturnidae

2 A.ginginianus Bank myna Sturnidae

3 Athene brama Spotted owlet Striginae

4 Aegithina tiphia Common lora Lrenidae

5 Ardeola grayee Pond Heron Ardeidae

6 Amaurornis

phoenicurus

Whitebrested waterhen Phasinidae

7 Babulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae

8 Centropus cinensis Crow-phesant Cuculidae

9 Columba Livia Blue Rock Pigeon Columidae

10 Corvus splendens House Crow Carvidae

11 Coracious

benghalensis

Indian Roller Coracidae

12 Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo Dieruridae

13 Dinophum

benghalense

Goldenbacked

Woodpecker

Picidae

14 Eudynamys

scolopacea

Koel Cuculidae

15 Fracolinus

francollinus

Black partiridge Pharianidae

16 Halcyon rustica Whitebrested Kingfisher Aicenidae

17 Hirundo rustica Common swallow Hirundinidae

18 Lanius exubitor Grey Shrike Daniidae

19 Launchura

malabarica

Whitethroated munia Estrildinae

20 Megalaima

rubricapilla

Smallgrren barbet Capilonidae

21 Merops orientalis Littlegreen Bea-eater Miropidae

22 M.malabarica Crimsonbrestwd Barbet Capilonidae

23 Milvus migrans Pathi Kite Accipitridae

24 Motacilla

maderatensis

Large pied wagtail Motacillidae

25 Nactarinia asiatica Purplerumpled sunbird Nectarinidate

26 Nectarinia minima Small sunbird Nectarinidae

27 Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole Oriolidae

28 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Pachycephaline

29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passerinae

30 Psittacula

cyanocephala

Blossamheaded parakeet Psittacidae

31 Pycnonotus caffer Redvented bulbul Pycnonotidae

32 Ploceus philipinensis Weaver bird Plocidae



Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Family

33 Sexicoloides fulicate Indian Robin Corvidae

34 Sopsychus saularis Magpie Robin Corvidae

35 Streptopelia

chinensis

Spotted dove Columbidae

36 S.senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae

37 Sternus pagodramus Brahiminy myna Sternidae

38 Turdoides caudatus Commom Babbler Muscicapidae

39 Upupa epopos Hoopoe Upupidae

40 Vanellus indicus Redwattled Lapwing Jacanidae

41 Metopidius indicus Brongewinged jacana Jacanidae

42 Ardea alba Large egrd Ardeidae

43 A.cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae

44 Falica atra Coot Rallidae

45 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae

(Courtesy: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat)

3.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

As assessment of socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study,

baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline

socio-economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed expansion is

operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography ,civic

amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is

compiled in forthcoming sections.

3.11 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN

3.11.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

Demography covers the information related to population density sex ratio and literacy

level of the public in the study area. Table 3.19 provides the data on inhabitations of the

Anklehswar,Taluka.

On an average, Taluka Ankleshwar has population density of about 725 persons per

sq.km. (2011 Census data), compared to the Bharuch District, which has a population

density of about 295 persons per sq.km. (2011 Census data).

TABLE: 3.17

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA Sr.

No

Village name Taluka Total

population

Total

male

Total

female

Total

population

<6 years

1 Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 502 441 125

2 Avadar Ankleshwar 1333 707 626 152



Sr.

No


population

Total

male

Total

female

Total

population

<6 years

3 Dadhal Ankleshwar 3695 1838 1857 540

4 Jitali Ankleshwar 4225 2160 2065 523

5 Kararvel Ankleshwar 1526 785 741 199

6 Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5938 2995 2943 646

7 Motali Ankleshwar 895 459 436 153

8 Naugama Ankleshwar 920 502 418 101

9 Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 292 294 63

10 Piprod Ankleshwar 607 298 309 97

11 Samor Ankleshwar 1294 670 624 152

12 Sangpor Ankleshwar 2670 1369 1301 286

13 Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16671 9373 7298 2666

14 Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 451 444 117

15 Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 156 137 45

16 Boridara Jhagadia 960 495 465 94

17 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 787 732 199

18 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 369 329 89

19 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 559 535 135

20 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 158 152 45

21 Damalai Jhagadia 563 298 267 77

22 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 916 867 202

23 Govali Jhagadia 4381 2297 2084 444

24 Haripara Jhagadia 816 433 383 70

25 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 2779 2667 550

26 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 1038 986 208

27 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 575 493 108

28 Kharchi

Bhilwada

Jhagadia 998 501 497 158

29 Kharia Jhagadia 531 277 254 74

30 Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 99 101 31

31 Karad Jhagadia 727 368 359 94

32 Limet Jhagadia 1739 893 846 215

33 Malpor

(Dumala)

Jhagadia 906 466 440 121

34 Moran Jhagadia 866 437 429 106

35 Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1053 526 527 84

36 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 529 514 119

37 Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1644 852 792 188

38 Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 261 259 71

39 Padal Jhagadia 1743 880 863 209

40 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 307 285 71

41 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 165 174 44

42 Randedi Jhagadia 447 230 217 63



Sr.

No


population

Total

male

Total

female

Total

population

<6 years

43 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 1125 1100 266

44 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 1093 1037 262

45 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 247 209 38

46 Selod Jhagadia 1653 836 817 179

47 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 3003 2861 570

48 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 559 510 135

49 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 1026 1031 250

50 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 1249 1189 250

51 Untia Jhagadia 752 378 374 92

52 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 349 312 82

53 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 778 744 223

54 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 133 141 37

55 Bhilod Valia 3476 1745 1731 389

56 Dholgam Valia 2556 1311 1245 303

57 Hirapor Valia 1963 1019 944 272

58 Kondh Valia 4562 2372 2190 544

59 Valia Valia 7678 3829 3849 769

(Source: Census-2011 for Bharuch District)

TABLE -3.18

POPULATION DENSITY & SEX RATIO

Sr.

No Name

Population

(Persons)

Population

Density

(Person/Sq.km.)

Sex ratio

(No. of females

per 1000 males)

1 Within 10 km radius

(2011)

117837 375 928

2 Taluka Jhagadia

(2011)

185337 228

949

3 Taluka Ankleshwar

(2011)

315596 725 882

4 Taluka Valia

(2011)

145400 283 962

5 District Bharuch

(2011)

1551019 295

925


3.11.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy rate in percentage in district Bharuch and Taluka

Ankleshwar are given in Table 3.19.



TABLE- 3.19

LITERACY RATE

Sr. No. Name Literacy rate (%)

1 Within 10 km radius 78.13%

2 Taluka Ankleshwar (2011) 75.62 %

3 District Bharuch(2011) 72.09 %


TABLE: 3.20

LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA

Sr.

No.

Village name City/block

name

Total

popul

ation

Population

< 06 years

Popula

-tion

Literate

Literacy (%)

1 Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 125 619 75.67

2 Avadar Ankleshwar 1333 152 963 81.54

3 Dadhal Ankleshwar 3695 540 2708 85.83

4 Jitali Ankleshwar 4225 523 2897 78.25

5 Kararvel Ankleshwar 1526 199 1039 78.29

6 Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5938 646 4089 77.26

7 Motali Ankleshwar 895 153 545 73.45

8 Naugama Ankleshwar 920 101 656 80.09

9 Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 63 467 89.29

10 Piprod Ankleshwar 607 97 360 70.58

11 Samor Ankleshwar 1294 152 699 61.20

12 Sangpor Ankleshwar 2670 286 1783 74.79

13 Sarangpore Ankleshwar 1667

1

2666 11430 81.61

14 Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 117 597 76.73

15 Andharkachh

ala

Jhagadia 293 45 139 56.04

16 Boridara Jhagadia 960 94 696 80.37

17 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 199 1072 81.21

18 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 89 482 79.14

19 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 135 642 66.94

20 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 45 208 78.49

21 Damalai Jhagadia 563 80 314 65.01

22 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 202 1141 72.17

23 Govali Jhagadia 4381 444 2917 74.09

24 Haripara Jhagadia 816 70 530 71.04

25 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 550 4081 83.35

26 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 208 1572 86.56

27 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 108 859 89.47

28 Kharchi

Bhilwada

Jhagadia 998 158 640 76.19

29 Kharia Jhagadia 531 74 278 60.83

30 Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 31 119 70.41

31 Karad Jhagadia 727 94 471 74.40



Sr.

No.

Village name City/block

name

Total

popul

ation

Population

< 06 years

Popula

-tion

Literate

Literacy (%)

32 Limet Jhagadia 1739 215 1149 75.39

33 Malpor

(Dumala)

Jhagadia 906 121 487 62.03

34 Moran Jhagadia 866 106 603 79.34

35 Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1053 84 731 75.43

36 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 119 758 82.03

37 Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1644 188 1152 79.12

38 Navagam

Mota

Jhagadia 520 71 273 60.8

39 Padal Jhagadia 1743 209 1066 69.49

40 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 71 417 80.03

41 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 44 164 55.59

42 Randedi Jhagadia 447 63 256 66.66

43 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 266 1284 65.54

44 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 262 1177 63

45 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 38 384 91.86

46 Selod Jhagadia 1653 179 1150 78.09

47 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 570 4506 85.11

48 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 135 634 67.88

49 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 250 1415 78.3

50 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 250 1601 73.17

51 Untia Jhagadia 752 92 512 77.57

52 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 82 429 74.09

53 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 223 959 73.82

54 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 37 183 77.21

55 Bhilod Valia 3476 389 2392 77.48

56 Dholgam Valia 2556 303 1595 70.79

57 Hirapor Valia 1963 272 1321 78.11

58 Kondh Valia 4562 544 3208 79.84

59 Valia Valia 7678 769 6004 86.9


3.11.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources,

business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.21 provides

the occupational patterns in all villages of Ankleshwar Taluka.



TABLE-3.21

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE Sr.

No.

Village

name

Cd block

Name

Total

popul

ation

Total

Work

Populat

ion

Total

main

Worker

Populat

ion

Total

margin

al

Worker

Populat

ion

Total

non

Worker

populat

ion

Employ

ment

ratio%

1 Amrutpura Anklesh

war

943 388 252 136 555 41.14

2 Avadar Anklesh

war

1333 607 361 246 726 45.53

3 Dadhal Anklesh

war

3695 1301 1152 149 2394 35.21

4 Jitali Anklesh

war

4225 1610 1384 226 2615 38.1

5 Kararvel Anklesh

war

1526 544 403 141 982 35.64

6 Mandvabu

zarg

Anklesh

war

5938 2258 2086 172 3680 38.02

7 Motali Anklesh

war

895 385 347 38 510 43.01

8 Naugama Anklesh

war

920 412 361 51 508 44.78

9 Pardi

Mokha

Anklesh

war

586 199 191 8 387 33.95

10 Piprod Anklesh

war

607 264 251 13 343 43.49

11 Samor Anklesh

war

1294 617 587 30 677 47.68

12 Sangpor Anklesh

war

2670 1186 1147 39 1484 44.41

13 Sarangpor

e

Anklesh

war

1667

1

5905 5587 318 10766 35.42

14 Uchhali Anklesh

war

895 324 297 27 571 36.2

15 Andharkac

hhala

Jhagadia 293 140 81 59 153 47.78

16 Boridara Jhagadia 960 411 377 34 549 42.81

17 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 478 466 12 1041 31.46

18 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 398 397 1 300 57.02

19 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 331 282 49 763 30.25

20 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 185 124 61 125 59.67

21 Damalai Jhagadia 563 340 95 245 223 60.39

22 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 748 535 213 1035 41.95

23 Govali Jhagadia 4381 1857 1774 83 2524 42.38

24 Haripara Jhagadia 816 515 219 296 301 63.11

25 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 2164 2003 161 3282 39.73

26 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 787 654 133 1237 38.88



Sr.

No.

Village

name

Cd block

Name

Total

popul

ation

Total

Work

Populat

ion

Total

main

Worker

Populat

ion

Total

margin

al

Worker

Populat

ion

Total

non

Worker

populat

ion

Employ

ment

ratio%

27 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 538 397 141 530 50.37

28 Kharchi

Bhilwada

Jhagadia 998 382 239 143 616 38.27

29 Kharia Jhagadia 531 214 210 4 317 40.3

30 Kunvarpar

a

Jhagadia 200 72 66 6 128 36

31 Karad Jhagadia 727 354 333 21 373 48.69

32 Limet Jhagadia 1739 683 679 4 1056 39.27

33 Malpor

(Dumala)

Jhagadia 906 579 566 13 327 63.90

34 Moran Jhagadia 866 381 327 54 485 43.99

35 Mota

Sanja

Jhagadia 1053 498 483 15 555 47.29

36 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 437 393 44 606 41.89

37 Nana

Sanja

Jhagadia 1644 755 506 249 889 45.92

38 Navagam

Mota

Jhagadia 520 160 160 0 360 30.76

39 Padal Jhagadia 1743 664 442 222 1079 38.09

40 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 363 356 7 229 61.31

41 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 134 133 1 205 39.52

42 Randedi Jhagadia 447 145 110 35 302 32.43

43 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 1030 1005 25 1195 46.29

44 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 743 545 198 1387 34.88

45 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 202 106 96 254 44.29

46 Selod Jhagadia 1653 626 550 76 1027 37.87

47 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 2025 1844 181 3839 34.53

48 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 403 344 59 666 37.69

49 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 715 579 136 1342 34.75

50 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 1057 931 126 1381 43.35

51 Untia Jhagadia 752 506 402 104 246 67.28

52 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 253 235 18 408 38.27

53 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 605 581 24 917 39.75

54 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 79 78 1 195 28.83

55 Bhilod Valia 3476 1312 1127 185 2164 37.74

56 Dholgam Valia 2556 900 499 401 1656 35.21

57 Hirapor Valia 1963 869 743 126 1094 44.26

58 Kondh Valia 4562 1783 1563 220 2779 39.08

59 Valia Valia 7678 2976 2558 418 4702 38.76




Main worker is a worker who has worked last year for six month or more. Marginal

worker is a worker who has worked last year for less than six months. Non-worker is

worker who did not work at all during the reference period of one year.

Distribution of main worker and marginal worker into further following four categories

are shown in Table 3.22.

• Cultivators

• Agricultural labors

• Household industry

• Others workers

TABLE- 3.22

DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS

Sr.

No.

Village

name

Main population Marginal population

Cult

ivat

or

Agricul

ture

Hous

ehold

Othe

r

Cultiv

ator

Agricul

ture

House

hold

Oth

er

1 Amrutpura 38 147 2 65 32 87 2 15

2 Avadar 82 33 5 241 6 235 0 5

3 Dadhal 137 385 39 591 8 63 9 69

4 Jitali 126 642 34 582 11 192 2 21

5 Kararvel 70 117 2 214 21 49 1 70

6 Mandvabuz

arg

272 1264 29 521 13 130 4 25

7 Motali 67 187 1 92 8 25 0 5

8 Naugama 45 197 0 119 1 45 0 5

9 Pardi

Mokha

35 68 0 88 1 4 0 3

10 Piprod 21 147 0 83 2 7 0 4

11 Samor 52 437 2 96 2 20 0 8

12 Sangpor 161 755 16 215 2 28 1 8

13 Sarangpore 67 443 108 4969 11 25 15 267

14 Uchhali 49 178 0 70 3 20 0 4

15 Andharkach

hala

18 58 1 4 3 55 0 1

16 Boridara 141 143 10 83 5 11 0 18

17 Borjai 95 238 41 92 1 8 1 2

18 Bhojpur 13 378 0 6 1 0 0 0

19 Dadheda 88 153 4 37 4 42 0 3

20 Dholakuva 46 73 0 5 1 60 0 0

21 Damalai 45 14 8 28 1 243 0 1

22 Fulwadi 77 128 4 326 14 144 1 54

23 Govali 309 1038 14 413 17 42 0 24



Sr.

No.

Village

name


Cult

ivat

or

Agricul

ture

Hous

ehold

Othe

r

Cultiv

ator

Agricul

ture

House

hold

Oth

er

24 Haripara 54 108 20 37 19 201 28 48

25 Jhagadia 209 506 25 1263 6 32 15 108

26 Kapalsadi 138 351 8 157 20 82 0 31

27 Kharchi 89 116 1 191 20 85 3 33

28 Kharchi

Bhilwada

60 65 2 112 6 84 0 53

29 Kharia 14 145 0 51 0 3 1 0

30 Kunvarpara 2 64 0 0 1 5 0 0

31 Karad 40 190 10 93 1 4 4 12

32 Limet 93 518 3 65 1 0 1 2

33 Malpor

(Dumala)

3 535 0 28 1 11 0 1

34 Moran 33 287 0 7 1 53 0 0

35 Mota Sanja 48 312 0 123 0 3 1 11

36 Mulad 76 213 7 97 12 24 2 6

37 Nana Sanja 77 256 2 171 43 54 4 148

38 Navagam

Mota

4 154 0 2 0 0 0 0

39 Padal 63 292 0 87 22 170 2 28

40 Panvadi 28 231 1 96 0 6 0 1

41 Rajpore 25 78 0 30 0 1 0 0

42 Randedi 14 67 0 29 1 22 0 12

43 Ranipara 140 777 1 87 9 3 2 11

44 Ratanpor 11 296 0 238 35 155 0 8

45 Sardarpura 28 12 1 65 5 78 3 10

46 Selod 129 347 14 60 14 49 2 11

47 Sultanpura 108 404 181 1151 16 26 2 137

48 Shiyali 65 265 0 14 0 48 0 11

49 Talodara 108 292 11 168 19 93 4 20

50 Uchedia 177 523 23 208 1 108 4 13

51 Untia 97 124 2 179 44 49 0 11

52 Vanthevad 9 173 3 50 0 13 2 3

53 Vasna 117 381 0 83 1 21 0 2

54 Vaghpara 3 70 0 5 1 0 0 0

55 Bhilod 221 562 19 325 10 143 9 23

56 Dholgam 96 280 2 121 16 277 1 107

57 Hirapor 56 469 0 218 6 82 0 38

58 Kondh 102 551 12 898 18 112 2 88



Sr.

No.

Village

name


Cult

ivat

or

Agricul

ture

Hous

ehold

Othe

r

Cultiv

ator

Agricul

ture

House

hold

Oth

er

59 Valia 122 459 35 1942 30 60 16 312

(Source: Census-2011for Bharuch District)

3.12 TRAFFIC SURVEY

3.12.1 RECONNAISSANCE

The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the

road near the project site. The composition of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three

Wheelers (Goods & Passenger Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler

Heavy Vehicles like Trucks, Lorries Busses etc.

3.12.2 TRAFFIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA

Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles plying in both

directions of NH-8: Delhi-Jaipur-Ahmedabad-Mumbai. The hourly counts were carried

out for the different type/category of vehicles. The variation in the traffic flow at the

given road along with the number of vehicles during peak hour & lean hour is presented

in the Table.

LOCATION: 1: FROM A TO B (UP): –MUMBAI TO AHMEDABAD (NH-8)

TABLE 3.23

MUMBAI TO AHMEDABAD ROAD TRAFFIC

Sr.

No.

Vehicle Type During lean

Hrs (No. of

vehicles/hr)

No. of vehicles

in PCU

During lean

Hrs

During

peak Hrs

(No. of

vehicles/hr)

No. of

vehicles in

PCU During

peak Hrs

1 Two Wheelers 39 26 43 29

2 Three Wheelers 18 23 25 43

3 Cars 39 45 55 67

4 Buses/Mini Buses 10 37 15 56

5 Trucks/Lorries 34 120 25 80

6 2 Axle Truck 27 89 23 72

7 3 Axle Truck 30 115 21 78

Total 197 455 207 425

Lean Hrs: Before 8 hrs (morning), 1 to 5 hrs afternoon & after 9 hrs (evening).



Peak Hrs: After 8 hrs & 5 to 9 hrs in the evening.

PCU: Passenger Car Units

EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF SERVICES

The road from Mumbai to Ahmedabad is double lane without divider, all types of

vehicles move on the road.

Capacity of road as per IRC = 2000 PCU’s/hr

Total Volume during Peak Hours = 425

Existing Volume/Capacity ratio = 425/2000= 0.21

The level of service is “A” that is Very Good

TABLE 3.24

LEVEL OF SERVICE

Sr.

No.

Existing Volume/Capacity

Ratio

Level of Services

1 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)

2 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)

3 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)

4 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (Fair)

5 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)

LOCATION: FROM B TO A (DOWN): FROM AHMEDABAD TO MUMBAI (NH-8)

TABLE 3.25

AHMEDABAD TO MUMBAIROAD

Sr.

No.

Vehicle Type During lean

Hrs (No. of

vehicles/hr)

No. of

vehicles in

PCU During

lean Hrs

During

peak Hrs

(No. of

vehicles/hr)

No. of

vehicles in

PCU During

peak Hrs

1 Two Wheelers 42 26 37 29

2 Three Wheelers 16 29 28 47

3 Cars 37 45 51 63

4 Buses/Mini

Buses

10 26 24 59

5 Trucks/Lorries 39 115 25 78



6 2 Axle Truck 23 76 22 67

7 3 Axle Truck 29 118 26 78

Total 196 435 213 421

EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LEVEL OF SERVICE (B TO A):

Capacity of road as per IRC = 2000 PCU’s/hr

Total Volume during Peak Hours = 421

Existing Volume/Capacity ratio =421/2000 = 0.21

The level of service is “A” that is Very Good

3.12.3 MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO:

Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS (after completion of the project):

20 vehicles (in PCU’s) assume to enter and exit during peak hrs.

Additional volume in PCU will be 20/3 = 7 per hour during peak hours.

1. Traffic flow on Road - From Mumbai to Ahmedabad

A to B = Traffic Flow from Mumbai to Ahmedabad

Total volume during peak hours after completion of the project (V) = 425 + 7 = 432

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 2000 PCU’s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 393/2000 = 0.216

The level of service of the road will be “A” after proposed project that is “Very Good”.

2. Traffic flow on Road - From Ahmedabad to Mumbai

B to A = Traffic Flow from Ahmedabad to Mumbai

Total volume during peak hours after completion of the project (V) = 421+6 = 427

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 2000 PCU’s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 353/2000 = 0.213

The level of service of the road will be “A” after proposed project that is “Very Good”.

Results:

The above traffic reveals the LOS (Level of Service) as “A” Very Good for the NH-8:

Ahmedabad to Mumbai Road, which is 3 lane roads without divider for proposed project

scenario. Since adequate parking is provided and increase in traffic due to proposed

project shall be taken care by the 3 lane road.

EIA REPORT OF M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT LTD. ,ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT.LTD ANKLESHWAR. 236

CHAPTER-4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT

This chapter deals with the assessment of project impacts on environment. Mitigative measures are

suggested to minimize the likely negative impacts.

The network method (Cause - effect) was adopted to identify potential impact of the proposed activity.

It includes step wise study of relationship between an activity and its environmental parameters. This

method involves in the “Road Map” type of approach to the identification of second and third order

effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify the type of impact that could

initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary impact.

The project will have impacts of varying magnitude on different environmental components. These

impacts could be categorized as-

• Primary impacts, i.e. impacts which occur as a direct result of the project activities.

• Secondary and tertiary impacts, i.e. impacts that occur as a result of primary impacts.

The type of identified potential impacts on various environmental components i.e. Air, Noise, Water

and Land are presented in figure 4.1 to figure 4.6.



FIGURE 4.1

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIROENMENT

Activity

Primary

Impact

Secondary

Impact

Tertiary

Impact

Project

Operational

Phase

Release of Heat

Climatic

Changes

Impact on Human,

Flora and Fauna

Release of Air

Pollutants

Change in Air

Quality Impact on

Visibility

Aesthetic

Impact

Particulates

Deposition on

Water, Land

Impact on

Agricultural produce Impact on Human,

flora & fauna

Impact on

Economic Output Impact on Socio –

Cultural

Environment

Construction

Phase



FIGURE 4.2

IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Tertiary

Impact

Activity

Primary

Impact

Secondary

Impact

Noise

Emission

Change in

Ambient

Noise Level

Health

Risks

Impact on Work

Output & Efficiency

Impact on fauna &

population

Impact on

Economic Output

Impact on Socio-

cultural Environment

Operational

Phase Construction

Phase

Project



FIGURE 4.3

IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Activity

Primary

Impact

Secondary

Impact

Tertiary

Impact

Project

Release of wastewater

Operation Phase

Abstraction of Water

Impact on Hydraulics

of Water Courses Impact on Water Quality

Impact on Hydraulic

Water Courses

Impact on

Aquatic Life

Cost of Water

Treatment

Impact on

Amenity /

Recreation

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural Environment

Construction Phase

Change in surface

morphology

Impact on Runoff

/Seepage

Environmental health

And Aesthetic Risk



FIGURE 4.4

IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

Activity

Primary

Impact

Secondary

Impact

Tertiary

Impact

Release of wastewater on land

Project

Operation Phase

Disturbance of soil

Impact on Flora and Fauna

Impact on agricultural

production

Impact on Economic Impact on Socio-Cultural Environment

Construction Phase

Abstraction of water

Change in Ground water Regime:

Soil Moisture / water level/ Flow

Pattern/ Salt water instruction

Impact on landscape Impact on Soil

Biota

Impact on livestock

Change in structure of

Soil: Ground level

Addition /Removal of

substances or Heat to

/form the soil



FIGURE 4.5

IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Activity

Primary

Impact

Demand for

Communi -

cation

Facilities

Effect on

Human

Health

Effect on water supply,

Sewerage & Solid Waste

Management Facilities

Effect on Human,

Nature & Recreational

Facilities

Project

Operational

Phase

Construction

Phase

Net Income

output

Air, Water,

Land, Noise

pollution

Change in

Economic

Base of the

region

Effect on visual

Environment

Economic input

Capital/O&M Cost

Economic output

Product Cost

Demand for work

Force

Development

of Ancillary

Industries

Better product

availability

Employment

opportunity

Demand for

Communi-

cation

Facilities

Aesthetic

Risk

Effect on Educational,

Medical, Transport

Facilities

Effect on

Agriculture &

fisheries

Effect on

Buildings

Materials

Monuments

Saving foreign

Exchange

Secondary

Impact

Tertiary

Impact



FIGURE 4.6

IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Activity

Primary

Impact

Secondary Impact

Tertiary Impact

Disposal of waste

water & Sludge

on Land

Toxic Substances on

Land, Particulate

Deposition on Land

Impact on flora & fauna

Impact on

Agricultural Produce

Impact on Landscape

Impact on Economic

Output

Impact on Socio-Cultural

Environment

Project

Operational

Phase

Construction

Phase

Disturbance of

land

Abstraction of

water

Change in ground

Water Regime /Salt

Water intrusion

Change in soil

Texture & Permeability

Soil Salinity

Impact on Live stock



4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

The predication and assessment of impact on the environmental parameters have been carried out. For

assessing the impact, the baseline data of environmental status were considered. The change in the

environmental parameters due to manufacturing activities of the industry has been superimposed on the

status data.

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS

During construction phase, water will be required for construction of structures, sprinkling for dust

suppression. The raw water for the various purposes will be supplied by GIDC Ankleshwar.

There will no impact on surrounding ground water quality and quantity during construction phase.

4.2.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS

Existing Scenario

Unit is using 16 KLD water. In which 1 KLD is for domestic purpose and 1 KLD is for gardening

purpose. Remaining 14 KLD water is using for industrial purpose Boiler (6 KLD), Cooling tower blow

down (8 KLD).

Proposed Scenario

In proposed condition unit will consume total 179 KLD water from which 79 KL/Day fresh water &

100 KL/Day Recycle water. Unit will use 3 KLD for domestic and 5 KLD for gardening purpose. The

fresh water requirement for domestic and industrial purpose is met through GIDC, Ankleshwar. There

will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on ground water availability and

quality in nearby surrounding area.

Mitigative Measures

Existing Scenario

Total waste water generation is 1.7 KLD. In which domestic waste water generation is 1.0 KLD &

Industrial waste water generation is 0.7 KLD. The domestic effluent is disposed of through soak

pit/septic tank & industrial waste water reused in cooling Tower (Blow down from boiler and cooling

tower is collected and distillate in distillation column. Distilled water reused in cooling Tower)



Proposed Scenario

The concentrated process effluent, washing water, boiler & cooling tower blow down will be treated in

unit’s own ETP. High concentrated water (84 KLD) will be send to the stripper. Stripper permeate (82

KLD) Send to the primary ETP & there also mixed effluent from utility (19 KLD). Total effluent

collected in ETP is 101 KLD. Generated ETP sludge will be 2 KLD. Remain 99 KLD waste water send

to the In house MEE. After that MEE Condensate water pass through the activated carbon filter and

then water will be reuse in cooling tower, washing & Process.1 KLD generated MEE salt will be send

to the TSDF site.

• 3 KLD Sewage will be dispose through soak pit.

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT


Dust will be generated during excavation and hauling operation and vehicle transportation on unpaved

tracks at the site. Other exhaust gases like NOx, SO2, VOC, and CO may be also slightly released into

the local ambient air due to vehicular traffic movement. Thus, the local ambient air quality may be

temporarily affected. It will be confined within the project boundary and expected to be negligible

outside the plant boundaries.

Mitigative Measures

Water sprinkling and provision of enclosures will allow the particles to settle down prior to discharge.

There will be provision of enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to settle down prior to

discharge. The load carrying vehicle will be covered by clean impervious layer to ensure the dusty

material do not leak from vehicle. Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment will

help in controlling the gaseous emissions.

4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

The project will result flue gas emission, process emission and fugitive emission. Flue gas emission

will be from stacks Boiler, TFH and DG sets. Process emission will be from vessel.

There will be fugitive emission of VOC and acid mist during material handling, transferring and at

storage area.



Mitigative Measure

Boiler will be based on briquette or natural gas & TFH will be based on briquette. Unit has proposed to

install cyclone separator as an APCM to curb the flue gas emission. The unit will also provide adequate

stack height for DG sets. There will be a process gas emission of NH3, Cl2, Br2, SO2 and HCl from

vessel. Unit has proposed to install 3 stack of water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber & 1 stack of

water scrubber followed by acid scrubber of prevent it.

There will also be carbon adsorption tower along with blower attached in solvent recovery plant to

ensure no fugitive emission. Adequate stack height will further help in dispersion of pollutants. Closed

feeding and transferring system, proper local or exhaust ventilation and more solvent recovery

efficiency will control fugitive emission. The air quality impact of source is evaluated by use of model.

The model stimulates the relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry,

all of which are determined by formulating impact scenario.

Modelling Details

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological parameters like

temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level etc. The air quality impacts of

source or collection of sources is evaluated by use of models. The model stimulates the relationship

between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry, all of which are determined by

formulating impact scenario. Estimation of emissions from the plant has been made by Industrial

Source

Complex – Short Term (ISC-ST3) model developed by United States Environment Protection Agency

(USEPA). ISC-ST is based on a modified steady state Gaussian Plume equation, and it has been

recommended for use in EIA studies by Ministry of Environment & Forests and Climate change

(MoEF & CC) in EIA manual.

TABLE 4.1

EMISSION DETAILS

Sources of gaseous emissions TFH (12 lac Kcal/ hr.) Boiler-1

(5000 kg/hr)

Fuel used Briquette Briquette OR Natural gas

Quantity of fuel 4.4 MT 12 MT/day OR 300 nm3/hr.

Type of emissions PM, SO2, NOx PM, SO2, NOx

Stack height (m) 12 12

Stack diameter at the top (mm) 400 400



Stack gas exit temperature (oC) 150 150

Stack gas exit velocity (m/s) 7m/s 7m/s

APCM Cyclone Separator +Water Scrubber + Adequate Stack height

Emissions:

PM Concentration 120 mg/NM3 120 mg/NM3

NOx Concentration 40 ppm 40 ppm

SO2 Concentration 80 ppm 80 ppm

Sources of gaseous emissions Reaction

Vent -1

Reaction

Vent -2

Reaction

Vent -3

Reaction Vent

-4

Type of emissions HCl NH3 Cl2 , Br2 SO2

Stack height (m) 12 12 12 12

Stack diameter at the top (mm) 230 230 230 230

Stack gas exit temperature (oC) 250 250 250 250

Stack gas exit velocity (m/s) 7m/s 7m/s 7m/s 7m/s

APCM Water

Scrubber +

Caustic

Scrubber

Water

Scrubber +

Acid Scrubber

Water

Scrubber +

Caustic

Scrubber

Water

Scrubber +

Caustic

Scrubber

Emissions:

HCl concentration 16 mg/Nm3 -- -- --

NH3 -- 140 mg/Nm3 -- --

Cl2 -- -- 7.2 mg/Nm3 --

Br2 -- -- 7.2 mg/Nm3 --

SO2 concentration -- -- -- 32 mg/Nm3

TABLE 4.2

CONCENTRATION OF PM, SO2 & NO2

Highest Values Incremental increase in

Concentration (µg/m3)

X Co-ord (mts) Y Co-ord

(mts)

PM NO2

1 1.3 0.768 1000 0

2 1.155 0.682 1000 0

3 1.063 0.628 1000 0

4 1.016 0.6 1000 1000

5 0.949 0.56 1000 0

6 0.914 0.54 0 1000

7 0.904 0.534 1000 0

8 0.873 0.516 0 1000

9 0.838 0.495 0 1000

10 0.813 0.48 1000 1000



TABLE 4.3

CONCENTRATION OF SO2



X Co-ord (mts) Y Co-ord (mts)

SO2

1 0.967 1000 0

2 0.891 1000 0

3 0.793 1000 0

4 0.755 1000 1000

5 0.707 1000 0

6 0.706 1000 0

7 0.68 0 1000

8 0.651 0 1000

9 0.648 0 1000

10 0.623 1000 1000

TABLE 4.4

CONCENTRATION OF NH3, Cl2& Br2

Highest

Values

Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3) X Co-ord

(mts)

Y Co-ord

(mts) NH3 Cl2 Br2

1 0.196 0.013 0.013 1000 0

2 0.177 0.011 0.011 1000 0

3 0.144 0.009 0.009 0 -1000

4 0.143 0.009 0.009 0 1000

5 0.136 0.009 0.009 0 -1000

6 0.134 0.008 0.008 -1000 1000

7 0.134 0.008 0.008 0 -1000

8 0.131 0.008 0.008 0 1000

9 0.128 0.008 0.008 1000 0

10 0.125 0.008 0.008 1000 1000



TABLE 4.5

CONCENTRATION OF HCl



X Co-ord (mts) Y Co-ord (mts)

HCl

1 0.078 1000 0

2 0.07 1000 0

3 0.057 0 1000

4 0.057 0 -1000

5 0.054 0 -1000

6 0.053 -1000 1000

7 0.053 0 -1000

8 0.053 0 1000

9 0.051 1000 0

10 0.05 1000 1000



FIGURE 4.7

ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.8

ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.9

ISOPLETHS OF NOx (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.10

ISOPLETHS OF HCl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.11

ISOPLETHS OF Cl2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.12

ISOPLETHS OF Br2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.13

ISOPLETHS OF NH3 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

OBSERVATIONS FROM DISPERSION MODELING STUDIES:

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum ground level

concentration occurs in the East direction. The maximum incremental increase in concentration for PM,

SO2 and NOx is 1.3µg/m3, 0.967µg/m3 and 0.768 µg/m3 respectively at a distance of about 1 km in the

East direction. Whereas, the maximum incremental increase in concentration for NH3, HCl, Cl2and

Br2is 0.196 µg/m3, 0.078 µg/m3 , 0.013 µg/m3 and 0.013µg/m3 at a distance of about 1 km in the East

direction.



4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


Noise will be generated during the intermittent operation of machineries for site clearing and

construction work. Vehicular movement will be also a source of noise generation. There will be short

term, localized and reversible impact on ambient noise levels during the construction activities.

Mitigative Measures

• Operation of construction equipment’s generating higher noise will be strictly restricted during

10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

• The construction machinery and equipment will be well maintained. Provision of enclose,

damper and other engineering control will control noise pollution.

• Workers operating this equipment will be given ear plugs/muffs.


The sources of noise pollution will be boiler and other noise generating units. Vehicular movements

during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw materials and finished products and other

transportation activity may also increase noise level.

Mitigative Measures

• Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-vibration

pad for equipment with high vibration etc. shall be provided.

• Housing/casing shall be provided for all noise generating machines.

• Job rotation will reduce exposure to some extent. Moreover, PPE like earmuff and ear plugs

will be provided to the operators/worker exposed to high noise.

• The proposed green belt will further be helpful in reducing the ambient noise level.

4.2.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT


4.2.4.1.1 LAND USE

• The proposed facility is spread over an area of approximately 503 sq. m. in Ankleshwar,

Gujarat.

4.2.4.1.2 TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND SOILS

• As the project site is fairly flat terrain without any rock, there will be no blasting. As the site is

uneven, some levelling work will be required.



4.2.4.1.3 POPULATION DISPLACEMENT AND REHABILITATION

• There is no issue of resettlement and relocation as the project is in GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

4.2.4.1.4 LAND POLLUTION

• Land pollution can be caused due to improper disposal of hazardous wastes on the land

environment and spillage or leakage of chemicals.

Mitigative Measures

• The hazardous solid waste generated during construction activity will be stored and disposed

properly. The storage will be properly constructed with impervious layer with R.C.C. with

proper flooring.

• Sewage generated from sanitation facility will be disposed through high efficient and compact

sewage treatment plant. The treated wastewater will used for gardening.

• Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment due to handling of

hazardous solids waste.


If the hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land contamination and

can affect land system adversely. Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern

associated with handling Hazardous Waste, Because the packaging and method of transporting

of Hazardous waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would occur.

Mitigative Measures

• Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF Site will be governed as per the guidelines.

• Separate collection system will be provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious

layer, RCC roads and flooring will be provided to area, where the chemical and hazardous

waste storage and handling activities will be involved.

• Separate storm water collection system will be provided to prevent contamination of soil

through contaminated water.

• The unit will follow the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing and handling of

hazardous wastes.

• The proposed green belt area will improve the aesthetic environment of the area.

• No significant impact on land environment has been envisaged during the operation phase as

the hazardous waste generated will be either recycled or disposed of as per norms.



• The unit will follow Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing and handling of hazardous

wastes.

Standard Operating Procedure

1. All the departments will collect the various types of the waste and segregate it in various types

like paper and packing material, plastic bags, process waste, metal waste glass waste etc.

2. After collecting the waste, respective departments will fill up the slip along with format

number for disposal

3. The person will shift the various type of waste in the designated areas of the waste category.

Before shifting it person will inform and hand over the filled slip to ETP Operator/ Chemist/

EHS – HOD.

4. On sufficient stock of the waste type, it will be disposed.

5. Spent/used oil will be given to MoEF registered reprocessed.

6. For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by the Gujarat Pollution

Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty before taken for

disposal. As per the guidelines all the containers will be washed properly, the washings will be

checked for pH and COD. The pH should be neutral and COD should be NIL. This will ensure

that the containers are cleaned before taken for disposal. Removal or defacing of all labelling

and content of all product and waste material will be regular practice. The sticker will be put on

individual container as "cleaned". The container will be deposited in the area marked for

disposal. Then the containers will be inspected by the certifying agency approved by the GPCB.

In confirmation of the quality of the cleaning they will issue the stickers for identification. After

receiving the stickers that should be pasted on to the containers. Then the containers are

disposed of to actual raw material supplier.

Care To Be Taken During Handling of Waste

1. Person handling the hazardous waste should wear gloves, shoes/ gum boots etc. mask like

Personal Protective Equipment.

2. If spillage occurred swipe it and collect it in to the bag and mix it with the waste.

3. Forklift will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous waste to

minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.



4.2.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The impact due to the proposed expansion on ecological parameters like natural vegetation, cropping

pattern, fishers and aquatic life, forest land species diversity are briefly summarized below:


The project site is located within the GIDC Ankleshwar. The project site is devoid of trees; it will not

damage any important flora. There will be no impact on natural vegetation during construction. Since,

the project is established on a non-agriculture land, it will not to alter the crop production of the area.

The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life sanctuaries and national parks. Hence,

no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.


The study area does not have any type of forest and endangered fauna within 10 km area. However, all

the environmental and related issues have been properly addressed with its impacts and Mitigative

measures in the proposed project. There will not be any major impact on the terrestrial ecology of the

project site due to proposed project.

Mitigative Measures

• The green belt will be developed by unit having different species of flora, which will lead to

beneficial impact on ecological environment.

• There will be necessary environmental protection measures which have been planned under

EMP i.e. air pollution control system designed to take care of release of the gaseous pollutants

like PM, SO2, NOx, VOC, Cl2, HCl.

• The waste water generation from process will be treated in ETP followed by MEE. MEE Salt

will be sent for the TSDF site.

• Raw material and hazardous waste will be transported by road and will be stored in plant

premises.

• The project proponent shall consider all the safety measures in planning, designing and

operation of the plant as per standard practices.

• Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.



4.2.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

4.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS & OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

The plant is located in a GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Bharuch and Gujarat having all essential facilities

such as water, power, post and telecommunication. There is a well laid down broad roads already

existing in GIDC Estate. The transportation facilities will also expect to improve due to increase in the

movement of workers and raw material and finished products. This will have almost negligible impact

on road network. Power requirement of proposed project will be 346 KVA and will be met from

DGVCL.

The infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph, communication, medical facilities, education;

housing will be improved in surrounding area.

4.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT


4.2.7.1.1 POPULATION

• During the peak construction phase, construction manpower including construction workers

will be employed.

• However, to the maximum extent possible, construction workers will be employed from within

the study area.

• Since the construction phase of this project will be for short time period, the socio-economic

impact due to construction of this project is going to be temporary.

• Considering the above-mentioned factors, the construction phase of the project will have minor

impact on population in the study area.

4.2. 7.1.2 EMPLOYMENT

• Around 20-25 workers will be employed in the construction work. This will increase

construction employment in the study area although temporality. Hence, the proposed project

will have minor impact on employment in construction phase.

4.2.7.1.3 TRANSPORTATION

• For transportation of construction material, the existing road infrastructure is adequate.

• Moreover, as the construction phase for the proposed project will be few months, the impact

would be temporary.



4.2.7.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

4.2.7.2.1 POPULATION

In the operational phase, about 30 workers will be employed for the proposed project. This

number of employee is very small compared to the total population of the study area. Also as a

social impact mitigation measure, unit will endeavour to employ most of these people from

within the study area at worker level, subject to availability of suitable manpower in the area.

So the proposed project in its operational stage is not expected to directly affect the total

number or composition of population in the study area significantly. However the population of

the study area is expected to increase marginally due to migration of persons from outside of the

study area.

4.2.7.2.2 EMPLOYMENT

All efforts will be made to employ local people as far as possible. Local people will be given

first preference based on technical skill and knowledge. In addition, employment will be

generated by the secondary supporting activities e.g. transportation, communication, boarding,

daily utility services.

4.2.7.2.3 TRANSPORTATION

Because of the good network of transportation facilities in the study area, the additional truck

traffic generated during the operational phase is not expected to bring any considerable load to

the existing transportation system.

4.2.7.2.4 IMPACT DUE TO FIRE ACCIDENT

The project design and development has been planned with care and all provisions have been

made for the safety and security of the property as well as the personnel.

4.2.7.2.5 IMPACT ON PUBLIC HEALTH

The discharge of waste materials (gaseous emission and solid wastes) from the project can have

some adverse impact on public health in the surrounding area, if appropriate treatment

procedures are not followed. The unit is committed to provide efficient and productive



Treatment (Effluent, gaseous emission and solid wastes) to ensure there are very negligible

impacts on Public Health.

4.2.7.2.6 ACCIDENT HAZARD AND SAFETY

During operational phase accident / hazards will be greatly minimized and ensure further safety

of the local people. In addition, by adopting mitigation measures it will ensure high safety

standards.

Mitigative Measure

• Provision of adequate APC and maintains of APC will prevent any accidental emission from

stacks and reduce risk to the health of the people in the vicinity of the project.

• All safety measures will be carried out to prevent any accident. The unit will have onsite /offsite

emergency plan

4.3 IMPACT MATRIX

The parameter discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.6.There will be both

construction and operation phases.

The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following criteria.

Score Severity criteria

0 No Impact

1 No damage

2 Slight/short term effect

3 Occasional reversible effect

4 Irreversible /Long –term effect

5 Permanent Damage



TABLE 4.6

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION MEASURES)

Phase Activities during

the

Phase

Air

quality

Water

quality

Noise

&

Odour

Land

quality

Infra-

Structure

/Services

Ecological

environm

ent

Health safety

& Aesthetics

Socio-

Economic

Status

Co

nst

ruct

ion

ph

ase

Excavation, civil work, transportation of

construction vehicle

2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1

Op

era

tio

n p

ha

se

Water requirement 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

Material Storage/handling/

Transport 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0

Effluent discharge

(considering discharge to GIDC Drainage) 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 0

Utilities 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

Gaseous emissions 2 0 1 1 0 1 2 0

Fugitive emissions 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

Solid/hazardous Waste

Disposal 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 0

Spills & Leaks 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 0

Plant Operations 2 2 1 0 1 1 2 1

Equipment Failures/ Shutdown/

Startup 2 2 1 0 2 1 2 1

Transport of workers/Movement

of vehicles 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

Cumulative score 18 12 10 08 15 12 18 04



TABLE 4.7

CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

Environmental

Parameter

Total Cumulative

Air Quality 18

Water Quality 12

Noise and Odor 10

Land Quality 08

Infrastructure/ Service 15

Ecological environment 12

Socio Economic Status 18

Health safety & Aesthetics 04

Conclusion:

The source of water will be GIDC water; there will be no extraction of ground water. Entire effluent

will be treated in unit’s own effluent treatment plant followed by MEE. MEE Sale will be send for the

Co-processing/TSDF site. Even though after provision of APCM, there will be minor increase in

ground level concentration of SO2, NOx, PM, CO, Cl2& HCl in ambient air due to construction and

operational activities of proposed project.

Construction activities will disturb soil profile but impact will be insignificant. The unit will take

adequate measure for storage, handling and disposal hazardous waste. Hence, there will be no

significant adverse impact on land environment.

Engineering control, use of PPE, restriction of construction activity during 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., and green

belt will reduce impact of noise pollution due to construction work, vehicular movement and noise

generating equipment. There will be minor increase in ambient noise level and impact will be

insignificant.

The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life sanctuaries and national parks. There

will be not significant impact on crops & vegetation as the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas

emission and process emission.

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in demand for

essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational phase. This willbe a

beneficial impact on the local infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph, communication,

medical facilities, education, housing will be improved in surrounding area.



4.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION

• Cleaner Production in recent times has emerged as an attractive proposition to tackle the

environmental problems posed by rapid industrialization and is being accepted worldwide. Besides

reducing pollution, it also improves the process efficiency, thus reducing the cost of production.

• Applications of CP mainly focus on preventing or minimizing the generation of waste and gaseous

emission. The basic idea of cleaner production is to avoid a problem altogether rather than trying to

find remedial measure by adopting proactive approach of waste management. As far as the

production processes are concern, CP is achieved by raw material and energy conservation, by

reducing quantum of emission and waste generation. To obtain fruitful results of CP should be

implemented by adopting the concept of product modification, source reduction and recycling. This

is a existing unit and it will be implemented various techniques of CP in their factory premises and

put continues efforts for developing new techniques. Proposed implementation of techniques of CP

is described below:

• 4.4.1 Pollution Prevention-Cleaner Production • High density polythene bags or drums are used. Hence, the generation of plastic waste will

be reduce. Moreover, Discarded Bags and Container are decontaminated and reuse/sold.

• The unit is maintaining the proper inventory of the hazardous chemicals and keeping the

buffer stock as minimum as possible. This reduces the possibilities & magnitude of

environmental hazards.

• There is a periodic arrangement of environmental training program to create understanding

among plant personnel towards environment.

• Unit will manufacture products with maximum yield by using high-quality of raw material

and advanced process technology.

• To minimize material wastage, standard SOP will be followed by the unit.

• 4.4.2 Water Conservation-Cleaner Production • Mopping will be done for floor cleaning.

• As a part of water conservation, excess service water taps will not be provided in the plant

premises. Likewise, for the green belt development, water sprinkle system will be used

instead of hose pipe.

• Flow meter will be installed at raw water intake and outlet of Effluent Treatment plant.

• High Pressure Jet Pump will be used for the cleaning of equipment, vessel & rector etc.

• 4.4.3 Energy Conservation-Cleaner Production • First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization.

• Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required will be provided to save

energy.

• Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer.

• Proper air to fuel ratio will be maintained for the maximum efficiency of boiler.

• Good insulation practice will be adopted to prevent heat losses.

• Regular cleaning to the lamps and fixtures will be done to get better illumination in the plant.

• To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance/ servicing is provided

total the equipment.



• Unit will planning to conduct energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose.

• Unit will apply White washing on wall to reduce requirement of light.

• 4.4.4. Reuse / Recycle-Cleaner Production • The solvent used in the manufacturing process will be recovered through vaporization by

heating and condensation and reused again in the manufacturing process.

• Used oil from the plant & machineries will be reused as a lubricant within plant or sell to

MoEF approved Recyclers.

4.4.5. Good Housekeeping-Cleaner Production • Good housekeeping means changing existing practices or introducing new ways of operating

and maintaining equipment. Proper good housekeeping can prevent accidents, spillages and

leakages, raw material & product loses. For Good housekeeping following practices are

adopted.

• All the materials are stored in compatible group.

• All pits, sumps are properly covered or securely fenced.

• Appropriate tools are provided for handling of all the materials.

• Regular training is given to all workforces. All the passages, floors and stairways are

maintained in good condition. The system is made available to deal with any spillage at the

plant.

• Sufficient disposable bins are clearly marked and these are suitably located in the plant.

• In the plant, precaution and instructions are displayed at strategic locations. Proper working

instructions are given to all the workers in factory.

• Roads/walkway within the plant is maintained neat and clean. Walkways are clearly marked

and free from obstructions.



CHAPTER -5

ANALYSIS OF ALERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. will be setting a manufacturing facility for a Bulk Drug &

Intermediates at Ankleshwar GIDC. It will be a dedicated facility catering to exports from India.

The product will be supplied to global multinational company for their growing demand for a

supply term of 20 years.

The unit will be in GIDC of Ankleshwar Taluka in Bharuch District of Gujarat State.

Ankleshwar GIDC Location

• Ankleshwar GIDC is in Ankleshwar Taluka of central part of Bharuch District, Gujarat, India.

It is well connected with National Highway (NH-8). Road and Railway both are having the

connectivity to New Delhi, the National Capital and Mumbai, the commercial Capital of India.

Connectivity

• Road: Ankleshwar GIDC is on 6 lane State Highway connecting of Bharuch (13 Kms) with

National Highway No. 8

• Rail: 5 kms from Anleshwar, Main Rail Head connecting Mumbai - Delhi..

• Airport: Baroda-75 kms and Surat-70 kms (Daily flights to Mumbai & Delhi).

Area of GIDC Ankleshwar

GIDC Ankleshwar covers the total land area of 1600 Hect. andmore than 1500 industries, consisting

of chemicals, pesticides, pharmaceuticals, bulk drugs, petroleum products, engineering, textiles,

plastics, rubber and packaging etc. are located in this industrial estate

Infrastructure and Services in Ankleshwar GIDC

• The Estate is connected with internal road network consist of single lane in GIDC, Double

lanes 3 KMs & 4 lanes 26.6 KMs to meet the transport requirements of member industries.

GIDC had developed this network and is maintained by them.

• Street lights.

• Strom Water Disposal (SWD) facility alongside road.

Water

• GIDC is co-developer for water supply.

• Water distribution network for 77 MLD water supply.

Drainage / Effluent Disposal

• A common effluent treatment plant (CETP) and Common Hazardous Waste Storage Site are

established and operated by M/s. Enviro Technology Ltd. and M/s. Bharuch Infrastructure



Pvt. Ltd. respectively. The treated effluent from CETP is discharged in to sea.

TABLE: 5.1

ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES

Partic

ulars

Proposed Technology Alternatives / Comments

Process

Technol

ogy

• The company will use the Best Available

Process Technology (BAT) for the

production. This section includes the

manufacturing process of the product,

chemical reactions and mass balance of each

product.

• The product will be manufactured by unit will

be establish since last long and increase the

reaction efficiency up to optimum level in

R&D lab. Above all the products are tailor

made products based on literature review and

set in R&D. Hence no proposal of alternate

process or technology and currently it is best

technology available with the proponent

• The manufacturing process is based on “Best

Available Technology. Unit will recover

solvent more than 96%

• Product manufacturing process

will implement the principles of

Sustainable development which

emphasizes to minimize water

consumption, air emissions; and

maximum amount of water will be

recycle to reduce waste water

generation.

Water

Supply • Total fresh water consumption will be 79

KLD.

• Water requirement will be sourced from

GIDC.

• Unit will use GIDC Water

therefore no Ground water table

will be used by unit.

Wastew

ater

Disposal

• Sewage will be disposed through Soak pit

and industrial waste water will be treat in to

in-house ETP followed by MEE. Unit will

maintain Zero Liquid Discharge.

• Unit will try maximum amount

of water will be recover.

• Unit will use 100 KLD recycle

water.

Fuel

Require

ment /

Air

Emissio

ns

Control

• Unit will use Briquette/Natural Gas as a Fuel

for Boiler & Briquette used for Thermic Flue

Heater and Diesel for D.G. Set it will be

operate in standby mode.

• Cyclone Separator will be provided at

reaction vent to as air pollution control

measures.

• 12 meter stack height provided

for Boiler, TFH & D.G. Set.

Cyclone separator + Water

Scrubber will be provided as an

air pollution control measure.

• The proposed air pollution

control system is efficient and

adequate to take care of potential

emissions.



Handlin

g &

Disposal

of

Hazard

ous

Waste

• The hazardous wastes generated in premises

will be properly collected and stored in a

separated/designated storage area and safely

disposed to Landfill site authorized recycler

or Landfill site whichever will be applicable

mention in chapter No. 2

• Unit will obtain prior membership of

TSDF/CHWIF, end user under Rule 9 for

disposal of Hazardous Waste

• All type of wastes to be properly

segregated, collected & storage

in a separate/ designated storage

area and safely transported to

GPCB authorized agencies(s) for

its final disposal.



CHAPTER -6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the

preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which

human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring

strategies and programmed have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the

current status of an environment and Prediction of the impact of future development and/or

alteration in the operation and design of existing installations. Environmental Monitoring Network

is operation phase of the project for monitoring of various environmental parameters like air, water,

noise, soil etc.

A well-defined environmental monitoring programme would be employed with trained and

qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed expansion project to monitor the

environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well as the guidelines of the

GPCB/CPCB. Environment monitoring schedule proposed to be adopted by the project.

6.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

• To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules.

• To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

development.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study,

do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

• To establish a data base for future Impact Assessment Studies for new project.

6.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES

Monitoring should be done as periodically to understand the environmental condition of the site.

The mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter-4 should be implemented so as to reduce the

impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate easy

implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority implementation. The priority of

the implementation schedule is given in Table 6.1.



TABLE 6.1

IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Required Measures Stage Remarks

1. Air pollution control

measures

During operation

stage

Adequate stack height for flue gas

emission and Scrubber system will be

provided as APCM for process gas

emission

2. Ground Water

Criteria and Drinking

Water parameter.

During construction

and Operation stage.

As per IS 10500 Standard

Quarterly monitor quality of water.

3. Waste Water

Treatment

Operation phase of

the project

Treated at ETP and treated wastewater

is sent to GIDC Pipeline.

4. Greenbelt

development

During construction

stage & operation

stage.

Plantation will be done along the

periphery within premises.

5. Solid waste disposal Construction and

operation phase of

the project

Solid waste to be segregated and

disposal as per guideline.

6. Hazardous waste

disposal

Operation phase of

the project

Collection /storage /transportation

/disposal at TSDF-& disposal as per

Hazardous waste rule 2016.

6.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of

environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, a properly

planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for assessment of any deterioration in

environment conditions. This will facilitate undertaking suitable measures to mitigate adverse

impact during the operation of the plant and further help to protect the environment in the area.

The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are:

• Ambient Air Quality

• Stack Emission

• Effluent water Quality

• Noise Level

The above mentioned sources will be monitored so as to meet the requirements of the State

Pollution Control Board.



6.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOX shall be monitored at ETP,

process area, storage area and one location in downwind direction. The frequency of monitoring

will be every three month by external approved monitoring agency.

The log book shall be maintained at environment cell for evaluation of impact and to decide

required migratory measures.

6.4.2 STACK MONITORING

All the flue gas stacks in the proposed project shall be monitored with respect to temperature,

oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Sulphur dioxide (SO2) level.

6.4.3 NOISE MONITORING

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental Management

Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and noise exposure

meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted periodically for the

employees working close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due to machines/equipment

viz. compressor, motors, engines etc. shall be monitored regularly.

6.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Daily analysis of effluent stream is recommended. Sampling and analysis of the raw effluent,

collection tank, Primary Settling Tank and tertiary treatment will be conducted regularly.Online

meter will be fitted for monitoring of flow, pH, COD.

The detailed monitoring plan is tabulated in Table 6.2.

TABLE: 6.2

ENVIORNMENT MONITORING PLAN

Sr.

No. Description Location

Parameter To

be Monitored

Frequency of

Monitoring

1.

Flue Gas

Emission

Monitoring Plan

1. Boiler (5 TPH)

2. Thermic Fluid Heater

(12 lacs Kcal/Hr)

3. (D.G.Set)(125 KVA)

PM ,SO2 and

NOX

Monitoring will be

done by external

monitoring agency

every three months.

Continues Emission

Monitoring System

will be provided.

2. Process emission

1. Reactor Vent-1

2. Reactor Vent-2

3. Reactor Vent-3

4. Reactor Vent-4

HCl

NH3

Cl2

Br2

SO2

(Fugitive

Emission)

Monitoring will be

done by external

monitoring agency

every three months.

Continues Emission

Monitoring System

will be provided.

3. Fugitive

Emission

Process area & storage

area

Relevant solvent

(VOC) and

Quarterly by external

monitoring agency.



Monitoring Plan acidic fumes.

4. Ambient Air

Monitoring Plan

ETP, Process area,

storage area and one

location in downwind

direction

PM10,PM2.5,

SO2, NOX

Within premises

ambient air

monitoring station

will be established in

consultation with

GPCB.

Quarterly by external

monitoring agency

5. Noise

Monitoring

Eight location within

company premises Noise

Quarterly by internal

monitoring agency in

day time and night

time.

5. Water Quality Monitoring

5.1

Effluent Quality

Before Primary

Treatment Tank

Primary Collection tank

For TDS, pH,

COD,TSS,

Ammonical

nitrogen,

Chlorides,

Sulfates, oil and

grease

1) Quarterly by

external approved

monitoring agency.

2) Every day by self-

analytical facility.

5.2 Effluent quality

inlet of MEE Neutralization Tank

For TDS, pH,

COD

1) Quarterly by

external approved

monitoring agency.

2) Every day by self-

analytical facility.

6. Water Quantity Monitoring

6.1 Inlet & Outlet ETP Quantity in KL Flow meter

6.2 Inlet & Outlet Cooling Tower Quantity in KL Flow meter

6.3 Inlet Domestic Quantity in KL Flow meter

6.4 Inlet MEE Quantity in KL Flow meter

7. Hazardous waste quantity Monitoring

7.1 Salt from

evaporation Evaporator

MT Record Maintain

7.2 Residue Process MT

Record Maintain

7.3 Discarded

containers/bags

Raw Material Storage

area

MT Record Maintain

7.4 Used oil Lubrication MT

Record Maintain

7.5 Spent Carbon Carbon Tower MT Record Maintain

8. Electricity Consumption Monitoring

8.1 ETP & MEE Effluent treatment

plant& MEE Plant Electricity

Separate electricity

meter and daily

reading will be noted.

8.2 Air pollution

control system Scrubbers Electricity

Separate electricity

meter and daily

reading will be noted.

10 Environment Audit

10.1 Environment audit will be carried out once in year through GPCB recognized schedule-2

Environment Auditors. This is as per directive of Hon. Gujarat High Court.



6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

For environment protection, management and pollution control and treatment and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring expenditure

for environment management of the project would be made.

6.6 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be established for monitoring of important

environmental parameter. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from NABL / MoEF

recognized laboratory. Details of equipment and in-house monitoring facilities is shown in table 6.3

TABLE 6.3

LIST OF LAB EQUIPMENTS

SR.

NO TITLE

1. pH meter

2. COD Digester

3. BOD Incubator

4. Oven

5. Glass Thermometer

6. Digital Balance

7. Refrigerator

8. Glass Wear

9. Conductivity Meter

10. Digital Balance

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Company will ensure to conduct all business operations in compliance with applicable laws,

regulations and standards related to occupational Health, Safety and Environment. An

Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources shall be

established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory

compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc. The EMC will be made

responsible for all issues related to environmental management of the proposed project facilities.

There shall be EHS department for overseeing all environment and safety responses to ensure the

implementation of EMP mentioned during construction and operation phase including findings /

recommendations of third party audits and monitoring results as mentioned in the EMP.

At least one permanent employee with adequate educational and professional qualification and

experience to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory

compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring will be employed by company and will



directly report to the Director of the organization operations. Environment management cell is

shown in below Figure 6.1.

FIGURE: 6.1

FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

The unit has already developed system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.

Whenever such situations come in, which could be detrimental to environmental in that case, shift in-

charge will directly coordinate with plant Head & Manager (EHS). This will ultimately lead to the

highest chain of command which has authority to take decisions. The unit has developed environment

violation reporting system is shown in below Figure 6.2.

FIGURE: 6.2

FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT VIOLATION REPORTING SYSTEM

The copy of Environment, Health and Safety Policy is attached as Annexure- XVI.

PARTNERS

MANAGING

PARTNER

Production,ETP,

Environment &

Safety Dept.

Helper

Sales Dept.

Commercial Manager

QA/QC

Head Of Prodn.

ChemistSupervisor

Accounts &

Finance Dept.

Store,Despatch &

Procurement

Dept.

SupervisorAccountant

Supervisor Manager

DIRECTOR



CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management plan, following

additional studies have been included in this report.

• Risk Assessment.

• Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plan.

• Occupational Health Program.

7.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY:

The QRA study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References (TORs)

given by Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF for Environment Clearance (EC).

The study has been carried out with a view to comply the following TOR points:

• TOR No. 11: Leak Detection and Repairing Programme (LDAR) for all the volatile

organic solvent proposed for use in-house with detailed chemical properties including

vapour pressure. LDAR shall endeavour prevention of losses of solvents to the best

minimum extent.

• TOR No. 12: Safety precautions including flame proof electric fittings to be taken to

avoid fire hazard & Occupational health hazards during unloading, storage,

transportation, handling and processing of hazardous chemicals likeCl2, Toluene and

sulphuric acid.

• TOR No. 53: Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures

proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with the personal protective

equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the

occupational injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic

medical checkup of the workers exposed. . Details of work place ambient air quality

monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

• TOR No. 55: Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and

maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario

should take into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time.

The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of

the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same,



proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be

provided.

• TOR No. 57: Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and

products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid

the human health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also.

• TOR No. 58: Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be

stored, Material of Construction of major hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke

details, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage &

Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest

storage tank to be provided for each raw material & product etc. How the manual

handling of the hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

• TOR No. 59: Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals.

Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures

proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing

hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas

detectors etc.

• TOR No. 60: Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related

measures.

• TOR No. 61: Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage, process, and

handling& transportation hazard.

• TOR No. 62: Details on workers training before engaging work, periodical, in-house,

outside etc.

• TOR No. 63: Details on various SOP to be prepared.

• TOR No. 64: Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.

• TOR No. 65: Specific safety measures to be taken for general Public living in the

vicinity.

• TOR No.66: Details on hazard identification i.e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis,

Event tree analysis, Checklist, Audit etc. to be adopted for the safety operation of the

plant.



7.2 METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt.Ltd, Ankleshwar, handles various chemicals, some

of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their

operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic

release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using

hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of

Safety Engineering, such as, Hazard Identification and Qualitative/Quantitative Risk

Assessment have been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of

industrial plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.

7.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighbouring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards

present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident

scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or

generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident

studies.

Risk assessment is carried out with the following objectives:

1. To identify hazard and risk resulting from the hazards

2. To study and foresee the effects of such risks on the workers, public, property and

environment and to find out necessary control measures to prevent or minimize risk.

3. To comply the legal requirement by various safety and environment laws of the country

like…

• The Factories Act, 1948.

• The Gujarat Factories Act, 1963.

• The Environment Protection Act and Rules, 1986.

• Hazardous waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989.

• Public Liability Insurance Act & Rules, 1991.

• Chemical Accident, (Emergency, planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996.

4. To get the necessary information for Emergency planning and evacuation.



7.2.2 PLANT LAYOUT

The below plant layout shows details of storage of Raw materials & ADEQUATE

MARGIN ALL ROUND THE PERIPHERY.

FIGURE – 7.1

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL LOCATION IN COMPANY LAYOUT

Solvent

Tank yard

RM Store



TABLE 7.1

STORAGE DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS

SR.

No.

NAME OF

THE RAW

MATERIA

LS

CAPACIT

Y

MODE OF

STORAGE STATE

POSSIBLE

TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED

1. Benzene 200 L Drum Liq. • Flammable • Proper storage area is provided.

• Dyke wall is provided.

• Well ventilated storage area is provided.

• Eye wash Stations are provided.

• Spill containment kit is provided near solvent

storage area.

• PPEs like Splash goggles, Vapour respirator,

Boots, Gloves etc., are used while handling this

chemical. Specialist will be consult, if required.

2. Carbon

Disulphide 200 L Drum Liq. • Flammable

3. Ethyl Acetate 5000 KL Tank Liq. • Flammable

4. Hexane 200 L Drum Liq. • Flammable

5. Methanol 5000 KL Tank Liq. • Flammable

6. Xylene 5000 KL Tank Liq. • Flammable

7. Dimethyl

Sulphide 200 L Drum Liq.

• Flammable

8. Toluene 5000 KL Tank Liq. • Flammable

9. Ammonia 50 KG Cylinder Gas • Toxic • Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be used.

• PPEs like Splash goggles, Vapour respirator,

Boots, Gloves etc., are used while handling this 10. Dimethyl

Sulphate 200 L Drum Liq. • Toxic



11. Thionyl

Chloride 200L Drum Liq. • Toxic

chemical. Specialist will be consult, if required.

NOTES:

1. The size of the biggest storage tank is 5000Kl and Dyke of sufficient capacity (i.e. 10% extra than tank capacity) is provided.

2. The unit shall be classified as Non Major Accident Hazard (MAH) unit based on the quantity of Hazardous Chemicals stored at site, as

the quantity of these chemicals being stored within the factory premises are well within the threshold storage quantity as per schedules

of Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules of major hazardous chemicals.

TABLE - 7.2

PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS (I.E. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS & TOXICITY)

Sr.

No. CHEMICAL

PH

YS

ICA

L

ST

AT

E

FP

( OC)

BP

( OC)

SP.

GR @

20OC

VAP.

DEN.

VS

AIR

VAP

. PR.

@

20OC

LEL

%

UEL

%

LD50

ORAL

MG/

KGS

LD50

DERMAL

MG/KGS

LC50

MG/L

IDLH

VALUE

BY

ACGIH/

NIOSH

STEL

BY

OSHA

(PPM)

TLV-

TWA

BY

OSHA

(PPM)

1. Benzene

Liq -11.1 80.1 0.878 2.8 10 1.2 7.8 930 9400 10000

2000

2.5 10

2. Carbon

Disulphide Liq

Clos

ed

Cup:

-

30°C

46.3 1.263 2.63 297.

6 1.3 50

3188

mg/kg

[Rat]

-

12500

ppm 4

hour(s)

[Rat

- 10

3. Ethyl Acetate Liq. -4.4 77 0.90 3.04 12.4

kPa 2.2 9

4100

mg/kg -

45000

mg/m3 2,000 - 400



4. Hexane Liq -23 69 0.66 2.97

151

mm

Hg

@

25°C

1.2 7.5 25 gm/Kg

(Rat) -

48000pp

m 4h.

(Rat)

1,100

ppm - 50 ppm

5. Methanol Liq 12 64.5 0.79 1.1

12.2

6

kPa

6 36

5628

mg/kg

[Rat].

20 mg/kg

(Rabbit)

64000

ppm (Rat) 200 310

200

ppm

6. Xylene Liq. 21-

27

135-

155 0.87 3.7

0.9

KPa 1 7.1

4300

(Rat) 12400 4550 -

655

mg/m³

15

minutes

435

mg/m³ 8

hours

7. Dimethyl

Sulphide Liq.

-48

°

38 0.85 2.1

398

mm

Hg

2.2 19.

7

3,700

mg/kg

10,200

mg/kg

40,250

ppm - - -

8. Toluene Liq 4.4 110 0.87 3.2 3.8

KPa 1.3 7 636 14100 440 - 150 100

9. Ammonia Liq. NA 24.7-

37.7 0.89 NA

287.

9

kPa

- - 350 NA

2000 ppm

(rat, 4

hours)

300

ACGIH

TLV-

STEL:

35

ACGIH:

25

10. Dimethyl

Sulphate Liq. 83.3 188 1.33 4.35 0.54 - - 140

45 ppm 4

hour(s)

[Rat]

7 ppm - 0.1

(ppm)

11. Thionyl

Chloride Liq. N.A 78.8 1.638 4.1

13.3

KPa N.A

N.

A - -

500 ppm

1 Hrs

[Rat].

25 ppm - -



7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance. Hazard

states the characteristics of system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. All

the components of a system/plant/process needs to be thoroughly examined to assess their

potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be

termed as an accident.

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION AND DETAILS OF PROPOSED

SAFETY SYSTEMS

At M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD, major risks have been identified

for the following area:

• Solvent Tank Yard Area.

• RM Store.

As a conservative approach, we have analysed the risk qualitatively and quantitatively

both, as mentioned below.

In this study,

• The Storage & Handling of benzene. Carbon disulphide, Ethyl Acetate, Hexane,

Methanol, Xylene, Dimethyl Sulphide, Toluene, Ammonia, Dimethyl Sulphate and

Thionyl chloride have been considered for Quantitative Risk Assessment (Consequence

Analysis). Their storage location has been shown in Figure-7.1. Hazardous properties of

these chemical have been summarized in Table 7.2 B.

• Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals, Caustic Lye, Acids and Drum Handling have

been considered for Qualitative Risk Assessment.



7.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipments cannot be addressed

completely by Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been

considered separately under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in

operation of equipments as well as in processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk

posed by it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is

minimized to tolerable level.

The Risk Matrix presented below should be referred in evaluating this assessment.

In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analysed using methodology called HIRA-

Hazards Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities carried out

by plant personnel as well as contract labours have been considered.

For the following areas, Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out to identify the

risk, ranking them as per their severity & probability, identifying the existing mitigation

measures and finally to propose recommendations, if existing measures are not enough.

1. Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals.

2. Storage & Handling of Caustic Lye.

3. Storage & Handling of Acids.

4. Storage & Handling of Drums.



TABLE – 7.3

RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

TABLE -7.4

RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA

LIKEHOOD/

PROBABILITY

SEVERITY

Catastrophic

(Death/ System

Loss)

Major/

Critical

(Serious

injury/

Illness)

Moderate

(Less

Serious

Injury/

Illness)

Minor/

Marginal

(Minor

Injury/

Illness)

Insignificant/

Negligible

(No injury/

Illness)

5 4 3 2 1

Almost

Certain 5 H H H M M

Likely 4 H H M M L

Possible 3 H M M M L

Unlikely 2 M M M L L

Impossible 1 M M L L L

RISK

RANGE

RISK

ACCEPTABILITY

CRITERIA

REMARKS

H Unacceptable/ High Management’s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-site

Impact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management’s

Review. Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine

Procedure.



7.3.1.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICALS

TABLE - 7.5

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOLID CHEMICALS

SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIAT

ED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL

RISK

EXISTING MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATI

ONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

O

D

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

O

D

RIS

K

1. Handling

Chemical

bags

• Chemical

Exposure.

• Dusting.

• Skin/Eye

irritation.

• Ingestion &

Inhalation of

dust powder.

4 3 M • PPEs like suitable protective clothing,

gloves, face shield, dust and splash

proof safety goggles, chemically

resistant safety shoes, etc. shall be used.

• Standard Approved respirator shall be

used.

• Eyewash station and safety showers

shall be made available.

• Air bag filters shall be installed where

the product is pulverized.

• Dust monitoring shall be carried out

periodically.

4 2 L 1. Operators/Workers

to be trained for Safe

Work Practices.

2. Chemical handling

bags & dusty area to

be labeled properly

for each chemicals.

2. Cleaning of

Chemical

Spillage.

• Fumes

Inhalation.

• Dust

Exposure.

• Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin.

• Inhalation.

3 3 M • Certified Dust respirator shall be used.

• PPEs shall be used.

• Chemicals will be stored in isolated

storage rooms having provision for

natural & forced ventilation.

• Spillage shall be cleaned or neutralized

4 2 L



with suitable media.

• Fire fighting facilities shall be made

available near storage locations, if

required.

7.3.1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CAUSTIC LYE

TABLE 7.6

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CAUSTIC LYE HANDLING

SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL

RISK

EXISTING MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATI

ONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IH-

OO

D

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IH-

OO

D

RIS

K

1 NaOH handling

/Loading &

Unloading

• Exposure due

to leakage from

joints, corroded

lines failure

etc.

• Skin burn.

• Eye irritation

and

respiratory

disorder.

4 3 M • Dyke shall be made

available.

• NaOH shall be stored in

well ventilated area.

• Eye wash station to be

made available nearby.

• Maintenance to be carried

as per schedule.

• Appropriate PPEs to be

used.

4 2 L 3. Proper trainings to

be provided to the

operators/workers.

4. SOPs to be

prepared and

followed the same.

5. Corroded lines to

be

painted/replaced.



2 Working in

Storage Area

• Exposure due

to spillage

• Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin etc.

• Internal body

burns.

4 3 M • Neutralization media to be

kept available.

• PPEs like face mask, gloves

etc. shall be worn by

concerned person.

• Eye wash station to be

made available nearby.

4 2 L

3 Tank overflow • Chemical

Exposure

• Eyes and Skin

irritation.

4 3 M • Level indicator to be made

available and the same shall

be checked for proper

operation.

• Dyke wall shall be made to

contain the spill.

4 2 L 6. Working of level

gauge to be

checked.

7.3.1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ACIDS

TABLE 7.7

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ACID HANDLING

Sr.

No

Process Or

Activity

Associated

Hazards

Health &

Safety Impact

(Risk)

Initial Risk

Existing Measures

Residual Risk

Additional

Recommendations

Sev

erit

y

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

Sev

erit

y

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

1. Acids Loading

& Unloading.

• Exposure to

acidic fumes

due to

leakage.

• Skin/Eye

irritation.

• Toxic

Vapour

4 C M • Loading & Unloading

activity is carried out

in well-ventilated

area.

5 B L 7. Operators/

Workers to be

trained for Safe

Work Practices.



• Spillage of

acids.

inhalation

etc. • Neutralization media

is made available in

areas where acids are

stored/ handled/ used.

• PPEs are used.

8. Health checkup of

the concerned

personnel to be

carried as per the

plan.

2. Working in

Storage Area.

• Exposure to

acid fumes.

• Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin.

• Body burns.

4 C M • Storage area is well

ventilated.

• Acid proof flooring is

available.

• Neutralization is done

immediately with soda

ash/lime or spill is

absorbed in sand or by

suitable adsorbent.

• PPEs like face mask,

gloves etc. are worn

by concerned person.

5 B L



7.3.1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF DRUM HANDLING

TABLE – 7.8

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DRUM HANDLING

Sr.

No.

Process Or

Activity

Associated

Hazards

Health &

Safety

Impact

(Risk)

Initial Risk

Existing Measures

Residual

Risk

Additional

Recommendations

Sev

erit

y

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

Sev

erit

y

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

1. Unloading of

chemical

drums from

truck.

Drum rupture

Fall of drums

Toxic

Vapour

inhalation

etc.

Fire

3 3 M Loading & Unloading activity

is carried out in well-ventilated

area.

Pellets are used for handling of

drums.

Trained workers

PPEs

1 2 L

2. Handling of

Drums

(during

storage and

usage)

Exposure to

fumes due to

leakage in

drums.

Spillage of

Skin/Eye

irritation.

Toxic

Vapour

inhalation

2 3 M Storage and handling of drums

is carried out in well-ventilated

area.

PPEs are used.

2 2 L Allied facilities to be

inspected on periodic

basis.

Neutralization media

is made available in



chemicals. etc. areas where acids are

stored/ handled/ used.

3. Unloading/E

mptying of

chemical from

drums

Exposure to

chemical

fumes.

Severe

irritation

to eyes,

skin.

Body

burns.

3 3 M Storage area is well ventilated.

Acid proof flooring is

available.

Neutralization is done

immediately with soda

ash/lime or spill is absorbed in

sand or by suitable adsorbent.

PPEs like face mask, gloves

etc. are worn by concerned

person.

1 3 L

4. Transfer of

chemicals

from drums to

plant/reactor

Exposure to

chemical

fumes.

Skin/Eye

irritation.

3 3 M PPEs like face mask 1 3 L

5. Cleaning of

empty drums

Exposure to

chemical

fumes.

Toxic

Vapor

inhalatio

n etc.

2 3 M PPEs like face mask 1 3 L



7.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identifying and

understanding the risks associated with Storage and Handling of flammable/toxic

chemicals. The assessment starts by taking into account an inventory of hazardous

chemicals stored, likelihood of leakage/spillage associated with it and selecting the worst

case scenario for consequence estimation.

Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize or mitigate risks to meet appropriate

acceptability criteria. The planning for emergency evacuation shall be borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

7.3.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into

the atmosphere, it may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast

Overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

7.3.2.2 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects

are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained as per the

Guidelines for QRA – Phast (Micro) Software (DNV) & Purple Book for QRA released by

Centre for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS).

Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

• The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

• The exposure duration [sec];

• The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

In this report following damage criteria has been considered for the effects due to

Fire/Explosion.



TABLE 7.9

EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

INCIDENT RADIATION

– kW/m2 TYPE OF DAMAGE

37.5 Immediate ignition of wood (without flame

contact). 100 % fatal.

25

Minimum Energy required for igniting wood.

(without flame contact). 100 % fatal in 1

min. Significant injury in 10 sec.

12.5

Minimum heat required to ignite wood

(with flame contact). 1 % fatal in 1 min. First.

degree burn in 10 sec.

4 Pain after 20 sec. Blistering unlikely.

2 No discomfort for long exposure.

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the

cloud proper.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures

resulting from a blast wave:



7.3.2.2.1 DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES

TABLE 7.10

EFFECTS DUE TO PEAK OVER PRESSURE

Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.40 bar Ear Drum Rupture to humans

50 % probability of fatality inside

15% probability of fatality in open

0.21 bar Structural Damage to buildings

20% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.1 3 bar Minor Structural Damage to nearby structures

10% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.02 bar Glass Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage

Intoxication

In this report, LC50 concentration and IDLH concentrations have been considered for

Consequence Analysis.

7.3.2.3 ASSUMPTIONS FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

For Consequence Analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability

Classes, Wind velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground

Roughness, Model used etc. are very important. In this report, the following assumptions

have been considered.

i. Meteorological Paste other tables

• Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion

• Ambient Temperature: 300C has been considered as MCA approach.

• Relative Humidity: As the site is not in rainy zone RH of 50% has been considered.

ii. Pasquil Stability Classes

• Pasquil Stability category D/F is considered as conservative approach.



iii. Other assumptions:

• Ground Roughness: Ground Roughness has been considered as 0.3 M.

• Dispersion model of both Heavy Model and also Gaussian distribution have been used

as applicable/appropriate.

• Inventory: Release of 100% of the inventory has been considered. For this, failure of the

container has been considered from the bottom.

• Storage conditions: Storage conditions have been considered as they are practically

stored at site.

Following Weather data has been used for the study:

7.3.2.4 WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUDY

TABLE NO – 7.11

WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUD

WIND SPEED (M/S) PASQUILL STABILITY

1.5 F

1.5 D

5 D

7.3.2.5 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

1. PHAST MICRO.

2. ALOHA

7.3.2.6 SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

1. In this study, the scenarios for consequence analysis have been selected considering:

• The physical and chemical properties of hazardous materials,

• Storage conditions & Modes of Storage (Tank, Drums & Cylinder),

• Hazards ranking by NFPA,

• Guidelines by OSHA (29 CFR),

• Operating and storage conditions of handling and storage of hazardous chemical.

2. This report considers the worst case scenario which is possible during any set of

operation variable and production methodologies. The objective of the study is



emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for

obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for

emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

In this regard, the failure cases which may lead to release of hazardous chemicals are

as under, put of which the worst case relevant scenario shall be considered:

• Possible Release/Leakage due to failure of Unloading Arm of Tanker.

• Leakage from Flange/Ferrule Joints,

• Possible Release/Leakage from Drum.

• Release due to tilting of drum having open lid.

3. In this study, results of consequence analysis shall be used for;

a. Emergency Planning

b. Deciding Evacuation Routes

c. Deciding Location of Assembly Points and ECC

d. Resource Allocation for mitigation

TABLE NO. 7.12

SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Scenarios Description of

Scenario

Storage

Pressure &

Temp.

Scenarios considered

FIRE SCENARIOS

1. Benzene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

2. Carbon Disulphide Ambient Flash Fire, Late Pool Fire

3. Ethyl Acetate Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

4. Hexane Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

5. Methanol Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

6. Xylene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

7. Dimethyl Sulphide Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

8. Toluene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

TOXIC SCENARIOS

9. Ammonia P: 11 Bar, Dispersion



T: Ambient

10. Dimethyl Sulphate Ambient Dispersion

11. Thionyl Chloride Ambient Dispersion

Considerations Made:

• In Case of Solvents (i.e. Methanol, Xylene & Toluene) we have considered the failure case of

unloading line (2” i.e. 50 mm pipe dia.) during the unloading of these chemicals from their

respective tankers for a period of 10 mins. As the solvents tankers are compartmentalized, the

maximum release quantity equals the storage quantity of a single compartment.

• In Case of Benzene, Carbon Sulphide, Ethyl Acetate, Hexane, Dimethyl Sulphide we have

considered the failure case of Release of Inventory due to 1” leakage or due to tilting of Drums.

• In Case of Dispersion for Ammonia , we have considered the following scenarios:

Leak from 4 mm hole size for LC50 (2000 ppm) concentration.

Leak from 4 mm hole size for IDLH (300 ppm) concentration.

• In Case of Dispersion for Dimethyl Sulphate, we have considered the following scenarios:



• In Case of Dispersion for Thionyl Chloride, we have considered the following scenarios:



Selection Criteria of Scenarios:

o As per the relevant guidelines for consequence analysis, we have considered the maximum

credible scenarios for all the above mentioned chemicals, which is the representative of all

kinds of minor/major leakages.

o Modeling has been carried out for dispersion up to LC50 concentration and IDLH

concentration, in case of toxic chemical. Evacuation should be carried out in less than 30

min from the area covered under IDLH in case of relevant leakage scenario. The purpose is

to avoid irreversible health effects to persons inside the area of IDLH concentration.



o Based on the above considerations and the input parameters considered for worst case

scenarios, the risk contours are plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the

facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same the safety

measures/recommendations are proposed and On-Site & off-Site emergency plan is prepared

as mentioned under the section 7.6.

TABLE NO. 7.13

SCENARIO # 1 – RELEASE OF BENZENE

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to 1” damage to drum or tilting of drum with open lid.

Input Data

Leak Size Considered 25mm

Release rate 1186.28 gms/s

Drum gets empty in 146.34 s

Pressure Ambient

Temperature 30 deg C

Weather Condition 1.5/F, 1.5/D, 5/D

LFL 12000

UFL 80000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE

CASE:2 VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION (OVERPRESSURE RESULTS)

CASE:3 LATE POOL FIRE (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)



FIGURE – 7.2

RISK CONTOUR FOR FLASH FIRE:



FIGURE – 7.3

RISK CONTOUR FOR VCE:



FIGURE – 7.4

RISK CONTOUR FOR LATE POOL FIRE:



TABLE NO. 7.14

SCENARIO # 2 – RELEASE OF CARBON DISULPHIDE


Input Data


Release rate 1633.48 gms/s

Drum Gets empty in 152.79 s

Pressure Ambient



LFL 13000

UFL 500000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE





FIGURE – 7. 5




FIGURE - 7.6




FIGURE – 7.7




TABLE NO. 7.15

SCENARIO # 3 – RELEASE OF ETHYL ACETATE

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to failure of Unloading Arm of Tanker.

Input Data

Leak Size Considered 50 mm

Release duration considered 600 Sec

Release rate 5016.05gms/sec

Pressure Ambient



LFL 22000

UFL 114000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE





FIGURE- 7.8




FIGURE – 7.9

RISK CONTOUR FOR OVERPRESSURE:



FIGURE – 7.10




TABLE 7.16

SCENARIO # 4 – RELEASE OF HEXANE


Input Data


Release rate 889 gms/sec

Drum gets Empty In 145.02Sec

Pressure Ambient



LFL 10500

UFL 76800

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE





FIGURE- 7.11




FIGURE- 7.12

RISK CONTOUR FOR VCE FIRE:



FIGURE – 7.13




TABLE - 7.17

SCENARIO # 5 – RELEASE OF METHANOL


Input Data


Release Duration Considered 600sec


Pressure Ambient



LFL 73000

UFL 360000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE


Not Reached




FIGURE- 7.14




FIGURE- 7.15




TABLE 7.18

SCENARIO # 6 – RELEASE OF XYLENE


Input Data




Pressure Ambient



LFL 11000

UFL 70000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE


Not Reached




FIGURE – 7.16




FIGURE – 7.17




TABLE – 7.19

SCENARIO # 7 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYL SULPHIDE

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to Damage to drum & Tilting of Drum.

Input Data


Release rate 1145.45 gms/sec

Drum gets empty in 146.15

Pressure Ambient



LFL 22000

UFL 197000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE





FIGURE – 7.18




FIGURE - 7.19




FIGURE – 7.20




TABLE - 7. 20

SCENARIO # 8 – RELEASE OF TOULUENE


Input Data




Pressure Ambient



LFL 12000

UFL 71000

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE





FIGRE -7.21




FIGURE -7 .22




FIGURE- 7.23




TABLE 7.21

SCENARIO # 9 – RELEASE OF AMMONIA

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due damage of ferrule joint

Input Data


Release Duration Considered 600 sec

Release rate 1.67 Kg/sec

Pressure 11



IDLH 300 ppm

LC50 2000 ppm

Result:

Sr.

No. Concentration

Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category 5/D

1 LC50 (2000 ppm) No hazard No hazard No hazard

IDLH(300 ppm) 19.24 9.79 No hazard

Note: Risk Contour for LC50 concentration dispersion not drawn due to less distance.



FIGURE - 7.24

RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION:



TABLE 7.22

SCENARIO # 10 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYL SULPHATE


Input Data

Leak size considered 50mm

Release rate 59 gms/min

Pressure Ambient


Weather Condition 1.5/F

IDLH 7 ppm

LC50 45 ppm

Result:

Sr.

No. Concentration


Category 1.5/F

1 LC50 (45 ppm) <10

IDLH(7 ppm) <10



FIGURE- 7.25

RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH & LC50 CONCENTRATION:



TABLE 7.23

SCENARIO # 11 – RELEASE OF THIONYL CHLORIDE


Input Data

Leak size considered 50mm

Release rate 6.09 kilograms/min

Pressure Ambient


Weather Condition 1.5/F

IDLH 25 ppm

LC50 500 ppm

Result:

Sr.

No. Concentration


Category 1.5/F

1 LC50 (500 ppm) <10

IDLH(25 ppm) 18



FIGURE – 7.26

RISK CONTOUR FOR IDLH & LC50 CONCENTRATION



7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY

TABLE - 7.24

FLASH FIRE SCENARIOS:

SR.

No. Scenario

Concentration

(ppm)

Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category

5/D

1.

Release of

Benzene

LFL Frac.6000 14.50 15.92 4.67

LFL. 12000 9.78 9.22 2.09

2.

Release of

Carbon

disulphide

LFL Frac. 6500 20.04 22.65 14.37

LFL. 13000 14.92 15.98 7.00

3.

Release of

Ethyl

Acetate

LFL Frac.1100 11.69 14.93 9.61

LFL. 22000 6.21 5.74 2.19

4. Release of

Hexane

LFL Frac.5250 17.09 18.09 6.18

LFL. 10500 11.79 11.74 2.54

5. Release of

Methanol

LFL Frac.36500 7.86 8.42 4.10

LFL. 73000 3.34 2.72 1.83

6. Release of

Xylene

LFL Frac.6000 4.08 3.65 1.88

LFL. 12000 1.86 1.85 1.82

7.

Release of

Dimethyl

Sulphide

LFL Frac.6000 17.69 19.06 9.45

LFL. 12000 12.55 12.53 2.73

8. Release of

Toluene

LFL Frac.6000 15.29 17.49 11.88

LFL. 12000 9.36 8.84 3.20



TABLE 7.25

EXPLOSION OVERPRESSURE SCENARIOS:

SR.

No. Scenario

Overpressure

(Bar)


Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category

5/D

1. Release of

Benzene

0.02068 25.77 22.59 NR

0.1379 14.08 13.26 NR

0.2068 13.16 12.52 NR

2.

Release of

Carbon

Disulphide

0.02068 44.77 40.33 24.07

0.1379 26.41 25.26 13.64

0.2068 24.96 24.07 12.82

3. Release of

Ethyl Acetate

0.02068 21.86 21.38 NR

0.1379 13.07 12.94 NR

0.2068 12.37 12.28 NR

4. Release of

Hexane

0.02068 32.17 27.65 NR

0.1379 15.74 14.57 NR

0.2068 14.44 13.53 NR

5. Release of

Methanol

0.02068 NR NR NR

0.1379 NR NR NR

0.2068 NR NR NR

6. Release of

Xylene

0.02068 NR NR NR

0.1379 NR NR NR

0.2068 NR NR NR

7.

Release of

Dimethyl

Sulphide

0.02068 33.37 28.75 NR

0.1379 16.05 14.85 NR

0.2068 14.68 13.75 NR

8. Release of

Toluene

0.02068 25.44 24.24 22.01

0.1379 14.00 13.68 13.11

0.2068 13.09 12.85 12.40



TABLE - 7.26

LATE POOL FIRE:

SR.

No. Scenario

Radiation

Level

(KW/m2)


Category

1.5/F

Category

1.5/D

Category

5/D

1

Scenario

Release of

Benzene

4 15.29 15.29 15.66

12.5 9.98 9.98 10.94

25 6.75 6.76 8.55

37.5 4.96 4.97 5.64

2

Release of

Carbon

Disulphide

4 12.23 12.23 12.19

12.5 8.26 8.27 8.74

25 6.24 6.25 7.21

37.5 4.72 4.72 5.42

3 Release of Ethyl

Acetate

4 13.38 13.38 13.69

12.5 8.97 8.97 9.83

25 6.65 6.66 8.10

37.5 4.98 4.99 6.04

4 Release of

Hexane

4 12.61 12.62 12.40

12.5 8.52 8.53 8.84

25 6.48 6.49 7.27

37.5 4.96 4.97 5.66

5 Release of

Methanol

4 13.53 13.54 13.16

12.5 9.20 9.20 9.44

25 7.43 7.43 7.81

37.5 6.43 6.43 7.11

6 Release of

Xylene

4 14.52 14.53 15.79

12.5 8.38 8.38 10.89

25 4.89 4.49 5.55

37.5 4.63 4.63 4.61

7 Release of 4 14.21 14.22 14.76



Dimethyl

Sulphide 12.5 9.42 9.42 10.52

25 6.73 6.74 8.60

37.5 4.97 4.98 6.05

8 Release of

Toluene

4 18.65 18.66 19.65

12.5 11.96 11.96 13.71

25 7.89 7.90 10.28

37.5 5.71 5.72 6.85

TABLE – 7. 27

TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS:

Sr.

No. Concentration


Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category 5/D

AMMONIA

1 LC50 (2000 ppm) No hazard No hazard No hazard

IDLH(300 ppm) 19.24 9.79 No hazard

DIMETHYL SULPHATE

2 LC50 (45 ppm) <10 - -

IDLH(7 ppm) <10 - -

THIONYL CHLORIDE

3 LC50 (500 ppm) <10 - -

IDLH(25 ppm) 18 - -



7.4.1 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Flash Fire, UVCE & Late Pool Fire:

• From the scenarios considered above vapor travels to a maximum distance 22.65 m in case

of release of Carbon disulphide in 1.5/D weather condition. If it gets a source of ignition

within this radius, it may create UVCE (Unconfined vapor cloud explosion) and effects of

overpressure (0.02068 bar) would be felt up to 44.77 m.

• In case of Late pool fire, Xylene will cover the distance of 15.79 m in 5/D weather

condition for 4 KW/m2 radiation level.

Dispersion:

• In case of dispersion of Ammonia (19.24 m) IDLH Concentration covers the maximum

distance in 1. 5/F weather condition.

• Evacuation plan to be designed considering the above mentioned worst case scenario.

Recommendations:

• Evacuation routes shall be planned such that alternate route is available from any corner in

more than one direction.

• Extra precautions to be taken in unloading of flammable/toxic chemicals. The details of

precautions during storage handling and transportation of chemicals have been given in

separate paragraph.

• Firefighting arrangements shall be provided as per the guidelines of OISD.

• Hazard Identification Studies like HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event tree

analysis, Checklist Audit etc. will be carried out (if required) for safe operation of plant.

• Safety audit (i.e. Third Party Safety Audit as per IS: 14489) and it's Compliance shall be

carried out as per the frequency decided by the management. Audit is an important tool to

identify organizational & operational safety policy, and practices, plant conditions or

operating procedures that could lead to an accident and significant losses in life or property

and their effectiveness against accident preventative program.



7.5 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH & SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS

MATERIALS. Following Safety Precautions Are Considered During Transportation, Unloading, Handling & Storage Of Solvent and also for Toxic Chemicals, etc.) for its existing facilities, the same shall be updated to cover the new facilities, if required:

TABLE - 7.28

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Sr. ACTIVITY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1 Transportation of

Solvents/

chemicals by road

trucks, Tankers.

• Training is given to driver and cleaner regarding the

safe driving, hazards of chemicals, emergency

handling, and use of SCBA sets.

• TREM card is kept with TL.

• SCBA set is kept with TL.

• Fire extinguishers are kept with TL.

• Instructions are given not to stop road truck in

populated area.

• Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone

number are displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE.

• Appropriate PPEs are kept with TL.

In case of leak or spill:

• Source of leakage are checked.

• Damaged containers or spilled materials are not

attended without wearing appropriate protective

clothing.

• Leak is stopped, if possible to do so without risk.

• Water spray is used to reduce vapors (but do not put

water directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) are kept away

from spilled material.

2 Unloading Activity • Priority is given to Truck to immediately enter the

storage premises at site and is not kept waiting near the

gate.

• Security person checks License, TREM CARD, Fire

extinguisher condition; and required PPEs as per SOP

laid down.

Following precautions are taken during unloading:



• Wheel stopper is provided to TL.

• Flexible SS hose connection is done at TL outlet line.

• All TL valves are closed in TL.

• Only day time unloading is permitted.

3 Solvents Storage

safety.

• All storage areas are isolated from all sources of open

flame and well posted with' NO SMOKING' signs and

provided with adequate fire fighting/extinguishing

systems.

• Spark-resistant tools are used.

• Water spray is used to reduce vapors (but do not put

water directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) are kept away

from spilled material.

• Fire fighting facilities (along with foam attachment) are

available as mentioned below.

• Sand Buckets are available.

4 Solvents transfer

from storage to

process plant.

• Flame arrestor with breather valve is provided on vent

line.

• Lightening arrestor is provided on the top of tallest

structure.

• Over flow system is provided for additional safety and

it is connected to vessel.

• NRV’s are provided on pump discharge line.

• Double Jumper clip is provided to all solvent handling

pipelines.

7.5.1 FIRE CONTROL PLAN.

M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD, Ankleshwar, has considered fire

prevention measures at the project planning stage to avoid any outbreak of fire. But the

chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to tackle such a situation,

company has planned to develop a well- resourced and adequate fire protection system/fire

fighting network. The same facilities shall be updated to cover the expansion facilities also,

if required.



Other details on Fire Control Plan and same shall be updated for expansion facility if

required:

• Fire fighting facilities comprising has been installed as per the GFR and TAC

guidelines, the same shall be updated after the expansion of new facilities, if required.

• Fire Extinguishers like DCP, Carbon Dioxide & Foam types has been provided as per

the GFR and TAC guidelines, at conspicuous locations.

• Other Fire fighting facilities like, fire monitor, foam trolley, fire hose boxes with hose

pipe, sand buckets, fire blanket, Jumbo bags, Water Jet Fire Blanket, etc. shall be

provided within the company at conspicuous locations.

• Working staff is given training to operate DCP and CO2 extinguishers.

• Emergency Action Team members are working round the clock in all shifts.

• First aid is available round the clock in all shifts of all plants / sections.

• Rescue kits with SCBA sets are available at site to treat with any kind of chemical

emergencies.

• Volume level indication with alarm and trips for high level are provided for vessels

containing flammable materials.

• DG Set is available for power backup.

7.5.2 WAYS TO MINIMIZE THE MANUAL HANDLING OF THE

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS.

1. Forklifts are used for unloading chemical barrels/carboys, their movements within plant,

handling carboys, bulk chemical bags, etc.

2. Cranes, hoists, pallet trucks, conveyors, etc. are used as per the requirement, to eliminate

manual handling.

3. Lifting tools & tackles are used, wherever required.

4. SOPs, work instructions are prepared and followed.

5. Trainings are provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk associated with

manual handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome those risk, etc.

7.5.3 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURE

• SOP is a procedure which is specific to the operation that describes the activities

necessary to complete tasks in accordance with industrial activities.

• SOP shall be well prepared, documented and displayed in local language.



• SOPs like Raw Material Charging, Operation of APCM and Operation in utilities already

being followed.

• Some of the following SOPs will be prepared on need basis:

• Raw material Charging

• Loading & Unloading Activities

• Pre Start Up Safety Review (PSSR)

• Reactor Cleaning

• Etc.

7.5.4 DO’S & DON’TS Management has listed some of the Do's & Don'ts activities to strengthen the SAFETY AT

WORK, which will be followed strictly:

For Preventive Maintenance

Do's:

• Inspection of Storage Area, Earthing & Bonding system.

• Inspection of all Fire Fighting Facilities /Check Alarms operation.

• Ensuring that operators/workers etc. follows the SOPs, Safety procedures & standards,

work permit system etc.

• Checking the availability of Spill Containment Kit.

• Make sure existing fire extinguishers are fully charged and ready for action.

• Inspections of plant, machinery, tools, equipment, premises, work practices, processes,

procedures and general environment must be carried out for the health and safety of plant,

people and surrounding.

• On-site and Offsite Emergency Plans shall be reviewed and updated, as per the

requirement.

Don’ts:

• Don't allow anyone who hasn't received specific safety and operational training to get

indulge in any site activity.

• Don't perform your own maintenance.

• Don’t compromise on Design and Engineering part.

• Don't perform any activity without proper permit.

• Don't panic if you are in a risky situation.



• Don't allow spilled chemicals to drain to sewers/gutters etc.

Strengthening of HSE (Applicable for Manufacturing Utility Staff)

Do's:

• Correct or report unsafe conditions.

• Include a timeline for completion of each recommendation.

• Make recommendations that are measurable and track able.

• Ensure that each recommendation is assigned to an individual to oversee implementation.

• Help keep things clean & orderly. Keep gangways clear.

• Report all injuries. Get first aid promptly.

• Use, adjust and repair equipment only, when authorized.

• Use right tools & equipments for the job, use them safely.

• Use prescribed protective equipment; keep them in good working conditions.

• Respect signs / warnings. Abide by rules laid down for your safety.

Don’ts:

• Do not take chances. If you don’t know, ask. Follow instructions.

• Do not make vague statements, do not overrule supervisor, do not adopt shortcuts.

• Do not smoke in restricted areas. Do not flick cigrate/ beedi in company.

• Do not Horseplay. Do not run. Avoid distracting others. Avoid throwing things

1) No worker in a factory-

• Shall wilfully interfere with or misuse any appliance, convenience or other thing

provided in the factory for the purpose of securing the Health, Safety or Welfare of the

workers therein:

• Shall wilfully and without reasonable cause do anything likely to endanger himself or

others; and

• Shall wilfully neglect to make use of any appliance or other thing provided in the factory

for the purposes of securing the Health or Safety of the workers therein.



7.5.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR AMMONIA, CHLORINE &

HYDROGENTAION PRODUCT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR AMMONIA

• In event of a spill or leak, escape-type respirator shall be used.

• Non-sparking ventilation systems and intrinsically safe electrical systems shall be used.

• An automatic leak detection system shall be used.

• Water Sprinklers shall be checked for its proper working condition.

• HCl torch shall be made available to be used for the detection of ammonia leakage.

• Safety warning postures/signs shall be displayed inside the area.

• A dead-end siding shall be provided to limit the movement of tankers while storage and

handling.

• Excess-flow protection valves shall be provided in the distribution lines.

• Antidotes(Skin):Wash with Lactic Acid, Apply soframycin, (Eye) : Benoxynate , (Throat)

: Smelling Ethanol or Ether.

• Name plate shall be provided for electrical fittings.

• PESO license no., its validity date etc. shall be displayed

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR CHLORINE

Chlorine gas is greenish-yellow and smells like bleach. It is highly corrosive and reacts

violently with petroleum products such as gasoline, diesel, oil, solvents, and turpentine

The chlorine storage and feed rooms should be:

Enclosed, sealed, and separated from other operating areas.

On the downwind side of the building, away from entrances, windows, louvers, walkways,

and other occupied areas.

At least 60° F, but protected from extreme heat or direct sunlight.

Safety precautions for Hydrogenation Product.

Introduction:-

Hydrogen (H2) is an extremely flammable, colorless odorless compressed gas that is used in

many research laboratories. It has virtually no toxic effects on the human body, but it can

displace air causing asphyxiation if enough is released in an enclosed room. The biggest danger

when dealing with hydrogen is that is has a wide explosive/flammability range (4%-74% in

air). This means that even a small leak can cause a hazardous fire.



Hydrogen is very light and quickly rises if released, and also has the unique characteristic of

making certain metals brittle after prolonged use. So, use caution when working with metal

tools and devices.

Fire Hazards:-

When hydrogen is in air it can ignite with extremely low energy input. For instance, hydrogen

only needs 10% of the energy (0.02 millijoules) required to ignite a gasolineair mixture. Even a

static spark from a person or clothing can ignite hydrogen gas. Hydrogen needs only a

minimum of 10% oxygen or a maximum of 41% of oxygen in air to ignite. Also, because the

flame is almost invisible in daylight, finding and fighting a hydrogen fire can be difficult.

Protective Measures:-

• There should be no open flames or smoking in areas where hydrogen is used.

• Work in an area with plenty of ventilation. If possible, work in a fume hood or use a canopy

hood as fugitive vapors, if not captured, may collect near the ceiling.

• Ground all equipment and piping used with hydrogen, and make sure that you are properly

grounded before working with hydrogen. Rubber soled shoes prevent you from being

grounded, so you should touch a grounded object to discharge built up static electricity

before beginning work.

• Wear appropriate lab safety gear for the work being performed: safety glasses/ goggles, lab

coat, gloves and preferably a face shield.

• If working with liquid hydrogen you must have appropriate insulated gloves and protective

shoes in addition to the appropriate safety gear. (Cryogenic liquid hydrogen can cause

severe burns to the skin due to the extremely low temperature.) Presently, there is no known

liquid hydrogen use at UCB. If you plan to use or are using liquid hydrogen you must first

check with EH&S and the Campus Fire Marshall.

• Remove electrical equipment or electronic devices from the vicinity of hydrogen gas unless

the device is certified "intrinsically safe". Even invisible small sparks from electronic

devices could ignite hydrogen.

• Use metal piping with hydrogen. Do not use non-conductive or plastic tubing. Be sure to

dissipate static charge when flowing hydrogen gas by electrically bonding and grounding the

cylinder, metal piping and apparatus being used.

Storage and Handling



• Hydrogen cylinders must be stored with valve’s protective cap in place. If the cap has

been removed, the cylinder must be stored upright and secured with non-combustible

straps or chains.

• Hydrogen cylinders must be stored more than 20 feet away from cylinders of oxygen or

other oxidizers, e.g., bromine, chlorine, fluorine (which we do not have) or be separated

by a noncombustible wall extending not less than 18” above and to the sides of the stored

material.

• Never open the cylinder valve before making sure all your connections are secure as the

static discharge from flowing gas may cause hydrogen to be ignited.

• NEVER USE ADAPTERS.

• Be aware of leaks! Hydrogen has a low viscosity which makes it to have a high leakage

rate. A leak as small as 4 micrograms/second can support combustion.

• Due to hydrogen’s low molecular weight, this gas will diffuse rapidly in a room and will

collect near the ceiling. It is important to only use hydrogen in well ventilated locations.

• There must be no more than 1000 cubic feet of flammable gases per fire control area

unless there are adequate engineering controls. Contact EH&S for an evaluation if there

will be more than one large cylinder used in a room and one in storage. A standard large

cylinder contains about 260 cubic feet of hydrogen. If there are inadequate engineering

controls the fire marshal may restrict the volume of H2, request that they be stored in an

exhausted location and require hydrogen monitoring and alarms, or other safety controls.

There should be fire sprinklers wherever hydrogen is used.

• All electronic equipment used near hydrogen gas must be grounded.

• Check that the pressurized system does not leak hydrogen with leak detection solution or

pressure sensing.

• Close the cylinder valve when not in use. Do not leave the piping pressurized if not is use.

Hydrogen is incompatible with many materials and situations

• It ignites easily with oxygen, could explode when heated.

• It reacts violently or explosively or forms heat- and/or-shock sensitive explosive mixtures with

oxidizers, halogens, halogen compounds, acetylene, bromine pentafluoride, chlorine oxides,

fluorine perchloride, oxides of nitrogen (check MSDS for list of incompatibles).

• Mixtures with chlorine may explode on exposure to light.

• Mixtures with oxygen may explode in presence of platinum catalyst.



• It is incompatible with copper (II) oxide, difluorodiazene, iodine heptafluoride, lead trifluoride,

liquid nitrogen, lithium perchlorate trihydrate, metals, nitrogen trifluoride, nitryl fluoride,

palladium (II) oxide, palladium trifluoride, polycarbon monofluoride, potassium

tetrafluorohydrazine, xenon hexafluoride.

• It forms hydrides when heated with alkalis, alkaline earth, and some other elements.

7.5.6 ANTIDOTES DETAILS:

The appropriate antidotes for the hazardous chemicals for the existing facility are available at

site and the same shall be updated & kept available for the expansion facility also.

Following Antidotes for major hazardous chemicals are kept available at the site.

Chemical Antidote / Medical Treatment

Benzene • Wash the affected skin with plenty of water.

• Administer Oxygen or shift to fresh air.

• Diazepam 0.1 mg / kg. (iv), bed rest.

Toluene • Wash affected skin with plenty of water.

• Administer Oxygen or shift to Fresh air,

• Don’t apply Epinefrin, Ifridin etc. Don’t apply milk, vegetable oil or alcohol.

• Give Diazepam 0.1 mg/kg (iv) slowly through injection, bed rest.

• Diazem – 1 mg/kg. (Intravenous),Epenephia, Efidrine

Xylene • Wash affected skin with plenty of water. Administer Freshair or Oxygen, 0.1 mg/kg

slowly through injection restin bed. Don’t apply Epinefrin, Ifridin etc. Don’t

applymilk, vegetable oil or alcohol

• Diazem – 1 mg/kg. (Intravenous),Epenephia, Efidrine

Methanol • Ethanol (30% solution from inside, 5% solution from outside i.e. by intravenous

injection), Epicake Syrup.

• In case of acidosis give Sodium bicarbonate.

• In case of delirium give Diazepam 10 mg. by intravenous injection.

• Folinic acid (Leucovorin), 1 mg/kg, iv, 4 hourly.

Ammonia

• If skin is affected then wash with plenty of water for 15 min. and then wash with

dilute lactic acid and apply soframycin cream.

• If eye is affected, then wash by eye fountain with plenty of water for 15 min. Put

one drop of 0.4% Benzocaine (Novocaine) solution in eye. Boric or lactic acid

solution eye drops can also be given,

• If entered in throat, then give smell through cotton dipped in ethanol or ether

through nose.

• Administer oxygen in case of breathing difficulty.

Thionyl • Milk of Magnesia, Soda Water, Castor Oil, Soframycine.



Chloride

7.5.7 LEAK DETECTION & REPAIR PROGRAM

Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) is a program implemented to comply with environmental

regulations for reducing the fugitive emissions of targeted chemicals into the environment. In

addition to control fugitive emissions, LDAR Program also helps the industries to reduce

unwanted losses of chemicals and thereby conserving energy & increasing their profitability.

Need of Leak detection and Repair (LDAR) programs:

Fugitive emissions constitute a source of air pollution and fire. EPA has determined that

leaking equipment, such as valves, pumps, and connectors, are the largest source of emissions

of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and volatile hazardous air pollutants (VHAPs) from

chemical manufacturing facilities.

A benefit of LDAR program is reduction of product losses. Facility that apply LDAR also

increase safety for workers and operators, decrease exposure of the surrounding community,

reduce emission fees and help facilities avoid enforcement action.

Following steps shall be followed for effective implementation of LDAR Program:

1. Identification of volatile chemicals which may contribute in VOCs:

In existing plant, following are the list of chemicals which may contribute in VOCs.

• Benzene

• Carbon Disulphide

• Ethyl Acetate

• Hexane

• Xylene

• Methanol

• Dimethyl Sulphide

• Toluene

• Ammonia

• Dimethyl Sulphate

• Thionyl Chloride

2. Identification of all the probable sources of leakage; such as valves, pumps, and

connectors.

List of the sources of probable leakage is as follows:

• Valves/Flanges

• Pump glands handling above chemicals

• Open vents from the tank top

• Pump seals

• Compressor seals



• Pressure relief devices

• Process drains

• LPDs (Low Point Drains)

• HPVs (High Point Vents)

A list of all such items shall be made and same shall be incorporated in the checklist for

LDAR.

3. Selection of appropriate method for leak detection:

Considering the nature of the chemical; appropriate method shall be selected for leak

detection of individual chemicals from the list given below:

• Visual Checks

• LEL meter

• VOC meter

• Gas Detector

• Etc.

4. Scheduling and checklist for Leak Detection:

All points shall be checked as per the checklist given below.

5. Methods for rectification of identified leaks:

For all identified leaks, closure shall be ensured with the help of maintenance department

and records for the same shall be maintained.



Checklist for implementation of LDAR Program to reduce emissions of VOCs.

NOTE: we have not addressed the recovery of solvents. You may prepare write up about maximizing the recovery of solvents to reduce emissions.

Records of leak detection have been maintained by client and are available at site.

Sr.

No.

List of Source

of leakage

Name of

Chemical

Method

of leak

check

Frequency

Weekly/Monthl

y / Quarterly

Checked

on

Checked

by

Observations/

Remarks

Leak to be attended

by (Repair to be

done within 5

working days)

Leak attended

on

Closure Note



7.6 ONSITE AND OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD, Ankleshwar has prepared the On site

emergency Plan which is linked with District Disaster Management Plan. This plan has

been prepared based on the risk contours plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing

the facilities that would be affected, in case an accident takes place.

The purpose of this plan is to provide M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE

PVT.LTD, Ankleshwar. With the means to effectively utilize all the resources at its

disposal for the protection of life, environment and property. The same ERP shall be

updated after expansion to cover new plants or facilities, if required. The details of the

same are discussed in the following sections.

7.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY

THE LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES:

LEVEL - 1:

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant/area. It may be due to:

a) Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that do not affect outside premises.

b) Release of toxic chemicals for short duration.

c) Small fire in the plant.

LEVEL - 2:

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to -

a) Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

c) Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

LEVEL - 3:

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in

the vicinity are likely to be affected. It may arise due to -

a) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

b) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area.

c) Major fire inside the factory premises.



7.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.

• To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environment impact assessment.

• To control and contain incidents.

• To safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

• To minimize damage to property or/and the environment.

• To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks

assessed, safeguards provided, residual risk if any and the role to be played by them in

the event of emergency.

• To be ready for ‘mutual aid’ if need arises to help neighbouring unit. Normal jurisdiction

of an OEP is limited to the own premises only, but looking to the time factor in arriving

the external help or off-site plan agency, the jurisdiction must be extended outside to the

extent possible in case of emergency occurring outside.

• To inform authorities and mutual aid centers to come for help.

• To effect rescue and treatment of casualties. To count injured.

• To identify and list any serious injuries and or fatalities.

• To inform and help relatives.

• To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally.

• To provide authoritative information to the news media.

• To preserve records, equipment etc, and to organize investigation into the cause of the

emergency and suggest preventive measures to stop its recurrence.

• To ensure safety of the works before personnel re-enter and resume duty.

• To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide necessary

inputs for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal.



7.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD, Ankleshwar has developed an

emergency management team. The management structure includes the following

personnel’s;

• Site Main Controllers.

• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers.

• Key Personnel’s.

• Essential Workers.

The other elements of Disaster Management Plan are:

• Assembly points.

• Emergency control center.

• Fire control arrangements.

• Medical arrangements.

• Other arrangements.

7.6.3.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

He is the head authority of the organization. V.P. – Operations holds the responsibilities of

the site main controller or emergency controller. He is having overall responsibilities for

directing operation.

Immediately on hearing of emergency, he will proceed to Gate House, where he will meet

the Communication Officer.

• From time to time, he will assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if staff needs

to be evacuated.

• Exercise direct operational control of those parts of the works outside the affected area.

• Maintain a continuous review of possible developments and assess these to determine the

most probable course of event.

• Initiate the shutting down and evacuation of plant in consultation with the Incident

Officer.

• Liaise with Police Services and provide advice on possible effects on areas outside the

factory.

• Issue authorized statements to the news media. Where appropriate, inform the Director.



• Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of evidence.

• Control rehabilitation of affected areas on cessation of emergency.

• Determine what investigations and reporting should be carried out and by whom, to

determine cause and prevention of reoccurrence.

7.6.3.2 ROLE OF INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

His primary duties shall be to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial stage he

may be required to take decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or

continue any process and to take technical decisions to control the incident. The deputy

incident controller will take the charge of incident controller, if he is not available due to any

reason. They will be always available in each shift and can take charge of the incident.

Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:

• Managers connected with Plants/the respective Plant-In-Charge from each shift have

been designated as I.C.

• Two Production officers in each shift will be identified as Deputy Incident Controllers.

• He shall take charge at the scene of incident.

• He shall immediately assess the gravity of risk and alert panel and field operators to start

controlling their respective section.

• He will work under the direction of the SMC, but till his arrival he may have to execute

following responsibilities.

• He will ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.

• Direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.

• He shall communicate to the SMC the type of outside help needed.

• He shall direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following

priorities.

• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.

• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.

• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.

• Give information to the head of fire fighting and rescue team and other emergency

services.

• Depending on the incident, instruct partial or total shut down, isolations, depressurization,

Nitrogen purging, fire fighting, rescue operations.



• Instruct upstream/downstream units to take emergency shutdown /cutting off supply and

other appropriate actions and emergency evacuation help etc.

• Direct for search of casualties.

• Evacuate non-essential workers/visitors/contractors to safe assembly points.

• Brief site main controller and keep him informed about the developments.

• Preserve evidences. This will be necessary for investigation for cause and concluding

preventive measures.

7.6.3.3 KEY PERSONNELS

Senior officers of various departments like Fire, Security, Safety, Administration,

Engineering, Project, Production, Transport, Pollution control, Technical Services and

Stores shall be nominated as Key Personnel in their respective fields. As necessary, they

shall decides the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate personnel, carryout

emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipments, utilities, carryout

environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other

local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighbouring industries, action at

assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid centre under the direction of the SMC. All

the key personnel and other called in so to assist, shall report to the ECC. They are

available at any time on duty or on call or on holidays.

7.6.3.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS:

Essential Workers shall be those who shall be trained in Fire Fighting and First Aid. One

Supervisor and two helpers from each shift will be Identified as E.W.’s & shall suppose to

report at EMERGENCY SITE to take instructions from I.C. or Dy. I.C. Such work

instructions will include:

• Fire fighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.

• To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

• Shutting down plant and making it safe.

• Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process, providing

temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement,

electrical work, etc.

• Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc.



• Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the

accident.

• Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

• The injured will be given First Aid.

• Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

• Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for

outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.

• Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

• Assistance at communication centres to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as

messengers if necessary.

• Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles

entering the work, to control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make

alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the

works.

• Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site Main

Controller.

• Any special help required.

OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP:

7.6.3.5 ASSEMBLY POINT

In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned any

emergency duty) will be evacuated from the area & they shall report to specified Assembly

Points. Assembly Point is marked at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least

affected by the down wind direction.

To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly

Point, proper location and number shall be marked at Assembly Points. Each Assembly

Point shall be manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. At each

Assembly Point, duties of Assembly Point In-charge are displayed in brief. Before reaching

an Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due

to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet etc., shall be

issued & made available with workers.



7.6.3.6 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Centre is the place or room from where the operations to handle the

emergency are directed and coordinated. A room near Security Gate has been

earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room.

Telephone and other facilities required with necessary documents are displayed in ECC for

ready reference. ECC has been operated by Site Main Controller, key personnel and Senior

Officers of the Fire, Police, Factory Inspectorate, District Authorities and Emergency

Services.

The ECC centre is equipped with the following facilities:

• Internal and external telephone including STD facility.

• Telephone directory/ Telephone nos. of mutual aid centres.

• Factory Layout showing evacuation plan, fire fighting arrangements, emergency control

centre, location of assembly points, etc.

• First Aid.

• Gate pass book.

• Muster roll of Workers.

• Work permit book.

• Identity card register.

• Copy of ON SITE/ OFF SITE PLAN.

• Stationeries like- note book, pen, pencils etc.

• SCBA Sets.

• Sand Buckets & Hydrant Network.

• Adequate numbers of PPE's (like dust mask, Air Mask, safety dress, PVC hand gloves,

Full Face piece respirator with 3M cartridge, helmet, goggles, etc).

7.6.3.7 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS (FIRE FIGHTING, GAS LEAK

CONTROL AND RESCUE OPERATION)

A. Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)

1. Incident Controller directs the firefighting and Emergency operation. His duties

include…

2. Keep the constant touch with the SMC / In charge - EHS.



3. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of

Manpower / equipment / extinguishing media etc.

B. Role of EHS Representative:

1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage, he immediately proceeds to the

help.

2. Decides his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and takes appropriate

measures to handle the emergency.

3. Assessing the severity of the incident, immediately report to emergency controller

about the gravity of the situation.

4. He assesses the extra requirement required if any, from the neighbouring industry.

C. Fire crew members

1. On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they immediately reports to control room and

proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of IC/ Dy IC.

2. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

7.6.3.8 MEDICAL SERVICES

The roles of Medical officers are as follows;

(a) He will report immediately to the SMC/IC.

(b) He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.

(c) He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if required.

(d) He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other Para –

medical services etc. and transportation services etc.

(e) He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

(f) He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.

(g) He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the affected

persons nearby.

7.6.3.9 ROLE OF SECURITY IN-CHARGE (SECURITY OFFICER)

• On hearing the emergency siren, he shall find out the location of the incident (fire / gas

leak / spill / explosion) and inform the location of the same to the key personnel coming

to the plant.

• He will depute the security guards for managing gates and traffic control at the incident

site & send remaining guards to the site of incident.

• He will prevent unauthorized entry in to the site

• He will render assistance as demanded by the safety in-charge.



• He will mobilize additional security force for help, if required.

• He will direct ambulance(s) and emergency vehicle(s) to the scene of incident.

• He will help evacuate persons within the scene of incident.

• As directed by the site main controller, he may be required to address the public of

surrounding villages for warning / evacuation.

7.6.3.10 ROLE OF MUTUAL-AID MEMBERS

• Company has Mutual Aid with various nearby factories and GIDC fire station etc.

• On receiving the call, they shall proceed immediately with fire squad & fire tenders.

• They will be guided to the place of the incident by the main gate security guard.

• The fire squad in-charge will report to the safety in-charge of the unit in which the

incident has occurred.

7.6.3.11 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

Other arrangements include external transport (transport centre), heavy vehicles, lift/cranes,

Utilities, generator sets to supply emergency power, environment monitoring equipment,

special instruments/equipments, rescue items etc. is made available from Ankleshwar

Association or nearby locations, when available resources do not meet the requirements.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (FOLLWED DURING

EMERGENCY)

• As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers shall report to IC or SMC.

• They shall carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC

• According to the type of emergency/accident, they shall get equipped with PPE/Fire

fighting equipment and devices.

• The runner among the workers shall inform SMC/IC and key personnel if they are not at

site.

• The messenger amongst the workers shall deliver messages to nearby units as per the

instructions of SMC/IC.

• The in-charge of medical arrangements shall prepare first-aid and other required facilities

for the injured.

• The other essential workers shall try to control the emergency as per the instructions

given to IC.



• IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken at the site

and ask for other requirements e.g. Mutual aid, equipment etc. if he find necessary.

• SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures being taken,

need for external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.

7.6.4 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM

After assessing the risk of the emergency / incident, the second step of the plan is

communication.

This chapter deals with the procedure to be followed at the time of emergency to inform

following personnel.

• Incident controller

• Site main controller

• Other key personnel

• Mutual aid centers

• Neighbouring industries and public in vicinity

• Government authorities.

The communication of emergency begins with sounding the siren from the emergency. The

procedure us as under;

7.6.4.1 RAISING THE ALARM

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the first step

shall be to raise the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby people. Next, he/she

shall inform the security persons to raise the emergency siren located at the factory gate.

The security personnel sound the siren.

The alarm sound informs the I.C and the S.M.C that an emergency has been created and

emergency organization is to be activated. The I.C. rushes to the site and shall takes charge

of the scene.

7.6.4.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY

The nominated persons are technically qualified and experienced. They will advice the

incident controller or the Site main controller. The site main controller with the consultation

to technical persons declare major emergency.

The joint decision to declare major emergency shall be taken as early as possible and

without wasting time.



7.6.4.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES

After hearing the emergency siren or even receiving the emergency message on phone, the

telephone operator (security officer) transmit the message to site main controller and key

personnel as per the instruction received from incident controller.

7.6.4.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION

Communication of Emergency:

An effective system to communicate emergency has been made to communicate about the

emergency situation as mentioned below:

• Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty &

inside during normal working hours.

• To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working

hours.

• To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.

• To the neighbouring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.

STATUTORY INFORMATION:

a) Information to Workers

Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and control

as directed in the Factories Act is prepared by the unit. This information is printed in the

local language and given in the form of booklet to all workers including contract

workers.

b) To the outside emergency services and District Emergency Authority

Statutory information in the form of booklet is given to outside emergency services and

authorities, if required.

c) Specific Safety Measure to be taken for neighbouring firms, general public

vicinity& Factory Inspectorate

• Statutory information in the form of booklet, is given to neighbouring units and the

general public of the villages in the vicinity of the unit, if required.

• General Public in the vicinity shall be trained for associated chemical hazards, safety

measures, on-site & off-site emergencies, individual actions required during

emergencies, first aid, etc.

• General Awareness Seminars will be conducted.



• Required safety drills, Off Site drill, etc will be conducted.

7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD, Ankleshwar, has prepared the

Occupational Health Surveillance Programme for its existing facility. The same

programme shall be updated (if required) after the expansion, to cover new plants or

facilities. The details of the existing programme are described in the following sections.

7.7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the

above phases.

7.7.2 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

Company has made formal agreements with the hospitals Jayaben Modi Hoapital, having

facilities to attend fire and toxic effect cases, emergency cases, attending the affected

persons in the emergency arising out of accidents, if any, etc.

Emergency vehicle is available round the clock in the factory to transport the victim/injured

person from the factory to the nearby hospital. Ambulance is equipped with Stretcher, First

aid box, Oxygen Cylinder, Mask, etc.

7.7.3 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER/OHC

A qualified doctor has been appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him,

Paramedical Staff has also been employed. Adequate no. of employees is trained in First aid.

7.7.4 PLAN FOR PERIODIC MEDICAL CHECKUP

Periodic Medical Examination is being conducted as per the following schedule;

Workers employed are examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/ Factory Medical

Officer, in the following manner:

(a) Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person;

(b) During employment, once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the

person to do the particular job;

Medical examinations are then documented in Form no.: 32 & 33 and maintained.



7.7.5 DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND SAFETY

HAZARDS

Occupational Hazards

• Exposure to Toxic Chemicals.

• Exposure to Flammable Solvents.

• Fire due to Static charge generation

• Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc.

• Spillage/leakage,

• Overflow,

• Exposure to Corrosive Chemicals.

Occupational Health Impacts

• Toxication, Irritation,

• Fall Injury, Electrocution,

• Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization,

• Severe irritation to eyes & skin,

• Respiratory disorder,

• Damage to nearby equipments,

• Fatality, etc

Mitigation measures/Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards are

mentioned under section 7.5. Personal protective equipments like Helmet, Safety shoes/

Gumboots Hand gloves, Gas Mask / Nose Mask, PVC apron, SCBA Set, PVC pressure suit,

Bobble hood are also provided to the required personnel.

.

7.7.6 WORKZONE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS FOR HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS

Work zone monitoring is carried out by independent competent third party every month.

Records are kept in Form No. 37 as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Location for samplings

shall be identified. Samples are analyzed for Air borne concentration of hazardous chemicals

in ppm. Following information is incorporated in the format for maintaining records of work

zone monitoring:

Location/Operation monitored

Identified contaminant

Sampling instrument used

Number of Samples

Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample

Average concentration

TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of Factories Act)

Reference method used for analysis

Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored

Signature of the person taking samples

Other relevant details



7.7.7 PROVISION OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST & HEALTH EVALUATION OF

WORKERS

1. Management has device a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health status

evaluation of workers.

2. Workers are checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health

hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to work before being

employed for that purpose. Complete medical examinations including PFT, Urine and

Blood examination, Liver Function tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision

testing, ECG, etc. is carried out. However, the parameters and frequency of such

examinations are decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial

Hygienists and the details of the same are maintained in record.

3. While in work also, all the workers are periodically examined for the health with

specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to, during work.

Again, the parameters and frequency of such examination are decided in consultation

with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists. Monthly and yearly report of

the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety is

maintained.

7.7.8 SAFETY TRAININGS & MOCK DRILLS

Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid, & all Safety Aspects) shall be

provided every 15 days by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members

called from other Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular

employees, limited contractor labours will also be given safety training. To create safety

awareness, safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets are distributed.

MOCK DRILLS

To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness

among employees mock drill will be carried out at the interval of every six months.

After completion of the mock drill, summary report shall be made and corrections will be

done if any weakness has been observed.

FREQUENCY OF MOCK DRILLS:

• On-site emergency : Once every 6 months

• Off-site emergency : Once every year

• On-site & off-site emergency detail is attached as a Annexure –XX.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT.LTDANKLESHWAR. 364

CHAPTER - 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Over the years, M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT. LTD. has focused on impacting rural

education, water conservation, tribal welfare, agriculture, animal husbandry, health and hygiene, disaster

relief and rehabilitation. A number of these projects were replicated by other companies, increasing their

impact.

The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the upliftment of local

community in the nearby villages and growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for

employment and can also help diversify the economy. This is especially important given the high level of

urbanization, growing levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Synergistic growth in the

chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socioeconomic development. The use of

chemical further leads to development in field of research and development. This chapter describes about

benefits of the project on improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure and

employment potential in the region.



8.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. has decided to use 36.56 Lacks Rs in below mentioned sector

under the CER scheme:-

TABLE 8.1 - CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

CER ACTIVITIES TO BE DONE (AMOUNT IN LAKH)

Sr.

No. Activities

Name of the Village /

Place Year - 1 Year - 2

Year -

3

Year -

4 Year-5

Total

(Lakh)

1

Facility for drinking Water ,

Installation and

maintenance of RO plant & Village: Amaratpura

Tal: Ankleshwar

Dist. Bharuch

&

Village: Kapodara

Tal: Ankleshwar

Dist. Bharuch

3.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 10.5

2

To electrify the village by

providing LED light &

Solar light

2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 8.0

3 Plantation in Village area &

near by school area 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 9.0

4. To Provide dustbin in

village area 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 9.0

Total

36.5

*Commitment letter is attached as ANNEXURE-X.

8.3 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for direct/ indirect

employment during operation phase of the project. There would be a wide economic impact in terms of

generating opportunities for other business like workshops, marketing, repair and maintenance tasks etc.

• The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc which would

help economic boost.



8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

There will be increase in the employment facilities due to the upcoming project like

• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.

• The Unit will use latest STATE OF ART technology. Thus man power will be exposed to new

technology.

• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.



CHAPTER -9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Cost-benefit analysis (CBA) is an analytical way for society to make decisions about complicated issues

such as education, health care, transportation, or the environment. Like most personal decisions, it

involves a comparison of the costs of an action compared with considerations of the benefits of that

action. However, for public policy it is formalized and quantitative. For instance, a public policy can be

evaluated by calculating and weighing the benefits against the costs, once all factors have been given a

common unit of measurement. When policymakers have to choose among various alternatives, they

require a tool that will allow them to distinguish between the options. Decision makers can then choose

the policy with the largest surplus, or overall net benefits.

Also, as per CER initiative we can see that the unit is going to contribute 2.0% of the project cost towards

betterment of society in nearby villages in 10 KM vicinity area.

However the unit will explore further possibility after commencement of project and will carry out

detailed environmental cost benefit analysis.

EIA REPORT OF M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE.PVT LTD. GIDC ANKLESHWAR


CHAPTER - 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and hope to survive. The key to the

success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and control is the management and operation of

the organization. Effective committed management delivers a successful industry. A total commitment to

the environment, not just for compliance with legal or regulatory compliance will be the essence of

environment management of an industry. Many companies have recognized the benefits of implementing

an effective environmental management system.

10.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE

The aim of environment management plan is to conserve natural resources and water, to prevent

pollution of environment, to ensure effectiveness of control measures and monitoring program, to

ensure safety, welfare and good health of worker, to minimize generation of waste.

The objectives of EMP are as under:

• Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,

• Pollution that cannot be prevented will be recycled in to the system,

• Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled will be subjected for recovery of chemicals using

best technologies,

• Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled or recovered will be treated in environmentally safe

manner, and

• Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only as a last resort” and will be

conducted in an environmentally safe manner.

This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Notification dated 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments to the same) issued by the Ministry

of Environment and Forests& Climate Change (MoEF& CC), by providing required information with

regards to the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference issued by the SEIAA, Gujarat.



10.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS)

It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will promote the protection

of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its employees and others involved in or affected by its

business operations and address the environmental concerns regarding sustainable development.

To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we shall strive to achieve an organizational culture

of safety, health and environmental excellence.

As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company shall declare full commitment to

achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and Environment.

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various environmental

impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on: Environmental management

strategies.

Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental guidelines of the country.

• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed utilizing a

specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the basis for environmental

considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the appointed personnel.

With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation measures to

prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the environmental components.

The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potentially detrimental

impacts on the environment, both during construction and operation phases of the project. It is also



Necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is ensured. The construction

and associated activities have been planned so as to minimize impacts on the physical, biological and

socio-economic-cultural environments. Even though it would be naive to expect that all detrimental

impacts can be avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts will be localized and temporary in nature.

This is a new synthetic organic manufacturing unit in Ankleshwar. Environmental impacts during the

construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation, excavation of trenches, erection & mechanical

fabrication, construction activities, transportation etc. and provision of civic amenities to the construction

workforce. The potential for environmental impact during construction phase on most of the

environmental components are temporary and the environment returns back to its previous status on

completion of the construction. State of the art technology will be adopted for control of pollution during

project execution phase, whenever and wherever applicable.

All construction activities generally cause disruptions to the pre project environmental quality. The

following environmental protection measures should be incorporated as part of terms and conditions of

contract for implementation by the contractor or the authority as appropriate. Recommendations made to

minimize impacts during construction phase are delineated below:

10.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. Pvt. Ltd is located at plot no:-5178, GIDC Estate Ankleshwar,

Dist:-Bharuch. And Ankleshwar has well developed road. However M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt.

Ltd. will ensure to keep the pollution potential level in the construction phase to a minimum. The task will

be assigned to security people and supervised by qualified supervisor. The control measures proposed by

the unit to minimize the pollution during construction phase are as under Table no.10.1.

TABLE: 10.1

CONTROL MEASURES FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Sr.

No.

Source Waste type/

Pollution

Control measures

(A) Site Preparation

1. Uplift of dust during the

excavation, leveling

operations etc.

Dust Sprinkling of water over land, and provision of

enclosure.

(B)Sanitation

1. Sanitation facilities. Sewage Sewage will be sent to Soak pit.

(C)Noise



Sr.

No.

Source Waste type/

Pollution

Control measures

1. Movement of vehicles like

truck, Dozer, Cranes

Noise

pollution

Restrict movement of vehicle between 10 p.m. to

6 a.m.

All vehicles will be maintained in well

condition.

2. Construction activity Noise

pollution

Engineering control, Provide noise protection

devices like earmuffs, ear plug to worker,

Rotation of work to minimize exposure.

(D) Wastes from construction equipment

1. Dozer, Cranes Waste oil Avoid spillage, proper storage, disposal by

selling to repressor.

2. Painting Empty

containers

of paints

and oils

Proper storage, disposal by selling to authorized

buyers/incineration.

3. Construction Constructio

n waste

Use for leveling purpose within premises

10.4.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. has proposed Environment Management Plan to keep the

pollution potential to a minimum level in the operation phase.

10.4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Flue Gas Emission

Boiler having capacity 5 TPH based on Briquette or Natural Gas will be use as a fuel & Thermic Fluid

Heater having capacity 12 Lacs Kcal/Hr. based on Briquette.12 meter adequate stack height is provided as

an APCM.

D.G. Set having 125 KVA, Diesel will be use as a fuel. 12 meter adequate stack height is provided as an

APCM.

Air Pollution Control Measures of Flue gas emission

For air pollution control measure cyclone separator + water scrubber for common stack between boiler

and TFH having 12 meter adequate stack height will be provided & for D.G. set also 12 meter adequate

stack height will be provide.

Process Gas Emission:

There will be a process gas emission of SO2, HCl, NH3,,Cl2, and Br2 from reaction vessel.



Fugitive Emission:

There will be fugitive emission of VOC during material handling, transferring and at storage area.

The control measures of flue gas emission and process emission are as under.


Unit will proposed to manufacture 4170 MT/Month. Total water requirement for industrial as well as

domestic will be 179 KLD, from which 79 KLD will be fresh & 100 KLD will be internally recycle.

Water required for the proposed project will be fulfilled by GIDC Ankleshwar water supply system. Water

conservation measures will be taken to explore possibility of reuse/recycle of water. Process optimization,

reduction, reuse and recycle of water will be carried out to minimize the impact. Record of water

consumption will be maintained.

The effluent generation will be 116 KLD. In which 3 KLD Sewage will be dispose through soak pit &

107 KLD waste water generated from Process 84 KLD, Washing-7 KLD, Cooling Tower Blowdown-8

KLD & others 8 KLD will be treated in to in house ETP & MEE followed by activated carbon filter.


The sources of noise generation will be transportation activities, D.G. set, cooling tower, plant machinery

etc. The unit will take following measures to control noise pollution.

Measures for Noise

• To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures, Noise

suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures should be provided, if

required (wherever noise level is more than 90 dB (A)).

• Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug

should be provided to all workers where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and

equipment to reduce noise generation.

• Green Belt Development.



TABLE: 10.2

DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE POLLUTION

Sr.

No.

Source Waste type/

pollution

Control measures

1. Transportation

activities

Noise

pollution Green belt, Restriction on transportation between 08 p.m. to 9

a.m., Maintain vehicle in good condition.

2. D.G.set Noise

pollution Acoustic enclose, Engineering control,

Provision of PPE, Green belt,

3. Plant/process

area

Noise

pollution Maintain equipment & machines in good working condition.

Isolated noisy area from other area by distance and if it is not

possible than by physical separation or noise proof valve.

Provide silencer to safety valve, relief valve

Provision of PPE, Green belt,

Record noise level monitoring of different places within and

outside premises, Periodically Audio metric test,

Rotation of work to minimize exposure.


The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development of greenbelt

comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. It is recommended that plantation be

made on sites, road sides, around waste treatment units. Such a development of greenbelt and plantation

of shrubs and trees will not only significantly reduce or mitigate adverse impacts due to aerosols and

gaseous pollutants, noise, odour and nuisance etc., but also serve as shelter belts for avifauna, stabilize

and improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.

10.4.6.1 RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT STORAGE AREA

The unit will take following control measures to prevent land contamination from raw material storage

and handling.

• Raw materials will be stored in M.S tanks, S.S tank and HDPE Carboys, HDPE bags,etc in separate

storage room.

• Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer, RCC roads

and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities is involved.

• Hazardous flammable substances are separately stored within premises. Solvent transfer will be done

by pumps. Reactor & solvent handling pump have mechanical seal.

• The acid tanks will be provided with dyke wall to control spread of leakages.



10.4.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of green belt is to provide a barrier between source of pollution and surrounding area

by filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutants before it reaches to the ground.The

unit will plant trees like Babool (Vachellianilotica), Peepal (Ficusreligiosa), Neem (Azadirachtaindica),

Asopalav (Polyalthialongifolia), Banyan, Kapok (Ceibapentandra), Nilgiri (Eucalyptus), Gulmohar

(Delonixregia), Pelta Farm, Kashid.

TABLE 10.3

BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Work or Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total

Plantation Outside the Area

Plantation

Required

10 10 10 10 10 50 Trees

Amount (INR) 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 50000

Preparation of Greenbelt Plan

The proposed greenbelt development should be of a suitable width along the periphery of project site area

including unit complex, space between the units located within the project, along the roads, storage areas,

loading / unloading areas of products etc.

Criteria for Selection of Species for Greenbelt

The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on characteristics.

• It should have thick canopy cover

• They should be perennial and evergreen

• They should have high sink potential for pollutants

• They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants if any without significantly affecting their growth.

Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting technique. The pit

size should be either 45 cm × 45 cm × 45 cm or 60 cm × 60 cm ×60 cm. bigger pit size is prepared on

marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm



yard manure for 45cm ×45 cm × 45 cm and 60 cm × 60 cm × 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of

soil should be completed at least 5-10 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species

should be planted in each pit.

Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area,

increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project site will be

planted with flowering trees. Trees should be planted to increase aesthetic value as well as shady area

along the roads.

Each plant shows different air pollution tolerance level depending upon number of factors. The trees

should be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area & should be able to grow and thrive on soil of the

area, be evergreen, inhabitant, having minimum of leaf fall. The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain

plantation and with large and spreading canopy in primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also

recommended to plant few trees, which are sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.

10.4.8 VEHICULAR POLLUTION CONTROL

• All vehicles will be maintained in well condition by regular preventive maintenance to reduce the

exhaust level.

• Drivers of all vehicles used in the transportation will be trained in transportation of Hazardous

chemicals to prevent any accident. Fitness and training test certificate approved by R.T.O to be

maintained on the vehicle at all times to ensure transport worthiness.

10.4.9 SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS

• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of accidents within

a chemical manufacturing unit

• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and approved by competent authority

• Training is imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations within the plant and will

be supervised by experienced supervisors

• Suitable personnel protective equipment and fire extinguishers at strategic locations and suitable

personal protective equipment will be provided

• Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed



• All the raw materials & solvents will be stored in designated storage area equipped with necessary

safety features.

• Physical and chemical properties of raw materials and products as MSDS are provided as soft copy in

CD.

• The solvent storage area will be restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthling will be provided

in all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done. Flame arrester cum breather valve and

flame proof fitting will be provided at tank farm.

• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipment, and machineries will be done.

• Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises

• All designated staff & workers will be trained for the firefighting, work permit system, first aid and

safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.

• Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees are made aware for the

same.

• Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating appropriate hazard

warnings.

• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the factory premises.

• Pre-employment medical checkup at the time of employment will be carried out. In order to safe

guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health checkup at every six

month.

10.4.10 RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using rainwater when it is most

needed. A rainwater harvesting system comprises of various stages – transporting rain water through

pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five components in a

rainwater harvesting system namely catchment, conveyance, filtration, storage and recharge.

Advantages of Rain Water Harvesting

There are various advantages of Rain Water recharging from which some of those are listed below:

• Prevent evaporation and runoff of rain water and convey it to recharge groundwater especially in such

areas where runoff is very high.



• Solution to water scarcity problems.

• Effective rise in ground water levels.

• It’s economical and energy saving as it prevents extraction of water from depleting ground water

table.

• Easy operation and maintenance.

Design of Rain Water Harvesting

• Quantity of Rain water collected depends upon:

• (a) Average rainfall intensity (b) Catchment area (c) Run-off coefficient.

• The rain water from the Roof tops, Paved and Green Area will be collected through PVC pipes and

then transferred to the proposed rainwater harvesting pits. Design calculations for these pits are

discussed in subsequent section.

• Based on the long term IMD Data for Bharuch District

• Annual Rainfall intensity = 1165 mm (1.165 m)

• It will be collected in intermediate tank and stored in raw water tank for further usage.

10.4.11 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT

• The drains for storm water will be kept clean and dry in summer and winter. The storm water drains

will be connected to holding tank. The rain water of the premises will be collected in this holding tank

through storm water drains. The collected water will be analyzed for any contamination of pollutants

for 1st and 2nd rain during monsoon. If analysis indicates any contamination, the collected water will

be diverted to ETP plant. In case of no contamination, the collected water will be used in cooling

tower and other applications.

10.5 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, etc following additional

measures shall be provided.



10.5.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce costs and be

environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses during planning and operation

stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following:

a. Architectural design

• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air-conditioning.

• Maximize the use of natural lighting through design.

b. Energy Saving Practices

• Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

• Reducing energy consumption by installing Solar Panel in administrative office in near future.

• Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.

• Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired comfort

levels.

• Economizers will be provided to utilize heat.

• Condensate will be recovered and will send back to boiler.

• Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.

• Proper load factor will be maintained by the company.

• Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good housekeeping which will

help in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.

• On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets will be provided to use day light and to stop use of

lights during day time.

• LED lamps will be provided.

• To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment will be selected.

• Gravity flow will be preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.

• Recycling of condensate water will be done.

• Variable frequency drive motors will be used. Energy efficient motors will be used.

c. Behavioral change on consumption

• Awareness on energy conservation.

• Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.



10.5.2 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Unit will reuse 97 KLD water from the MEE condensate followed by activated carbon filter. However,

water conservation shall be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all non-potable

application like gardening, lawns an, flushing toilets etc.

(I) Minimizing Water Consumption

A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in the plant.

The message of water conservation shall be spread to all occupiers on site by way of awareness

campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented include the following:

(II) Management Measures

• Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.

• Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

• Quick fixing of leaking taps pipes and toilet cisterns; Sweep with a broom and pan where possible,

rather than hose down external areas.

Minimize water use in gardens by the following measures:

• Drip irrigation system shall be used for the lawns and other green area which can save water

between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques.

• Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match precipitation

heads and emitters.

• Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.

• Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for seasonal

variations and calibrate them during commissioning.

• Selecting a drought resistant grass.

(III) Water Saving Investments

• Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow devices or aerators

on showerheads.

• Spring-loaded taps;

• Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use – monitoring water use is a precursor for

management and Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures



10.5.3 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC

Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. Adequate roads to cater

to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the complex.

• One gate for entry and exit will be provided with 7m wide approach roads.

• Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.

• Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.

• Zebra crossings shall be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.

• Entry and exit shall be managed by security personnel who will also regulate traffic.

• Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any hindrances to the

regular flow of traffic on the main road.


HAZARDS

• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of accidents within

a chemical manufacturing unit.

• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and will be approved by competent

authority

• Training will be imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations within the plant and

will be supervised by experienced supervisors

• Suitable personnel protective equipment and fire extinguishers at strategic locations and suitable

personal protective equipment will be provided

• Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed

• All the raw materials will be stored in designated storage area equipped with necessary safety features

• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipment, and machineries will be done.

• Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises

• All designated staff & workers will be trained for the fire-fighting, work permit system, first aid and

safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.

• Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees will be made aware for the

same.



• Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating appropriate hazard

warnings.

• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the factory premises.

• Pre-employment medical checkup at the time of employment will be carried out. In order to safe

guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health checkup at every six

month.

10.5.5 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING

Providing materials and monetary aid to schools, primary health centers, hospitals, sports, clubs and

places of worship.

• Planning to create residential, medical, educational and recreational facilities for our employees.

• Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of dead diction, self-help,

vocational training and guidance etc.

• Contributed in any welfare society.

• Scholarship for girls in Schools.

• Training local unprivileged boys and girls for Housekeeping, Laundry etc and provide employment.

• Adoption of Local School / Slum for up liftmen of locals.

10.6 FINDINGS

From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during development

of the project, at all the following levels:

(1) Project sitting (2) Planning and design (3)Project construction (4) Post project operations

The following findings are to be mentioned:

• The Project will have no significant environmental impacts during construction and operations.

• Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of national design and operational

standards.

• The environmental and safety aspects of the Project are straightforward and well understood.

• A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP. No further studies are required to

elaborate these subjects.



The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental monitoring and

auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the EMP, and minimize adverse

environmental and social impacts.

10.7 LEAK DETECTION AND REPAIR (LDAR) PROGRAM

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. will follow LDAR program as mentioned below:

TABLE: 10.4

LDAR PROGRAM

Sr. No. Component Frequency of monitoring Repair Schedule

1 Valves/Flanges Quarterly (semi-annual after

two consecutive periods with

<2% leaks and annual after 5

periods with <2% leaks)

Repair will be started within 5

working days and shall be

completed within 15 working days

after detection of leak for general

organic chemicals. In case of

methanol or toluene, the leak shall

be attended immediately for

repair.

2 Pump seals Quarterly -do-

3 Compressor seals Quarterly -do-

4 Pressure relief devices Quarterly -do-

5 Pressure relief devices

(after venting)

Within 24 hours -do-

6 Heat exchangers Quarterly -do-

7 Process drains Annually -do-

8 Components that are difficult

to monitor

Annually -do-

9 Pump seals with visible

liquid dripping

Weekly Immediately

10 Any component with visible

leaks

Weekly Immediately

11 Any component after

repair/replacement

Within a week --



10.8 CONCLUSION

The project can cause minor impacts only during construction phase due to the various activities involved

during that phase. However, strict adherence to the various mitigation measures as identified under the

EMP, strengthened by adequate environmental monitoring using best available technology (BAT) and

auditing and good construction practices, including the special construction methods as prescribed, will

go a long way in effectively reducing the impacts as to negligible levels.

During operation phase of the project, none of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact on

any component of the environment, including the socio-economic component. Provision of green belt and

energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario management of Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation measures and

Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall have negligible impact on environment and

will benefit the local people and economy.

EIA REPORT OF M/s. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT LTD.,GIDC ANKLESHWAR


CHAPTER-11

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. is located at plot no:-5178, GIDC Estate Ankleshwar, Dist.:-

Bharuch. Total proposed production capacity will be 4170 MT/Month. The proposed products by the

unit fall in the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification, i.e. Project No. 5(f), Synthetic Organic

Chemicals. It is classified as Category “A” project. Due to Ankleshwar is in critically polluted area.

11.1.1 LOCATION

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd is located at plot no:-5178, GIDC Estate Ankleshwar, Dist.:-

Bharuch. It is approximately 11 km distance from Dist.: Bharuch

11.1.2 INVESTMENT

The total investment for proposed new project will be in plant and machinery, building and

environment protection and safety. The cost of proposed project will be Rs. 1828 Lakhs.

11.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

The plant is located in Ankleshwar, which is well-developed industrial zone. Ankleshwar is having all

essential facilities such as internal roads, arrangement for supply of water and power to industries etc.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

M/s. Ree Atharva Life Science Pvt. Ltd. will be setting a manufacturing facility for a Bulk Drug &

Intermediates at GIDC Ankleshwar. It will be a dedicated facility catering to exports from India. The

product will be supplied to global multinational company for their growing demand for a supply term

of 20 years.

11.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL

Total production capacity of the unit will be 4170 MT/Month. The unit has proposed manufacturing of

Bulk Drug & Intermediates for 170 MT/M and for existing solvent distillation product capacity is

4000 MT/M.

11.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

LAND

The total plot area of the unit is 2040 sq. m. The green belt area will be approx. 310 sq. m. (15.19%)

area within the premises & additional 500 sq. m area (24.50 %) greenbelt in outside of the premises.



WATER REQUIREMENT

The Proposed fresh water requirement for domestic and industrial purpose will be met through GIDC

Ankleshwar water supply. GIDC Ankleshwar has its own water reservoir and distribution network

throughout the GIDC Ankleshwar. The unit will use 179 KLD of water out of which fresh water

consumption will be 79 KLD and recycled water consumption will be 100 KLD. Permission letter is

attached as ANNEXURE-V.

Total 99 KLD water will be subjected to MEE after primary treatment. 97 KLD MEE condensate will

be passed through activated carbon filter and then reused in process, cooling tower & washing.

Generated MEE salt will be 1.0 KLD & 1 KLD will be loss.

Membership certificate of M/s. BEIL is attached as ANNEXURE-VII.

ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The total power requirement for the project will be 346 KVA. The source of electricity will be

DGVCL.

UTILITIES

The proposed utilities like TFH, cooling tower, chilling compressors, air compressor etc. are adequate

for proposed project.

11.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO

WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

Existing Scenario

In the existing condition, Total waste water generation is 1.7 KLD. In which domestic waste water

generation is 1.0 KLD & Industrial waste water generation is 0.7 KLD. The domestic effluent is

disposed of through soak pit/septic tank & industrial waste water reused in cooling Tower (Blow down

from boiler and cooling tower is collected and distillate in distillation column. Distilled water reused

in cooling Tower)

Proposed scenario

The waste water generation from industrial activities will be 116 KL/Day. The concentrated process

effluent, washing water, boiler & cooling tower blow down will be treated in unit’s own ETP. High

concentrated water (84 KLD) will be send to the stripper. Stripper permeate (82 KLD) Send to the

primary ETP & there also mixed effluent from utility (19 KLD). Total effluent collected in ETP is 101

KLD. Generated ETP sludge will be 2 KLD. Remain 99 KLD waste water send to the In house MEE.



MEE Condensate passed through the activated carbon filter. After that effluent will be reuse in cooling

tower, washing & Process.1 KLD generated MEE salt will be send to the TSDF site.

GASEOUS EMISSION

FLUE GAS EMISSION

• In existing condition unit is using Briquette or natural gas in TFH & boiler Also no any process

gas emission.

• In proposed condition unit will install Boiler (5 TPH) based on Briquettes 12 MT/day or

Natural gas 300 Nm3 will be used & Thermic Fluid Heater (12 Lacs Kcal/Hr.) based on

Briquette 4.4 MT/Day used, for Air pollution control Measures cyclone separator + water

scrubber and Adequate stack height of 12 m will be provided. There will be common stack

between boiler and TFH.

• D.G. Set (125 KVA) based on Diesel 50 Lit/hr. will be used, for Air pollution control

Measures Adequate stack height of 12 m will be provided. It will be operated only in case of

power failure.

PROCESS GAS EMISSION

There will be a process gas emission of NH3, Cl2, Br2, SO2 and HCl from vessel. Unit has proposed to

install 3 stack of water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber & 1 stack of water scrubber followed by

acid scrubber of prevent it.

11.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

11.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radial distance from the project site with respect to sampling

and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality. The base line data were

monitored for study period of March-2018 to May-2018.

11.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

Relative humidity

The maximum relative humidity reported around 79% and minimum relative humidity is reported

around 4% during period of March-2018 to May-2018.

Temperature

The maximum temperature reported is 420C and the minimum temperature reported is 25OC during

period of March-2018 to May-2018.



Rainfall

The maximum rain fall is reported zero and the minimum rain fall is reported is zero during period of

March, 2018 to May, 2018.

11.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Based on data obtained, it can be stated that, during the study period the values of PM10 at monitored

locations was in ranged between 59 – 90 µg/m3 while the values PM2.5 was in the range of 22-48

µg/m3. The values of SO2 and NOx were in the range of 9 - 48 µg/m3 and 12-48 µg/m3 respectively.

The values of VOC and CO were observed in the range of 0.3 – 4.1 µg/m3 and 0.2-0.8 µg/m3

respectively. The values of, Cl2 will be observed below detectible limit. Results of all the monitored

parameter were found will within limit as per NAAQS.

11.3.4 WATER QUALITY

It was observed from the analysis report that:

Though the area is found to be of rocky terrain but the TDS content of the sample is observed to be

maximum up to 1296 mg/l in Motali which is little bit above on acceptable limit. Other village water

sample are having TDS below acceptable limit.

Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible limits as per IS

10500:2012 specified for drinking water and hence are suitable for drinking, however it is suggested

that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of chlorine tablets before use.


The noise levels during daytime varied from 45-65 dB (A) Leq in the study area. The noise level in the

study area is within the permissible Limits as per Noise rules 2000.

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 37- 55 dB (A) Leq. The night time noise

was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.

11.3.6 SOIL

The composite soil sample was collected from project site and the villages within 10 km radius. The

samples were collected to determine physical and chemical characteristic of soil.

11.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA

As per land use study, major land use of study area of 10 km buffer area is covered by 69.76 % of

Water body, 9.34% of open/barren land, 3.46% of agricultural land, 1.81% of fallow Land, 1.42% of

industrial area, 0.35% of human settlement area.



11.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the biological

diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance in assessing the

environmental status. The ecological interpretation is based on secondary sources of information.

Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora being the

primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora existing in a region

depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight, type of soil, quality of air, including

the quality and quantity of water available, etc.

11.4 IDENTIFICATION &ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT


Existing Condition

The source of water is GIDC water supply system. Total water consumption is 16 KLD from which

for industrial purpose 14 KLD, 1 KLD for gardening & 1 KLD for Domestic purpose.

Proposed Scenario

In proposed condition unit will consume total 179 KLD water from which 171 KLD will be utilize

for industrial purpose, 3 KLD for domestic and 5 KLD for gardening purpose. Total fresh water

consumption will be 79 KLD and 100 KLD will be recycled.

11.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENTs

Dust, NOX, SOX, VOC and HC may be slightly released into the local ambient air due to construction

activities and vehicular traffic movement in construction activities of proposed project.

There is emission of PM, SOX, NOX from Boiler & DG Set stacks and emission of HCl, Cl2, Br2, SO2

and Ammonia from process stacks.

There will also be water scrubber followed by carbon adsorption tower along with blower attached in

solvent recovery plant to ensure no fugitive emission. Adequate stack height will further help in

dispersion of pollutants. Closed feeding and transferring system, proper local or exhaust ventilation

and more solvent recovery efficiency will control fugitive emission.

The unit will provide LDAR system as per CPCB guidelines.


Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-vibration pad

for equipment with high vibration etc. shall be provided. Housing/casing shall be provided for all

noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to some extent. Moreover, PPE like



earmuff and ear plugs will be provided to the operators/worker exposed to high noise. The proposed

green belt will further be helpful in reducing the ambient noise level.


If the hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land contamination and can

affect land system adversely. Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern associated

with handling Hazardous Waste, because the packaging and method of transporting of Hazardous

waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would occur. Separate collection system will

be provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring will be

provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities will be involved. Hence, there

will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.

11.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life sanctuaries and national parks. There

will be not significant impact on crops & vegetation as the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas

emission and process emission.

11.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in demand for

essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational phase.

11.4.7 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES

This will be a beneficial impact on the local infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph,

communication, medical facilities, education, housing will be improved in surrounding area.

11.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

The unit will carry out quarterly monitoring of ambient air, process emission, fugitive emission, Noise,

waste water and yearly monitoring of hazardous waste by external approved monitoring agency.

Waste water will be monitored daily by in house facility for pH and COD.

11.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The chapter 7 includes objectives and methodology of risk assessment, details of storage of finish

products and raw materials, details of safety measures, identification of hazards, consequence analysis,

recommendations on the basis of risk assessment done, safety aspects to reduce risk in storage area

and disaster management plan. Consequences analysis covers major five types of exposures to



hazardous effect. Flash fire and explosions, Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion

product.

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The unit has planned to spend Rs 36.56 lakhs for period of five year towards CER activity. There will

be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase. The CSR

activity will be carried within 10 km affected villages.

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

11.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

There shall be EHS department for overseeing all environment and safety responses to ensure the

implementation of EMP mentioned during construction and operation phase including findings /

recommendations of third party audits and monitoring results as mentioned in the EMP.

At least one permanent employee with adequate educational and professional qualification and

experience to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory

compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring will be employed by company and will

directly report to the Director of the organization operations.

11.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR UNIT

11.8.2.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction it is necessary to control uplift of dust during the excavation, leveling and

transportation by spraying water over the paths, land and along the temporary roads. The workers

involved in the construction will be provided proper sanitation facilities. The construction workers on

site will be provided with necessary noise protection devices like earmuffs whenever they have to

work near the noise generating equipment/sources. The vehicles will be maintained properly so as to

minimize the emissions from exhaust. The empty containers of paints shall be sold to authorized

buyers/incineration. The construction wastes shall be used for leveling purpose.

11.8.2.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

AIR ENVIRONMENT

• Unit will install Boiler (5 TPH) based on Briquettes 12 MT/day or Natural gas – 300 Nm3 will be

used, for Air pollution control Measures Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber and Adequate

stack height of 12 m will be provided.



• Thermic Fluid Heater 1 Nos. (12 Lacs Kcal/Hr.) based on Briquette 4.4 MT/Day will be use for

Air pollution control Measures Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber and Adequate stack height

of 12 m will be provided. There will be common stack between boiler and TFH.

• D.G. Set (125 KVA) based on Diesel 50 Lit/hr. will be used, for Air pollution control Measures

Adequate stack height of 12 m will be provided. It will be operated only in case of power failure.

NOISE

Audio metric test should be conducted periodically for employees working close to the high noise

sources. Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-

vibration pad for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and ear plugs to the operators, etc. shall be

provided. Rotation of work will minimize exposure.

LAND

Raw materials will be stored in separate storage area. All the raw effluent storage tanks will be

covered with RCC slab. Separate collection system will be provided for collection of spillage material.

Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring will be provided to area, where the chemical storage and

handling activities will be involved. The acid tanks are provided with dyke wall to control spread of

leakages.

GREEN BELT

The plant layout has earmarked space for development of green belt Unit will provide 310 (15.19%)

sq. m green belt area within the premises & additional 500 sq. m area (24.50 %) greenbelt in outside

of the premises

CLEANER PRODUCTION

• The plant is itself a product of cleaner production technology.

• Continuous loop reactor instead of batch conventional reaction.

Further cleaner production techniques will be carried out after successful trial of plant.

BUDGETARY PROVISION PROPOSED FOR ENVIRONMENT POLLUTION

CONTROL MEASURES

The unit has proposed Rs. 1828 Lakhs as capital cost and Rs. 1238.5 Lacs as recurring cost for

environment pollution control measures.



11.9 HEALTH & SAFETY

There will be provision of PPE, antidotes, periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels,

equipment, machineries, pre-employment medical checkup, periodic health checkup, training of

firefighting, work permits system, first aid, safe handling of hazardous chemicals and integrating

safety. Hazardous processes will be operated by trained workers and will be looked after by qualified

& experienced supervisors

11.10 CONCLUSION

It can be concluded on positive note that after implementation of proper mitigation measures and

environment management plan this project will have insignificant impact on environment and

economic.

EIA REPORT OF M/S. REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENCE PVT.LTD.GIDC ANKLESHWAR

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL REASERCH CENTRE PVT. LTD. ANKLESHWAR 393

CHAPTER -12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Jyoti Om Chemical Research Centre Pvt. Ltd. established in 1990 by woman entrepreneur

Mrs. Hina C. Upasani, is well-equipped analytical laboratory for chemical analysis. It offers following

services to various types of industries in general, and Chemical / Pharmaceutical, CETPS, solid waste

sites, steel industries in particular.

The environment impact assessment report was carried out by the EIA team mentioned in table no. 12.1

with respective experience and qualification.

TABLE 12.1

EIA TEAM MEMBER

Sr.

No.

Name of

Member

Qualification Experience Sign

1 Dr. C. B.

Upasani

M.Sc.-Chemistry,

Ph. D.-(Applied Chemistry),

C.Chem.

39 years

2 Mrs. Hina C.

Upasani

M.Sc.-Chemistry,

Diploma- Environment

Management

38 Years

3 Mr. Kamlesh

Patel

B.Sc.-Chemistry,

Diploma-Environment

Management

30 year

5 Ms. Prerna Shah B.E.-Chemical,

Certified Course of Industrial

Environment Management

7 years

6 Mr.Vikisha

Patel

B.E.-Environment 5 Years

7 Mr.Vikas Patel B.E.-Environment 5 years

9 Mr.Anandkumar

Pandey

B.E.-Environmental Science &

Technology

4.8 Years

10 Mr. Piyush

Jamariya

B.E.- Chemical 4.8 Years

11 Mr. Ramesh B.Sc. & M.Sc.- Biotechnology 3 Year



Tarbundiya

12 Mr. Pranav

Barad

B.E.- Environment 3 Years

13 Ms. Riddhi

Rathod

B.Sc.Chemistry 2 year

14 Ms. Nimisha

Rana

B.E.-Environment 2 year

15 Mr. Bhavesh

Vagh

B.E.-Environment 2 year

16 Ms. Archana

Vasava

M.Sc Environment Science 1.5 year

17 Ms. Artising

Kushvaha

B.E.-Environment

Advanced Diploma in Industrial

safety

4.8 Years

18 Ms. Hirva

Umeshkumar

Salvi

M.Tech- Environment

B.E- Environment

2.3 Years

Our associate for Air Pollution Monitoring & Control, Air Quality modeling& prediction is Dr. Khyati

Chanana, Enviro Technologies, Vadodara

Our associate for safety& risk assessment for, Health & Hygiene, Risk & Hazard is Mr. Nilesh Jogal,

Jogi Safetech, Surat.

12.2 SALIENT FEATURES

• Spread over 600 m2 plot with about 350 m2 built up area.

• 1000sq.feet office space purchased at Vadodara for carrying out Climate Change work.

• Well-equipped laboratory with instrument room, conference room, wet Analysis Lab room,

microbiology laboratory, Air Analysis Laboratory, Library &Computer room etc.

• Experienced and qualified staff.

• Approved Testing House by Industries Commissioner, Gujarat Government.

• Recognized as Environment Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Gandhinagar.

• ISO 9001-2015 Certified by TUV Austria.

• NABL ISO/IEC 17025:2005 accreditation for water and Air parameters.



• Trained for Cleaner Production Assessment by Department of Environment and Forest,

Government of Gujarat under World Bank capacity buildingprogram.

• Computerized testing facility.

• Consultant to Gujarat Cleaner Production Centre, Gandhinagar for Cleaner Product

Assessment.

• Service provider to UNIDO, Vienna, Austria for Clean Technology Assessment.

• Consultancy for EIA reports.

12.3 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE

• Analysis of chemicals, dyes and dye intermediates

• Analysis of bulk drugs and intermediates

• Analysis of water and waste water

• Testing of environment samples – water, air, solid waste and soil

• Trace analysis of chemicals in waste water

• Environment auditing

• Cleaner Production Assessment

• Microbiological analysis of water

• Clean Technology Assessment

• Environment Technological Assessment (EnTA)

• Environment Impact Assessment

• Climate Change Consultancy

• Environment consultancy

• Environment clearance consultancy

12.4 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS

1) Received Gujarat Cleaner Production Award for CP work at M/s. The Ankleshwar Poly Dyestuff

Pvt. Ltd. on 5th June, 2006 from Chief Minister Mr. Narendra Modi.

2) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new methodology for

sulphuric acid project.



3) Established demonstration unit FIRST TIME in INDIA of Plasma based hazardous waste

destruction facility in collaboration with M/s. PEAT International, USA. Got approval from Central

Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.

4) Engaged in creating cluster base recycling unit of spent sulphuric acid to pure sulphuric acid.

5) UNIDO, VIENNA has also assigned work to find out alternative Air oxidation technology in

place of nitric acid oxidation technology to reduce Green House gas emission.

6) Clean Technology tie up with following companies:

i.) For recovery of sulphuric acid from spent sulphuric acid – M/S Aker Kvaerner

Chemetics, Canada.

ii.) Destruction of hazardous waste using Plasma Technology, PEAT International, USA.

iii.) Catalytic Air Oxidation in place of Nitric acid oxidation, M/S Buss Chem Tech AG,

Switzerland.

iv.) CDM consultancy , BSS, Switzerland

v.) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new

methodology for Air Oxidation Technology.

vi.) The organization wrote two methodologies and Project Development Document (PDD) and

submitted to UNFCCC. The working committee of UNFCCC approved the methodologies.

They are for recovery of sulphuric acid from spent sulphuric acid and substitution of

incineration with Plasma Technology.

12.5 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION

The organization had Honorable High Court of Gujarat. Now applied for NABET and it is in process.

Copy of the same is attached as Annexure-XXIV.

12.6 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT:

An undertaking regarding the prescribed TOR have been complied with and data submitted in this EIA

is factually correct is attached as Annexure-11. This is as per office memorandum of MoEF and CC

dated 04/08/2009.



Date post:	07-Jul-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	5 times
Download:	0 times

REE ATHARVA LIFE SCIENECE PVT.LTDenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/27032020... ·...

Documents